Uploaded by 康伟

philipsiu22彩超英文维修手册

advertisement
iU22
Service Manual
4535 611 65643 Rev A May 2006
CSIP Level 1
Copyright © 2006 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
All rights reserved
About This Manual
Audience
This document and the information contained in it is strictly reserved for current Philips Medical
Systems (“Philips”) personnel, Philips licensed representatives, and Philips customers who have
purchased a valid service agreement for use by the customer’s designated in-house service
employee on equipment located at the customer’s designated site. Use of this document by
unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited. This document must be returned to Philips when the
user is no longer licensed and in any event upon Philips’ first written request.
This manual supports the field service maintenance and repair of the iU22 Ultrasound System.
The user of this document is a qualified ultrasound electronics technician who has completed
training classes on the system and its peripherals.
Manual Format
This manual is in Portable Document Format (PDF), for viewing on a laptop computer with
Acrobat Reader. A list of bookmarks functions as an additional table of contents. Those bookmarks, the table of contents, and cross-references use hypertext links to provide access to the
referenced information.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Conventions in
This Manual
iU22 Service Manual
Page 2
About This Manual
The following conventions are used in this manual:
•
Hypertext links are blue.
•
All procedures are numbered, and all subprocedures are lettered. You must complete steps
in the sequence they are presented to ensure reliable results.
•
Bulleted lists indicate general information about a function or procedure. They do not imply
a sequential procedure.
•
Control names and menu items or titles are spelled as they are on the system, and they
appear in bold text.
•
Symbols appear as they appear on the system.
•
An English system is assumed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Service Manual
Questions
or Comments
Customer
Assistance
iU22 Service Manual
Page 3
About This Manual
If you have questions about the service manual, or you discover an error in the manual, contact
Philips Ultrasound Technical Communications:
•
[email protected]
•
Technical Communications, MS 964, at the address below
Various support locations around the world can provide customers technical assistance with the
ultrasound system. Customers should contact the representative or sales office from which they
purchased the system or the nearest Philips Ultrasound office.
Philips Ultrasound
22100 Bothell-Everett Highway
Bothell, WA 98021-8431
USA
425-487-7000 or 800-426-2670
www.medical.philips.com
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 4
About This Manual
“Broadband Flow,” “Chroma,” “Cineloop,” “Color Power Angio,” “High Q,” “iU22,” “OmniPlane,” “QLAB,” “SonoCT,”
“Tissue Specific,” “UpLink,” “xMATRIX,” and “XRES” are trademarks of Philips Ultrasound.
Non-Philips Ultrasound product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
This document and the information contained in it is proprietary and confidential information of Philips Medical Systems (“Philips”)
and may not be reproduced, copied in whole or in part, adapted, modified, disclosed to others, or disseminated without the prior
written permission of the Philips Legal Department. Use of this document and the information contained in it is strictly reserved
for current Philips personnel and Philips customers who have a current and valid license from Philips for use by the customer’s
designated in-house service employee on equipment located at the customer’s designated site. Use of this document by unauthorized persons is strictly prohibited. Report violation of these requirements to the Philips Legal Department. This document must
be returned to Philips when the user is no longer licensed and in any event upon Philips’ first written request.
Philips provides this document without warranty of any kind, implied or expressed, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
Philips has taken care to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, Philips assumes no liability for errors or omissions and
reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein to improve reliability, function, or design. Philips
may make improvements or changes in the products or programs described in this document at any time.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 5
Contents
Contents
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Manual Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Conventions in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Service Manual Questions
or Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Figure 1-1 iU22 Ultrasound System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Physical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Figure 1-2 Control Panel and Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Figure 1-3 System Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Supplies and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 6
Contents
Physical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Imaging Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Imaging Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
System Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Control Panel and User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Quick Save Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Imaging Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Display Annotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Measurements and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Measurement Tools and General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Clinical Option Analysis Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
High Q Automatic Doppler Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Standard Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
DICOM Connectivity Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
NetLink Connectivity Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Network Display Choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
DiskLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Video Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 7
Contents
17-Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
20-Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Electrical Power/Video Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Mechanical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Equipment Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
System Functional Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Signal Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Physical Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Figure 4-1 iU22 Physical Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System Hardware Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Power Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Power Subsystem (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 8
Contents
Figure 4-2 Power Subsystem Block Diagram (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Figure 4-3 On/Standby Switch and Power Subsystem Block Diagram (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Figure 4-4 HV Power Supply Block Diagram (A.x and B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Power Subsystem (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Figure 4-5 On/Standby Switch and Power Subsystem Block Diagram (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Control Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Table 4-1 Host Hard Drive Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Acquisition Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Signal Processing Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Frame Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Display Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Output Power Monitor Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Acoustic Power and Intensity Manager (APIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Temperature Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
X3-1 Matrix Transducer Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Bus Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Platform Subsystem Buses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Inter-Card Cage Buses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Front-End Buses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Data Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Figure 4-6 2D Echo and M-mode Data Path Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 9
Contents
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Materials and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Site Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
➤ To determine if the site meets environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Table 5-1 System Specifications (Crated/Uncrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Electrical Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Image Management Network Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
➤ To prepare to perform the installation of the DICOM Connectivity option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
System Uncrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Crate Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
➤ To inspect the shipping crate before unpacking the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Uncrating Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
General Inspection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
➤ To perform the general inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
System Power-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
➤ To power up the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Peripheral Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 10
Contents
VCRs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
➤ To change the VCR menu settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Table 5-2 Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Table 5-3 Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR RS-232 Interface Adapter Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Table 5-4 Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 5-5 Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 RS-232 Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
➤ To change the VCR hidden menu settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 5-6 Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Hidden Menu Control Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
➤ To set up a color or a black-and-white analog printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
➤ To set up a color or a black-and-white digital printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Table 5-7 Sony UP-D23MD Digital Color Printer Driver Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Table 5-8 Sony UP-D895MD Digital Black-and-White Printer Driver Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Table 5-9 Sony UP-D897 Digital Graphic Printer Menu Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Table 5-10 Sony UP-D897 Digital Graphic Printer Front Panel Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
External Monitor or Other Display Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Connectivity Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Figure 5-1 Ethernet Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Ultrasound System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
➤ To configure the ultrasound system for a network connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 11
Contents
Adding Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
➤ To add a network device (printer, server, or archive device) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Verifying Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
➤ To verify network devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Adding DICOM Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
➤ To add a DICOM printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Selecting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
➤ To select a printer and edit the printer settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
➤ To select an archive device, storage commit, or structured report device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
➤ To select a worklist or performed procedure step server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Hard Drive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
➤ To specify the auto-delete exam capabilities for maintaining the hard drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Printer Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
➤ To set up printer and capture parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Installation Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Final Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
➤ To perform a final inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
System Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Final Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
➤ To present the system to the customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Connectivity Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 12
Contents
Table 5-11 Connectivity Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
System Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Table 5-12 Installation Procedure List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Uncrating the Ultrasound System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Figure 5-2 Cutting the Plastic Banding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
➤ To uncrate the ultrasound system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Figure 5-3 Removing the Corrugated Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Figure 5-4 Removing the Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Figure 5-5 Cutting the Tape on the Seams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Figure 5-6 Removing One of the Corrugated Wraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Figure 5-7 Removing the Second Corrugated Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Figure 5-8 Removing the Ramp from the Pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Figure 5-9 Placing the Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Figure 5-10 Removing the System Rear Anchor Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Figure 5-11 Removing the Ring Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Figure 5-12 Removing the Front Hold-Down Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Figure 5-13 Preparing to Roll the System off the Pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Figure 5-14 Rolling the System off the Pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Crating the Ultrasound System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Figure 5-15 Crate Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 13
Contents
➤ To crate the ultrasound system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Figure 5-16 Locking the Right-Rear Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Figure 5-17 Installing the Articulation Arm Foam Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Figure 5-18 Securing the Monitor Articulation Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Figure 5-19 Supporting the Monitor and Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Figure 5-20 Securing the Third OEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Figure 5-21 Installing the Control Panel Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Figure 5-22 Installing the Handle Bar Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Figure 5-23 Wrapping and Securing the Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Figure 5-24 Covering the System with an Antistatic Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Figure 5-25 Rolling the System onto the Pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Figure 5-26 Swiveling the Front Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Figure 5-27 Installing the Front Hold-Down Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Figure 5-28 Installing the Ramp onto the Pallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Figure 5-29 Installing the System Rear Anchor Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Figure 5-30 Placing the First Corrugated Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Figure 5-31 Placing the Second Corrugated Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Figure 5-32 Taping the Seams on the Corrugated Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Figure 5-33 Preparing the Top System Support Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Figure 5-34 Placing the Top System Support Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Figure 5-35 Placing the Monitor Arm Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 14
Contents
Figure 5-36 Folding the Corrugated Roll-up Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Figure 5-37 Placing the Corrugated Roll-up Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Figure 5-38 Placing the Corrugated Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Figure 5-39 Banding the System Crate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Shipping Strap Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Figure 5-40 Removing Shipping Strap Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
➤ To remove the shipping strap brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Video Monitor Articulation Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Figure 5-41 Unlocking the Articulation Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
➤ To unlock the video monitor articulation arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 5-42 Modem and USB Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
➤ To install or replace the modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 5-43 Modem: Ferrite Sleeve and Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Lower OEM Deck and Strapping (Single OEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 5-44 Preparing Lower OEM Deck Strapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
➤ To install or remove the lower deck OEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 5-45 Removing the OEM Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 5-46 Lower Deck Anchors and Drop Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 5-47 Installing the Lower Deck Cable Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Figure 5-48 Placing the VCR on the Lower OEM Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 15
Contents
Figure 5-49 Installing Lower Deck OEM Strapping Over the VCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 5-50 Securing Lower OEM Deck Strapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Figure 5-51 Attaching the Lower OEM Shelf to the Upper OEM Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 5-52 Installing Lower OEM Deck Shelf Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 5-53 Replacing the OEM Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Upper OEM Deck Shelf and Strapping (Dual OEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 5-54 Preparing Upper Shelf OEM Deck Strapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
➤ To install or remove the upper-shelf OEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 5-55 Removing the Upper OEM Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 5-56 Placing the Printer on the Upper OEM Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Figure 5-57 Strapping the Printer to the Upper OEM Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Figure 5-58 Securing the Upper OEM Strapping and Cable Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Figure 5-59 Installing the Upper OEM Strap Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
TEE Probe Tray (Single or No OEM Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Figure 5-60 Removing the Rear Disk Bay Enclosure Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
➤ To install the TEE probe tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Figure 5-61 Installing the TEE Probe Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
TEE Probe Tray (Dual OEM Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Figure 5-62 Removing the Upper OEM Strap Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
➤ To install the TEE probe tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Figure 5-63 Installing the TEE Probe Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 16
Contents
Figure 5-64 Installing the Upper OEM Strap Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Third OEM Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Figure 5-65 Removing the Upper OEM Strap Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
➤ To install the third OEM platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Figure 5-66 Removing the Disk Bay Insert Enclosure Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Figure 5-67 Installing the TEE Probe Tray Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Figure 5-68 Installing the Third OEM Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Figure 5-69 Installing the Upper OEM Strap Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Third OEM Platform Printer (UP-D897) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Figure 5-70 Placing the UP-D897 B/W Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
➤ To install or remove the UP-D897 B/W printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Figure 5-71 Attaching the Foam Strips to the OEM Printer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Figure 5-72 Placing the OEM Printer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Figure 5-73 Securing the UP-D897 Printer with the OEM Printer Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Test Equipment and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Start Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
➤ To start the exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 17
Contents
➤ To test 2D operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Color/CPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
➤ To test Color and CPA operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
PW Doppler, CW Doppler, and M-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
➤ To test PW Doppler, CW Doppler, and M-mode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Real Time 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
➤ To test Real TIme 3D operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Connectivity and Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
➤ To test connectivity and review functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Annotations and Body Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
➤ To test the annotation and body marker capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
➤ To test the analysis software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
➤ To test the voice recognition software and the headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
VCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
➤ To test VCR operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
➤ To test printer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Performance Test Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 18
Contents
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Power Supply Voltage Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Video Monitor Articulation Elevation, Tilt, and Swivel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
➤ To adjust video monitor elevation, tilt, and swivel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Figure 7-1 Video Monitor Articulation Arm Buoyancy Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Figure 7-2 Video Monitor Tilt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Figure 7-3 Video Monitor Swivel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Video Monitor Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
➤ To set video monitor brightness (power-up default value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
➤ To adjust the monitor for ambient lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
➤ To adjust the monitor tint settings for the 20-inch monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Table 7-1 Monitor Tint Settings for the 20-inch Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Figure 7-4 Display Tab of the System Settings Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
17-inch Video Monitor to System Video Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
➤ To adjust the 17-inch monitor to the system video card output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Touch Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
➤ To calibrate the touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Control Panel Lateral Translation Force Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
➤ To adjust the lateral translation force and rotational torque setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Figure 7-5 Control Panel Lateral Translation Force Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Keyboard Slide Catch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 19
Contents
➤ To adjust the keyboard slide catch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Figure 7-6 Keyboard Slide Catch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Control Panel Articulation Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
➤ To adjust the control panel articulation-cable tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Figure 7-7 Control Panel Articulation Trigger Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Figure 7-8 Control Panel Articulation Base Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
System Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
➤ To adjust the system brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Figure 7-9 System Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Required Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Fan/Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
➤ To clean and replace the filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Figure 8-1 Side Fan Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Figure 8-2 Rear Fan Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
➤ To check the casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Brake and Swivel-Lock Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
➤ To service the brake and swivel-lock mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Figure 8-3 Brake and Swivel-Lock Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 20
Contents
Figure 8-4 Swivel-lock Caster Linkage (Right Rear Caster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Figure 8-5 Underside of Brake and Swivel-lock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Control Panel Articulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
➤ To check control panel articulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Figure 8-6 Control Panel Articulation Travel Lock (Side-to-Side Release) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
➤ To clean the trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Figure 8-7 Trackball Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Monitor Articulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
➤ To check monitor articulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Video Monitor and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
➤ To clean the video monitor screen and touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Exterior Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Clearing the Patient Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Operational Test and Paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Preventive Maintenance Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
➤ To perform the FEC configuration bypass procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Power Input Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 21
Contents
➤ To determine if the site meets electrical power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Table 9-1 Power Specifications (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Table 9-2 Power Specifications (B.0 and Later Systems)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Power Supply Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Table 9-3 System Power LED Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Table 9-4 Acquisition Card Cage Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Table 9-5 Power Subsystem LED Status (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Figure 9-1 Acquisition Power Distribution Board LED Locations (B.0 Systems) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Figure 9-2 Acquisition Power Distribution Board LED Locations (B.0 Systems) (Sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Table 9-6 Power Subsystem LED Fault Indications and Corrective Actions (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Hub Plus PCB LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Figure 9-3 Hub Plus PCB LED Locations (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Table 9-7 Hub Plus PCB LED Indications (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Temperature Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Table 9-8 PCB Temperature Sensor Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Abnormal On/Standby LED States (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
System Software Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Manage Setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Lic Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
System Confidence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
➤ To invoke the System Confidence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 22
Contents
Figure 9-4 System Confidence Test Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Service Export (2.0 Software) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Figure 9-5 Service Export Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Tech Admin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Channel Walk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
➤ To perform the channel walk test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Table 9-9 Channel Walk System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
FEC Debug Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
➤ To use the FEC debug port to determine if the front end is faulty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Table 9-10 FEC Debug Port HyperTerminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
VCR Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
➤ To correct weak VCR audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
User-Accessible Test Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
➤ To transfer and view the test images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Table 9-11 Test Pattern Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Disassembly Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Table 10-1 Disassembly Procedure List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
System Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Figure 10-1 Upper Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 23
Contents
➤ To remove the system enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Figure 10-2 Lower Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Figure 10-3 Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Figure 10-4 Right/Left Handle Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Figure 10-5 Front Pivot Articulation Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Figure 10-6 Control Panel Articulation Arm Beard Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Figure 10-7 Control Panel Articulation Top Lid Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Figure 10-8 Right/Left Transducer-Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Figure 10-9 Right/Left Transducer-Holder Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Figure 10-10 Power Supply Cover Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Figure 10-11 Filter Door Cover Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Figure 10-12 Right/Left Side Panel Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Figure 10-13 Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Figure 10-14 Right/Left Front Bumper Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Figure 10-15 Right/Left Rear Side Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Figure 10-16 Rear Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Figure 10-17 Disk Bay Insert Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Figure 10-18 Right Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Figure 10-19 Left Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Figure 10-20 Rear Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Figure 10-21 Front Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 24
Contents
Figure 10-22 Front Column Disk Bay Screw Installation Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Figure 10-23 Mud Plate Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Figure 10-24 Right/Left Brake Pedal Extension Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Video Monitor (17-inch) (A.x and B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Figure 10-25 Removing the Monitor Rear Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
➤ To remove the video monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Figure 10-26 Disconnecting the Monitor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Figure 10-27 Removing the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Video Monitor (20-inch) (C.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Figure 10-28 Removing the Monitor Rear Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
➤ To remove the video monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Figure 10-29 Disconnecting the Monitor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Figure 10-30 Removing the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Monitor Articulation Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Figure 10-31 Upper Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
➤ To remove the monitor articulation arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Figure 10-32 Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Figure 10-33 Right/Left Transducer-Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Figure 10-34 Right/Left Transducer-Holder Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Figure 10-35 Rear Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Figure 10-36 Disk Bay Insert Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 25
Contents
Figure 10-37 Right Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Figure 10-38 Left Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Figure 10-39 Front Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Figure 10-40 Rear Disk Bay Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Figure 10-41 Disconnecting the Monitor Cables (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Figure 10-42 Disconnecting the Monitor Cables (B.0 and Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Figure 10-43 Lower Articulation Arm Set Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Figure 10-44 Removing the Metal Mounting Plate Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Figure 10-45 Pulling the Articulation Arm off the Metal Mounting Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Figure 10-46 Feeding the Monitor Power Cable Through the Mounting Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Touch Screen Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Figure 10-47 Touch Screen Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
➤ To remove the touch screen assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Figure 10-48 Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Figure 10-49 Backlight Inverter Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Fiber-Optic Keyboard Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Figure 10-50 Front and Rear Touch Screen Bezels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
➤ To remove the fiber-optic keyboard lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Figure 10-51 Control Panel Top Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Figure 10-52 Fiber-Optic Light Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
DVD Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 26
Contents
Figure 10-53 OEM Strap Cover Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
➤ To remove the DVD drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Figure 10-54 Rear Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Figure 10-55 Disk Bay Insert Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Figure 10-56 Rear Disk Bay Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Figure 10-57 Disconnecting the DVD Drive Cables (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Figure 10-58 Disconnecting the DVD Drive Cables (B.0 and Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Figure 10-59 DVD Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Bluetooth Device and Bluetooth Bracket Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Figure 10-60 Disconnecting the Bluetooth Cable Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
➤ To remove the Bluetooth bracket assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Figure 10-61 Removing the Bluetooth Bracket Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
LED and On/Standby Switch Bracket Assembly (B.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Figure 10-62 Removing the LED, On/Standby Switch Bracket Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
➤ To remove the LED, On/Standby Switch bracket assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Figure 10-63 Disconnecting the LED, On/Standby Switch Cable Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Speaker Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Figure 10-64 Upper Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
➤ To remove the speaker assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Figure 10-65 Lower Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Figure 10-66 Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 27
Contents
Figure 10-67 Right/Left Transducer-Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Figure 10-68 Right/Left Transducer-Holder Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Figure 10-69 Right/Left Side Panel Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Figure 10-70 Speaker Mounting Plate Cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Figure 10-71 Speaker Mounting Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Acquisition Card Cage, Frontplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Figure 10-72 Upper Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
➤ To remove the Acquisition Frontplane assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Figure 10-73 Lower Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Figure 10-74 Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Figure 10-75 Control Panel Articulation Arm Beard Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Figure 10-76 Rotating the Front Panel Hanger Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Figure 10-77 Frontplane Warning Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Figure 10-78 Frontplane Assembly Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Figure 10-79 Frontplane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Figure 10-80 Uncabling the Frontplane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Figure 10-81 Reinstalling the Frontplane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Acquisition Card Cage PCBs and Scanhead Select Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Figure 10-82 Front Column Disk Bay Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
➤ To remove the Acquisition Card Cage PCBs and the Scanhead Select Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Figure 10-83 Rotating the PCB Retainer Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 28
Contents
Figure 10-84 Acquisition Card Cage PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Figure 10-85 Releasing the Captive Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Figure 10-86 Scanhead Select Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
System Power Cord (100/120 V and 230 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Figure 10-87 System Power Cord Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
➤ To remove the system power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Figure 10-88 Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Figure 10-89 Installing the 100/120-V Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Figure 10-90 Installing the 230-V Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
AC Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 10-91 Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
➤ To remove the AC tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 10-92 AC Tray Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Figure 10-93 Removing the AC Tray (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Figure 10-94 Removing the AC Tray (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Power Supply Assembly and HV Switcher (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Figure 10-95 Power Supply Cover Enclosure (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
➤ To remove the Power Supply Assembly and HV Switcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Figure 10-96 Power Supply Assembly Access Cover (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Figure 10-97 Disconnecting the Acquisition Power Distribution Board Cables (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . 408
Figure 10-98 Disconnecting the Rear Caster Steering Lock Cable Bracket (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . 409
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 29
Contents
Figure 10-99 Preparing the Power Supply Rack for Removal (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Figure 10-100 Sliding the Power Supply Rack Out of the Housing (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Figure 10-101 Disconnecting the Platform Power Supply Cables (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Figure 10-102 HV Switcher (B.0 or Later Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Acquisition Power Supply and HV Switcher (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Figure 10-103 Power Supply Cover Enclosure (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
➤ To remove the Acquisition Power Supply and HV Switcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Figure 10-104 Acquisition Power Supply (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Figure 10-105 HV Switcher (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Filter Tray, Platform Power Supply and Battery Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Figure 10-106 Filter Door Cover Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
➤ To remove the filter tray, Platform Power Supply, and battery tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Figure 10-107 Filter Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Figure 10-108 Platform Power Supply (A.x Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Figure 10-109 Battery Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Filter Tray Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Figure 10-110 Filter Door Cover Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
➤ To remove the filter tray cooling fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Figure 10-111 Filter Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Figure 10-112 Filter Tray Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Rear Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 30
Contents
Figure 10-113 Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
➤ To remove the rear cooling fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Figure 10-114 Rear Cooling Fan Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
System Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Figure 10-115 Upper Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
➤ To remove the system brake assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Figure 10-116 Lower Front Panel Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Figure 10-117 Mud Plate Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Figure 10-118 Right/Left Brake Pedal Extension Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Figure 10-119 Disconnecting the Rear Brake Lock Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Figure 10-120 Disconnecting the Brake Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Figure 10-121 Removing the System Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Casters, Right Rear and Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Figure 10-122 Securing the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
➤ To remove the right rear or front casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Figure 10-123 Removing the Lower Power Supply Access Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Figure 10-124 Placing Blocks Under the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Figure 10-125 Removing the Front Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Caster, Left Rear (Free-Swivel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Figure 10-126 Left Rear Caster Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
➤ To remove the left rear caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 31
Contents
Figure 10-127 Installing the Left Rear Caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
➤ To install the left rear caster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Third OEM Platform (C.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Figure 10-128 Removing the OEM Printer and Cover (C.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
➤ To remove the third OEM platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Figure 10-129 Removing the Upper OEM Strap Cover (C.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Figure 10-130 Removing the Third OEM Platform (C.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
Cable Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Cable List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Table 11-1 iU22 System Signal Interconnect Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Table 11-2 iU22 System Power Distribution Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Table 11-3 iU22 System OEM Signal Interconnect Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Table 11-4 iU22 System Test Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
System Connector Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Figure 11-1 Front Panel Connector Locations (Frontplane Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Figure 11-2 Scanhead Select (SHSEL) Connector Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Figure 11-3 Rear Interface Panel Connector Locations (AVIO-RIP), A.x Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Figure 11-4 Rear Interface Panel Connector Locations (AVIO-RIP), B.0 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Figure 11-5 Rear Interface Panel Connector Locations (AVIO-RIP), C.0 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Figure 11-6 User USB Connector Location (Rear of Disk Bay Housing), A.x Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 32
Contents
Figure 11-7 User USB Connector Location (Rear of Disk Bay Housing), B.0 and C.0 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Figure 11-8 AC Power Receptacle (AC Tray) Side View (Typical for A.x, B.0, and C.0 Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Figure 11-9 Terminal Block and Relay Wire Connection Diagram (AC Tray), A.x Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Figure 11-10 J32 Feature Connector (Host/SIP Motherboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Signal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Figure 11-11 Foot Switch Assembly and Cable Pinout, Triple Pedal (P/N 3300-0355-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Table 11-5 Foot Switch Assembly Cabling Details (P/N 3300-0355-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
OEM Cabling Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Figure 11-12 HS-MD3000UA/EA Mitsubishi VCR Cabling Diagram (Single OEM Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Figure 11-13 UP-D895MD Sony Digital Black-and-White Printer Cabling Diagram (Dual OEM Configuration) . 465
Figure 11-14 UPD-23MD Sony Digital Color Printer Cabling Diagram (Dual OEM Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Figure 11-15 UP-D897 Sony Digital Graphic Printer Cabling Diagram (Third OEM Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . 467
Figure 11-16 USB Printer Hub Cabling Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Test Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Figure 11-17 Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial Port Cable Assembly (P/N 453561170191) . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Table 11-6 Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial Port Cable Assembly (P/N 453561170191) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Figure 11-18 Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial Port Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Figure 11-19 iU22 Ultrasound System Signal Interconnect Diagram (A.x System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Figure 11-20 iU22 Ultrasound System AC/DC Power Distribution Diagram (A.x System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Figure 11-21 iU22 Ultrasound System Signal Interconnect Diagram (B.0 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Figure 11-22 iU22 Ultrasound System AC/DC Power Distribution Diagram (B.0 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 33
Contents
Figure 11-23 iU22 Ultrasound System Signal Interconnect Diagram (C.0 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Figure 11-24 iU22 Ultrasound System AC/DC Power Distribution Diagram (C.0 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Change History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
1.0.0.95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
1.0.1.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
1.1.0.138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
1.1.1.147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
1.1.2.197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
1.1.3.283 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
1.1.4.327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
2.0.0.320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
2.0.1.420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
2.0.2.428 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
2.1.0.480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
About Compatibility and Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Primary PCB Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Figure 13-1 Primary PCB Names and Locations (Acquisition Card Cage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Supported Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Table 13-1 Types of Media Supported in the DVD Drive (S/W Below 2.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Table 13-2 Types of Media Supported in the DVD Drive (2.0 S/W and Above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 34
Contents
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Field Service Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
How to Find a Part Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
➤ To use the figures and tables in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Figures and Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Figure 14-1 Configuration Locator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
A.x Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Figure 14-2 iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Front and Rear Views) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Figure 14-3 iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
B.0 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Figure 14-4 iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Front and Rear Views) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Figure 14-5 iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
C.0 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Figure 14-6 iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Front and Rear Views) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Figure 14-7 iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 14-8 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Table 14-1 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Figure 14-9 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Table 14-2 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 35
Contents
Figure 14-10 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 14-3 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 14-11 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 14-4 Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Figure 14-12 Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Table 14-5 Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Figure 14-13 Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 14-6 Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Figure 14-14 Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Table 14-7 Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Figure 14-15 Video Monitor Articulation Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Table 14-8 Video Monitor Articulation Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Figure 14-16 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Figure 14-17 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Table 14-9 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Figure 14-18 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 14-19 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Table 14-10 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Figure 14-20 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Latch Mechanism) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Table 14-11 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Latch Mechanism) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Figure 14-21 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Elbow Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 36
Contents
Table 14-12 Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Elbow Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Figure 14-22 DVD Drive Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Figure 14-23 DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Figure 14-24 DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Figure 14-25 DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Table 14-13 DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Figure 14-26 DVD Drive Housing (Power On/Standby Switch, LED) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Figure 14-27 DVD Drive Housing (Power On/Standby Switch, LED) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Table 14-14 DVD Drive Housing (Power On/Standby Switch, LED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Figure 14-28 DVD Drive Housing (Microphone Mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Table 14-15 DVD Drive Housing (Microphone Mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Figure 14-29 DVD Drive Housing (DVD Drive Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Table 14-16 DVD Drive Housing (DVD Drive Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Figure 14-30 USB Hub (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Table 14-17 USB Hub (Printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Figure 14-31 Bluetooth Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Table 14-18 Bluetooth Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Figure 14-32 Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Table 14-19 Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Figure 14-33 Control Panel (Control Knobs and Transducer Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Table 14-20 Control Panel (Control Knobs and Transducer Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 37
Contents
Figure 14-34 Control Panel (Lower Housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Table 14-21 Control Panel (Lower Housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Figure 14-35 Control Panel (Keyboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Table 14-22 Control Panel (Keyboard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Figure 14-36 Acquisition Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
Figure 14-37 Acquisition Card Cage (Shields and Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Table 14-23 Acquisition Card Cage (Shields and Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Figure 14-38 Acquisition Card Cage (Frontplane Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Table 14-24 Acquisition Card Cage (Frontplane Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Figure 14-39 Acquisition Card Cage (Card Cage Detail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
Table 14-25 Acquisition Card Cage (Card Cage Detail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Figure 14-40 Platform Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Figure 14-41 Platform Card Cage (Rear Cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Table 14-26 Platform Card Cage (Rear Cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Figure 14-42 Modem (V.90, Portable USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Table 14-27 Modem (V.90, Portable USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Figure 14-43 Power Supply Enclosure (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Figure 14-44 Power Supply Enclosure (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Figure 14-45 System Brake and Steering Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Table 14-28 System Brake and Steering Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Figure 14-46 System Brake and Steering Lock Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 38
Contents
Table 14-29 System Brake and Steering Lock Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Figure 14-47 Acquisition Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Table 14-30 Acquisition Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Figure 14-48 Acquisition Power Supply Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Table 14-31 Acquisition Power Supply Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Figure 14-49 Acquisition/Platform Power Supply (Service Door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Table 14-32 Acquisition/Platform Power Supply (Service Door) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Figure 14-50 Acquisition/Platform Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Table 14-33 Acquisition/Platform Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Figure 14-51 Acquisition/Platform Power Supply Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Table 14-34 Acquisition/Platform Power Supply Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Figure 14-52 Filter Tray (Cooling Fans) (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Figure 14-53 Filter Tray (Cooling Fans) (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Table 14-35 Filter Tray (Cooling Fans) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Figure 14-54 Filter Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Table 14-36 Filter Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Figure 14-55 Platform Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Table 14-37 Platform Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Figure 14-56 Platform Power Supply Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Table 14-38 Platform Power Supply Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Figure 14-57 Battery Tray and HV Switcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 39
Contents
Table 14-39 Battery Tray and HV Switcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Figure 14-58 Battery Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Table 14-40 Battery Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Figure 14-59 HV Switcher Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Table 14-41 HV Switcher Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 14-60 AC Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Table 14-42 AC Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 14-61 AC Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Table 14-43 AC Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 14-62 AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Table 14-44 AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Figure 14-63 AC Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Table 14-45 AC Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Figure 14-64 AC Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Table 14-46 AC Tray Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Figure 14-65 AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Table 14-47 AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Figure 14-66 Rear Cooling Fans and Shipping Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Table 14-48 Rear Cooling Fans and Shipping Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Figure 14-67 Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Figure 14-68 Front Caster (Brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 40
Contents
Table 14-49 Front Caster (Brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Figure 14-69 Rear Caster (Swivel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Table 14-50 Rear Caster (Swivel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Figure 14-70 System Enclosures (Right Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Table 14-51 System Enclosures (Right Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
Figure 14-71 System Enclosures (Left Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
Table 14-52 System Enclosures (Left Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
Figure 14-72 Rear Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Table 14-53 Rear Enclosure Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Figure 14-73 Transducer Holder Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Table 14-54 Transducer Holder Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Figure 14-74 Speaker Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Table 14-55 Speaker Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
Figure 14-75 Speaker Box Assembly, Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
Table 14-56 Speaker Box Assembly, Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Figure 14-76 Speaker Box Assembly, Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Table 14-57 Speaker Box Assembly, Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Figure 14-77 OEM Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Figure 14-78 No OEM Configuration (OEM Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Table 14-58 No OEM Configuration (OEM Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Figure 14-79 Single OEM Configuration (OEM Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 41
Contents
Table 14-59 Single OEM Configuration (OEM Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Figure 14-80 Dual OEM Configuration (OEM Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Table 14-60 Dual OEM Configuration (OEM Deck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Figure 14-81 OEM Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Figure 14-82 Third OEM Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Table 14-61 Third OEM Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
Figure 14-83 System Labeling, Side of System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
Table 14-62 System Labeling, Side of System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Figure 14-84 System Labeling, Front of System (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
Figure 14-85 System Labeling, Front of System (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Figure 14-86 System Labeling, Front of System (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Figure 14-87 System Labeling, Front of System (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Table 14-63 System Labeling, Front of System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Figure 14-88 System Labeling, Rear of System (1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Figure 14-89 System Labeling, Rear of System (2 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Figure 14-90 System Labeling, Rear of System (3 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
Table 14-64 System Labeling, Rear of System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
Figure 14-91 System Labeling, Rear Card Cage (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Figure 14-92 System Labeling, Rear Card Cage (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Table 14-65 System Labeling, Rear Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
Table 14-66 iU22 Ultrasound System Accessories Parts List (Not Illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 42
Contents
Table 14-67 Peripherals and Applicable Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Table 15-1 Transducer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Table 15-2 X3-1 Matrix Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
Table 15-3 S3-1 Abdominal Phased Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Table 15-4 S4-1 Abdominal Phased Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
Table 15-5 S5-1 Abdominal Phased Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Table 15-6 S7-2omni Phased Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Table 15-7 C5-2 Curved Linear Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
Table 15-8 C8-4v Curved Linear Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Table 15-9 C8-5 Curved Linear Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
Table 15-10 C9-4 Curved Linear Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Table 15-11 C9-5ec Curved Linear Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Table 15-12 3D9-3v Curved Linear Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Table 15-13 3D6-2 Curved Linear Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Table 15-14 L8-4 Linear Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Table 15-15 L9-3 Linear Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Table 15-16 L12-5 50 mm Linear Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
Table 15-17 L17-5 High Frequency Linear Array Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Table 15-18 D2cwc Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 43
Contents
Table 15-19 D5cwc Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
System Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
System Admin Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
Displaying the System Software Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
➤ To display the system software level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
Formatting a Blank DVD (Software Versions Below 2.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
➤ To format a DVD (on systems with software versions below 2.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Copying Settings to a CD or DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
➤ To copy settings to CD/DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
Figure 16-1 Manage Setups Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Importing Settings from a CD or DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
➤ To import settings from a CD or DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Exporting Images to DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
➤ To export images to DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
➤ To export images in DICOM format to DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
➤ To restore user settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
Resetting the Patient Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
➤ To reset the patient database on systems with software version 2.0 or later . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
➤ To reset the database on systems with software earlier than 2.0 or non-booting systems with any software . . 695
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 44
Contents
Exporting Error Logs to CD or DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
➤ To export encrypted error logs to a CD or DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 45
General Information: Introduction
General Information
Introduction
The iU22 Ultrasound System is a general-purpose, mobile, software-controlled, diagnostic ultrasound system. Its function is to acquire, process, and display ultrasound data (Figure 1-1).
The operator can measure anatomical structures and generate reports for health-care professionals. The primary users are physicians and sonographers in clinics and hospital departments
that provide diagnostic ultrasound services.
The system has a basic set of imaging modes and measurement tools. There also are modes and
measurement tools that are available only when a specific mode or analysis package is purchased
and enabled for customer use. Upgrade security is controlled through the use of system-specific
passwords and software.
Refer to Section 4, “Theory of Operation”, for front-end theory and Section 6, “Performance
Tests”, for operating parameters.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 46
General Information: Physical Description
Figure 1-1
iU22 Ultrasound System
Physical
Description
This section describes the hardware that was initially released with the system. Hardware
changes including changes made for Service and Manufacturing Improvements (SAMI) occurring
after system release are listed in Section 12, “Change History”.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 47
General Information: Physical Description
Frame
The frame provides the primary structural support for the system. It has a one-piece weldment.
The frame provides the mounting base and swivel mechanism for the monitor. The control panel
articulation mechanism also mounts to the frame. All four casters are swivel mounted, and the
right rear caster has a swivel lock. Front casters have brake locks. The swivel-lock pedal (right)
and the brake-lock pedal (left) are on the front of the system where the user can easily activate
them.
Acquisition Card Cage
Four slots of the Acquisition Card Cage are dedicated with appropriate shielding for Channel
Boards. Two additional shielded slots are available for the AIM+ PCB and a spare PCB. External
connections are provided through connectors mounted on brackets attached directly to the card
cage modules to eliminate cabling to remote connectors.
Cooling air flows in at the bottom of the four Channel Boards, up to a plenum above the card
cage, down past the AIM+ and FEC (Front End Controller), and exhausts through an area in the
bottom pan below the AIM+ and FEC PCBs.
Platform Card Cage
The Platform Card Cage contains the Host and Signal and Image-Processing (SIP) motherboards,
both of which are located on slide-out drawers and contain other PCBs. The card cage is
designed to allow for future motherboard, power-supply, and fan-module upgrades.
Rear-mounted fans provide forced-air cooling. Cooling air flows in at the bottom left of the cart,
through the air filter, up past the Host CPU area, to an internal plenum at the top of the card
cage, and down past the Host PCI cards and SIP Motherboard. Air exits the cart from the bottom rear of the card cage.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 48
General Information: Physical Description
Power Supplies
The AC tray and power supplies (Acquisition and Platform supplies) are located under the card
cage between the casters. Cooling fans are located on the acquisition and platform supplies.
Control Panel
Operator controls consist of a full-size keyboard, a trackball and an array of push buttons, toggle
switches, slide pots, and knobs (Figure 1-2). Pressing certain switches displays menus on the
touch screen. The trackball is then used to select from the menus. Slide pots control TGC.
Knobs are used for gain control. Additional controls are available on an 8.4-inch LCD panel with
touch screen.
Included on the control module assembly are transducer holders, storage trays at the rear, and
the handle used to move the system. The keyboard wrist rest also serves as an ESD ground for
the operator. The control panel can be manually adjusted from side-to-side and for height.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 1-2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 49
General Information: Physical Description
Control Panel and Keyboard
Control panel
Keyboard
Video Monitor
The video monitor is mounted to an articulation arm and can be adjusted to suit the user.
•
On systems with initially released hardware (A.x and B.0 hardware versions), the monitor is
a single 17-inch, 12-Vdc, non-interlaced (Super In-Plane Switching or S-IPS) LCD. Video resolution is SXGA (1,280 x 1,024 pixels) on the 17-inch monitor for all operating modes.
•
On subsequently released systems (with C.0 or later hardware versions), the monitor is a
single 20-inch, 120- to 230-Vac, digital, non-interlaced S-IPS LCD. Video resolution is
WSXGA+ (1680 x 1050 pixels) on the 20-inch monitor for all operating modes.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 50
General Information: Physical Description
The monitors are removable for mobile systems. The system video rate to the display is 75 and
60 Hz for the 17-inch and the 20-inch monitors, respectively.
Transducers
For a list of transducers and transducer information, see Section 15, “Transducers”.
Peripherals
Peripherals (Figure 1-3) are installed onto the platforms on the rear of the cart with their control panels accessible to the user. Some peripheral controls also are available on the system control panel for various functions.
On systems with C.0 hardware, a black-and-white image printer can be installed as a third OEM
on a tray installed above the drive bay.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 1-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 51
General Information: Physical Description
System Peripherals
UP-D23MD Sony Digital Color Printer
UP-D895MD Sony Digital Graphic Printer
(Black and White)
HS-MD3000U/E Mitsubishi Video Cassette Recorder
UP-D897 Sony Digital Graphic Printer
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Applications
iU22 Service Manual
Page 52
General Information: Applications
The following applications are available on the iU22 system:
•
Abdominal
•
Obstetrical
•
Cerebrovascular
•
Peripheral vascular
•
Gynecological and fertility
•
Small parts and superficial
•
Musculoskeletal
•
Pediatric general imaging
•
Prostate
•
Adult cardiology
•
General Imaging Contrast
•
Adult transesophageal echocardiography
•
Stress echocardiography
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Safety
Requirements
•
•
Page 53
General Information: Safety Requirements
Electromechanical safety standards met:
-
C22.2 No. 601.1, Canadian Standards Association, Standard for Medical Electrical Equipment
-
JIS 60601-1, Japanese Standard for Medical Electrical Equipment
-
EN 60601-1, Second Edition, including Amendments 1 and 2, European Norm, Medical
Electrical Equipment
-
EN 60601-1-2, Second Edition, European Norm, Collateral Standard, Electromagnetic
Compatibility
-
EN 60601-2-37, Particular Requirements for the Safety of the Ultrasonic Medical Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment
-
UL 2601-1, Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Medical Electrical Equipment
Agency approvals:
-
Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
-
CE Mark in accordance with the European Community Medical Device Directive issued
by British Standards Institute (BSI)
-
Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor, and Welfare
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Supplies and
Accessories
iU22 Service Manual
Page 54
General Information: Supplies and Accessories
Ultrasound supplies and accessories, including transducer biopsy guides, are available from
CIVCO Medical Instruments at the addresses and numbers below. Supplies and accessories are
no longer available from Philips Ultrasound.
CIVCO Medical Instruments
102 First St. South
Kalona, IA 52247-9589
Phone:
(800) 445-6741, Ex. 1 for Customer Service (USA)
Fax:
(319) 656-4447 (International)
(877) 329-2482 (USA)
E-mail:
Internet:
(319) 656-4451 (International)
[email protected]
www.civco.com
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 55
Specifications: Introduction
Specifications
Introduction
Philips Ultrasound reserves the right to change specifications contained herein or to discontinue
manufacture at any time without prior notice. Current specifications are supplied with each system.
Physical
Dimensions
•
Width: 57 cm (22.5 in)
•
Height:
Imaging
Modes
-
With monitor fully raised: 166.5 cm (65.5 in)
-
With monitor locked: 139.7 cm (55 in)
•
Depth: 113.0 cm (44.5 in)
•
Weight: 161.4 kg (355 lb), for systems with the 17-inch monitor and without peripherals
•
Weight: 165.9 kg (365 lb), for systems with the 20-inch monitor and without peripherals
•
2D
•
M-mode
•
Pulsed-wave (PW) Doppler
•
Steerable continuous-wave (CW) Doppler
•
Duplex and Triplex imaging
•
Broadband Flow Imaging
•
Color Power Angio (CPA) imaging
•
3D imaging
-
Freehand 3D SonoCT Imaging
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Imaging
Features
System Cart
iU22 Service Manual
-
Freehand Grayscale Imaging
-
4D SonoCT Imaging
-
4D Grayscale Imaging
-
Live 3D Echo
•
SonoCT Real-time Compound Imaging
•
Panoramic Imaging
•
Contrast Specific Imaging (CSI)
•
Tissue Harmonic Imaging (THI)
•
iSCAN Intelligent Optimization
•
XRES image processing
•
Dual imaging
•
Cineloop Review
•
Zoom magnification
•
Physio
Page 56
Specifications: Imaging Features
State-of-the-art ergonomic design includes:
•
Design for easy maneuverability and mobility
•
Control panel
-
16.5 cm (6.5 in) up/down articulation
-
30-degree rotation (±15 degrees from center)
-
15.2 cm (6 in) side-to-side movement (±7.6 cm or ±3 in)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
•
•
-
Retractable, lighted alphanumeric keyboard
-
Wrist rest
Page 57
Specifications: System Cart
Flat-panel LCD display monitor
-
17-inch or 20-inch (43-cm or 51-cm) high-resolution video monitor
-
High contrast ratio:
•
For 17-inch monitor: > 500:1
•
For 20-inch monitor: > 600:1
-
Extended viewing angle >170 degrees (horizontal and vertical)
-
Response time:
•
For the 17-inch monitor: < 25 ms
•
For the 20-inch monitor: < 12 ms
-
Flicker-free technology reduces eyestrain
-
Ambient lighting control for optimal image viewing in both light and dark environments
-
Mounted on fully articulating extension arm
-
Four-way articulation with range of height adjustment from 140 to 155 cm (55 to 61 in)
-
Side-to-side lateral adjustment
-
Transducer and gel bottle holders (removable for easy cleaning)
Mobility through high-quality, shock-absorbing casters with two pedal controls for:
-
All-wheel swivel
-
Right-rear-wheel swivel lock
-
Two-wheel front brakes
Digitally enhanced eight-speaker high-fidelity stereo output
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Control Panel
and User
Interface
Page 58
Specifications: Control Panel and User Interface
•
Integrated footrest
•
Onboard storage in convenient side pouches and accessory tray
•
Universal peripheral bay provides easy access to up to two onboard hardcopy/documentation devices. Optional third OEM tray, with capability for installation of additional
black-and-white image printer
•
Built-in AC line conditioner provides isolation from voltage fluctuations and electrical noise
interference
•
Four high-capacity fans with automatic speed adjustment to optimize cooling efficiency with
minimal audible noise (shall not exceed 48 dBa at 25°C [77°F] or 51 dBa at 40°C [104°F])
•
Easy-to-learn graphical user interface
•
Ergonomic design with primary controls readily accessible and logically grouped
•
8.4-inch LCD panel (SVGA resolution 800 x 600 pixels) and resistive touch screen
•
Tri-state control panel back lighting
•
Optimal image viewing in both light and dark environments
•
Other secondary controls accessible through high-resolution, full-color touch screen
•
Other secondary controls accessible through high-resolution, full-color touch screen
•
Eight slide pot controls for adjustment of the TGC curve
•
Smart TGC: predefined TGC curves optimized for consistently excellent imaging with minimal TGC adjustment
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Quick Save
Feature
Imaging
Specifications
System
Architecture
Page 59
Specifications: Quick Save Feature
•
Provides the ability to quickly save preferred system settings as individual exam types
•
Up to 45 Quick Save exams can be created per transducer
•
Saved parameters include virtually all imaging parameters as well as color box size
•
Exams can be copied to DVD and transferred to other systems of like configuration
•
Imaging formats: linear, curved (Wide Screen with SonoCT option), and sector
•
256 gray shades (8 bits) in 2D, M-mode, and Doppler spectral analysis
•
Acquisition frame rate greater than 500 frames/s (dependent on field-of-view, depth, and
angle)
•
Image orientation up/down, left/right
•
Multiple duplex image formats (1/3 to 2/3, 1/2 to 1/2, 2/3 to 1/3, and full screen)
•
Depth from 1 to 30 cm (probe dependent)
•
Up to 1,024 scan lines, depending on transducer and mode
•
All digital broadband beamformer
•
MicroFine 2D Imaging
•
Digital Broadband Flow Imaging
•
Supercomputing Image Processing Unit (IPU)
•
Dynamic Focal Tuning
•
Greater than 170-dB full-time input dynamic range
•
57,000 digitally scalable channels
•
Up to nine frames compounded in real-time with SonoCT imaging
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
Display
Annotation
Page 60
Specifications: Display Annotation
Advanced Extended Signal Processing (ESP) with parallel digital signal processing and frequency compounding:
-
Improves tissue contrast resolution and textural perception
-
Sharpens lateral beam profile for finer dot size
-
Reduces speckle artifacts for increased image clarity
•
Intelligent Tissue Specific Imaging software provides total system optimization by exam type
for over 5,000 parameters
•
4x parallel beamforming
•
4x RF interpolation
•
Synthetic Aperture Beamforming
•
On-screen annotation of all pertinent imaging parameters for complete documentation,
including transducer type and frequency, active clinical options and optimized presets, display
depth, TGC curve, grayscale, color map, frame rate, dynamic range, compression and contrast enhancement, color gain, color image mode, and hospital and patient demographic data
•
User-selectable display of the Patient’s birth date or the user’s ID
•
Fixed position title area for persistent annotation
•
Patient name and ID number can be turned off (hidden) for generating images used in publication and presentation
•
Sector steering icon for endocavitary transducers
•
Scan plane orientation marker
•
User-selectable depth scale display
•
Real-time display of mechanical index (MI)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Transducers
iU22 Service Manual
Page 61
Specifications: Transducers
•
Real-time display of thermal index (TIb, TIc, TIs)
•
Multiple trackball-driven annotation arrows
•
Predefined annotations and body markers (application specific), with two body markers supported in dual imaging format
•
Doppler baseline Invert
•
TGC curve (user selectable on/off display)
•
TGC values (on/off)
•
ToolTips provides a brief description of the abbreviated on-screen image parameters
•
Trackball arbitration prompts
•
Thumbnail display of images printed or stored
•
Calculations results and analysis labels
•
Graphical tabs that allow navigation to other analysis features
•
Network connectivity icons to allow instant feedback about network and printer conditions
•
Cineloop frame number display
•
Cineloop bar with trim markers
•
Prompt region for informational message display
Refer to Section 15, “Transducers” for specific transducer information
•
Electronic switching of transducer using three universal connectors
•
Dedicated (Pedoff) CW Doppler connector
•
Automatic optimization of each transducer for exam type and Tissue Specific Imaging
•
Multiple user-selectable transmit focal zones on all transducers
•
Continuous dynamic receive focusing on all transducers
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 62
Specifications: Measurements and Analysis
Measurements and
Analysis
Measurement
Tools and
General
Description
•
2D distance
•
2D circumference/area by ellipse, continuous trace, trace by points
•
Auto conversion of a distance to an ellipse
•
2D curved-linear distance
•
3D: ellipse and distance on two MPR views
•
3D: Stack contours on one MPR view
•
M-mode distance (depth, time, and slope)
•
Manual Doppler distance
•
Manual Doppler trace: Time/slope measurements in Doppler and M-mode
•
High Q Automatic Doppler Analysis (General Imaging only), Doppler values including pulsatility index, resistivity index, systolic/diastolic ratio
•
Volume flow 2D volume (3 volume methods)
•
Heart rate
•
Trackball-controlled electronic measurement calipers: eight sets
•
User-defined protocols, measurements and equations
•
On-the-fly measurement labels
•
Fully editable results data sheet
•
Integrated patient exam report package
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Clinical Option
Analysis
Packages
iU22 Service Manual
•
Page 63
Specifications: Measurements and Analysis
Cardiac analysis
-
Volume by area/length method
-
Ejection fraction (Teichholz or cubed method)
-
Simpson’s biplane and single-plane LV mass
-
M-mode all points
-
Peak velocity
-
Maximum and mean pressure gradients
-
Pressure half time
-
E/A ratio
-
D/E slope
-
Continuity equation
-
Diastolic function
-
Cardiac output
-
Acceleration time
-
Heart rate
•
Stress Echo
•
Vascular analysis
-
Right and left carotid artery protocols
-
ICA/CCA ratio
-
Bilateral lower extremity Arterial and Venous labels
-
Bilateral upper extremity Arterial and Venous labels
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
•
•
Page 64
Specifications: Measurements and Analysis
-
Percent diameter and percent area reduction (may be optional on some systems)
-
User comments
OB Analysis
-
Fetal biometry
-
Biophysical profile
-
Amniotic fluid index
-
Early gestation
-
Fetal long bones
-
Fetal cranium
-
2D echo
-
Fetal heart M-mode
-
Fetal Doppler
Gynecology/Fertility
-
Uterine volume
-
Right and left ovary volumes
-
Right and left follicles (10)
-
Endometrial thickness
-
Cervical length
Abdominal Vascular
-
Labels for all major abdominal arteries and veins
-
Left and right segmentation for kidneys
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
•
General Imaging
-
General
-
User-defined labels
Advanced Breast Imaging
-
High Q
Automatic
Doppler
Analysis
Page 65
Specifications: Measurements and Analysis
Right and left protocols for up to five lesions per breast
•
Prostate
•
Pediatric (General)
•
Small Parts
-
General
-
Breast with right and left protocols for up to five lesions per breast
Allows automatic real-time and retrospective tracing of:
•
Instantaneous peak velocity
•
Instantaneous intensity weighted mean velocity
•
Automatic real-time display of (user-selectable up to 6):
•
Volume flow
•
Time-averaged peak velocity
•
Time-averaged mean velocity
•
Resistive index
•
Pulsatility index
•
Systolic/diastolic ratio
•
Acceleration/deceleration times
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 66
Specifications: Connectivity
Connectivity
Standard
Features
•
Ability to print locally to cart-mounted or external video printers
•
Printing of single-page reports
•
Ability to export report data to offline analysis computer programs
DICOM
Connectivity
Option
DICOM Print is available as an option.
NetLink
Connectivity
Option
Network Display
Choices
•
Auto-setup based on Modality Worklist
•
Modality Performed Procedure Step (PPS)
•
100Base-T, 10Base-T—half or duplex—Ethernet output
-
Static IP addresses or DHCP/DNS
•
DICOM store of still frame or Cineloop images
•
DICOM compression options
•
Up to 20-second loops per acquisition
•
Image and waveform export to network storage servers
•
DICOM Worklist with RIS support and automatic patient demographic entry
•
Legacy, CRT, LCD, GDSF
•
Native data and native data compression
-
•
3D volume data set attached to DICOM image
-
•
Strain, DTI, 2DQ (Offline TGC, gain, border suppress, and quantification)
Ability to crop, resize, gain, compression, automated border tracking, color baseline,
vision control, colorize, XRES and 3D quantification
Scrolling Doppler acquisitions
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
DiskLink
iU22 Service Manual
Page 67
Specifications: Connectivity
•
Storage commit (SC)
•
Structured reporting (SR) for cardiac OB and Vascular
•
Multiple Archive Server support
•
DICOM Append
•
3D Clips in DICOM format
•
Send Images command allowed after end of exam (batch send) or after each acquisition
DVD (Standard)
Supports standard DVD-R/RW media with the following capabilities:
•
Read-only CD formatted specifically for the system.
•
Read and Write (once) to CD (CD-R).
•
DVD Read Only (DVD-R).
•
DVD Re-writable (DVD+RW).
•
Data storage formats include DICOM and JPEG (full-frame Images) and AVI for motion clips.
Full frame images are non-compressed.
•
User selectable compression is available for motion clip storage.
•
DICOM images stored on disk can be recalled on the ultrasound system. Scaling data is available to allow measurements.
•
JPEG images and AVI clips can be recalled on offline viewing stations.
Onboard Patient Exam Storage (Standard)
•
Direct digital storage of B/W and color loops to internal hard disk
•
Fully integrated user interface
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Video Monitor
17-Inch
20-Inch
Peripherals
Page 68
Specifications: Video Monitor
•
On-screen recall, measurement and text editing
•
Exam directory
•
17-inch (43-cm) or 20-inch (51-cm) flat-panel monitor (LCD) on a tilt/swivel arm
•
Vertical adjustment range of 121.4 to 148.1 cm (47.8 to 58.3 in) at the center of the screen
•
128 hues of color available
•
The display is driven at native resolution for all operating modes
•
12 Vdc, analog, non-interlaced (S-IPS)
•
Video resolution is SXGA (1280 x 1024 pixels)
•
Video rate to the display is 75 Hz
•
Refresh rate < 25 ms
•
Aspect ratio 5:4
•
Contrast ratio >500:1
•
100 to 230 Vac, digital, non-interlaced (S-IPS)
•
Video resolution is WSXGA+ (1680 x 1050 pixels)
•
Video rate to the display is 60 Hz
•
Refresh rate < 12 ms
•
Aspect ratio 16:10
•
Contrast ratio >600:1
•
Up to three onboard peripherals (excluding report printers)
•
Super-VHS VCR (USB controlled through the system user interface)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Electrical
Power/Video
Parameters
Environmental
Requirements
Page 69
Specifications: Electrical Power/Video Parameters
•
Small format digital color printer (USB)
•
Small format digital black-and-white printer (USB)
•
Support for various Hewlett Packard color and monochrome report printers (USB, externally mounted)
•
Export of measurement and analysis data to offline reporting software packages (USB)
•
100 to 127 Vac, at 50 or 60 Hz, NTSC
•
220 to 240 Vac, at 50 or 60 Hz, NTSC and PAL
•
Integrated AC line conditioner
•
Power consumption: 100-127/220/240 V, 50/60 Hz, 800 VA
•
775 to 1,250 W, depending on peripherals
•
Heat output: 2,964 BTU
NOTE If the system is stored for prolonged periods at or near the low end of the storage temperature range, the system clock may need to be reset.
•
Ambient Operating Temperature: 16°C to 40°C (61°F to 104°F)
•
Internal Operating Temperature: 16°C to 55°C (61°F to 131°F)
•
Storage Temperature: –34°C to 65°C (–29°F to 149°F)
•
Storage Humidity: 15% to 95% RH (non-condensing)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 70
Safety: Introduction
Safety
Introduction
Please read this information before using your ultrasound system. It applies to the
ultrasound system, transducers, recording devices, and any optional equipment.This device is
intended for use by, or by the order of, and under the supervision of a licensed physician qualified to direct the use of the device.
A WARNING describes precautions necessary to prevent injury or loss of life.
A CAUTION describes precautions necessary to protect the equipment.
Electrical
Safety
This equipment has been verified by a recognized third-party testing agency as a Class I device
with Type BF and Type CF isolated patient-applied parts and Type B accessories. For maximum
safety observe these warnings:
WARNINGS
•
Shock hazards may exist if this system, including all externally mounted recording and monitoring devices, is not properly grounded. Protection against electrical shock is provided by
grounding the chassis with a three-wire cable and plug. The system must be plugged into a
grounded outlet. The grounding wire must not be removed or defeated.
•
Do not remove the protective covers on the system; hazardous voltages are present inside.
Cabinet panels must be in place while the system is in use. All internal adjustments and
replacements must be made by a qualified Philips Ultrasound field service engineer.
•
Do not operate this system in the presence of flammable gases or anesthetics. Explosion can
result.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
WARNINGS
CAUTIONS
iU22 Service Manual
Page 71
Safety: Electrical Safety
•
To avoid risk of electrical shock hazards, always inspect the transducer before use: Check the
face, housing, and cable before use. Do not use if the face is cracked, chipped, or torn, the
housing is damaged, or the cable is abraded.
•
To avoid risk of electrical shock hazards, always disconnect the system from the wall outlet
before cleaning the system.
•
All patient-contact devices, such as transducers, pencil probes, and ECG leads must be
removed from the patient contact prior to application of a high-voltage defibrillation pulse.
•
Connection of optional devices not supplied by Philips Ultrasound could result in electrical
shock. When such optional devices are connected to your ultrasound system, ensure that
the total system earth leakage current does not exceed 300 μA.
•
To avoid risk of electrical shock, do not use any transducer that has been immersed beyond
the specified cleaning or disinfection level. See “Disinfectants and Gels” in the Getting Started
manual on the user information CD.
•
To avoid risks of electrical shock and fire hazards, inspect the system power cord and plug on
a regular basis. Ensure that they are not damaged in any way.
•
The voice command feature uses the ISM band at 2.4 GHz to transmit control information to
the system. Before using this feature, verify that no wireless network or other radio device
uses this frequency band where the system will be used. Interference between devices may
result in spurious commands in the system or data corruption in a wireless network.
•
Although the system has been manufactured in compliance with existing EMI/EMC requirements, use of this system in the presence of an electromagnetic field can cause momentary
degradation of the ultrasound image. If this occurs often, review the environment in which
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 72
Safety: Electrical Safety
the system is being used, to identify possible sources of radiated emissions. These emissions
could be from other electrical devices used within the same room or an adjacent room.
Communication devices such as cellular phones and pagers can cause these emissions. The
existence of radio, TV, or microwave transmission equipment located nearby can cause emissions. In cases where EMI is causing disturbances, it may be necessary to relocate your system.
•
Electrostatic discharge (ESD), commonly referred to as a static shock, is a naturally occurring
phenomenon. ESD is most prevalent during conditions of low humidity, which can be caused
by heating or air conditioning. During low-humidity conditions, electrical charges naturally
build up on individuals and can create static shocks. An ESD condition occurs when an individual with an electrical energy build-up comes in contact with objects such as metal doorknobs, file cabinets, computer equipment, and even other individuals. The static shock or
ESD is a discharge of the electrical energy build-up from a charged individual to a lesser or
non-charged individual or object. The level of electrical energy discharged from a system
user or patient to the ultrasound system can be significant enough to cause damage to the
system or transducers. The following precautions can help to reduce ESD: antistatic spray on
carpets; antistatic spray on linoleum; antistatic mats; or a ground wire connection between
the system and the patient table or bed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 73
Safety: Mechanical Safety
Mechanical
Safety
WARNINGS
•
Be aware of the casters, especially when moving the system. The system is heavy, its weight
depends upon its configuration, and it could cause injury to you or others if it rolls over feet
or into shins. Exercise caution when going up or down ramps.
•
When attempting to overcome an obstacle, do not push the system from either side with
excessive force, which could cause the system to tip over.
•
Position external hardcopy devices away from the system. Ensure that they are secure. Do
not stack them on the system.
•
When positioning the articulated display, move it carefully to avoid pinching hands or extremities against other objects, such as a bed rail.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
CAUTIONS
iU22 Service Manual
Page 74
Safety: Mechanical Safety
•
Ensure that the cables for all patient-applied parts are secure before moving the system. Use
the cable management system to ensure that transducer cables are protected from damage.
•
Do not roll the system over transducer cables or power cables.
•
Never park the system on an incline.
•
The brakes are intended as a convenience, not a safety feature. To increase cart security, use
wheel chocks when the system is parked.
•
If the system behaves abnormally after moving or transporting, contact Philips Ultrasound
Customer Service immediately. The components can withstand considerable shock, but
excessive shock can cause a system failure.
•
Before moving the system, ensure that the keyboard is retracted, the control panel is centered, and the display is locked. When extended, the keyboard might be damaged if it hits
another object, and the video monitor could swing out during transport, causing injury or
equipment damage.
•
When transporting the system, avoid exposing the monitor to direct sunlight and do not let
the inside temperature of the vehicle exceed 65°C (149°F). Either of these conditions can
cause permanent damage to the monitor.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 75
Safety: Equipment Protection
Equipment
Protection
Follow these precautions to protect your system:
CAUTIONS
•
Excessive bending or twisting of cables on patient-applied parts may cause failure or intermittent operation of the system.Take care not to run over cables with the system, which may
damage them.
•
Improper cleaning or sterilization of a patient-applied part may cause permanent damage. For
cleaning and disinfection instructions, see the Getting Started manual on the user information
CD.
•
Do not submerge the cables of patient-applied parts in solution. The cables are not liquid
tight beyond the applied part/cable or cable/connector interfaces.
•
Do not use solvents such as thinner or benzine or abrasive cleaners on the system, transducers, video monitor, touch screen, or any hardcopy device.
•
For optimal performance, your ultrasound system should be connected to a circuit dedicated
solely for the ultrasound system.
•
System power (up to127 Vac or 230 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz) is available for the VCR and printers.
The VCR and printers have universal power supplies and can be used with either voltage.
•
In general, only the area of the transducer acoustic window is watertight. Except where
specified in specific transducer cleaning instructions, do not immerse the remainder of a
transducer in any liquid.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Symbols
iU22 Service Manual
Page 76
Safety: Symbols
The International Electrotechnical Commission has established a set of symbols for medical electronic equipment that classify a connection or warn of potential hazards. The classifications and
symbols follow.
Isolated patient connection. (Type BF)
Isolated patient connection for applied parts in direct contact with
major vessels. (Type CF)
On the power switch, represents ON and OFF.
Identifies the On/Standby switch.
This symbol identifies a safety note. Ensure you understand the
function of this control before using it. Refer to the appropriate
section of the system documentation for an explanation of the
control.
Identifies equipotential ground.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
IPx-1
IPx-7
Page 77
Safety: Symbols
Indicates that this device is protected against the effects of fluid
immersion. This degree of protection can apply to transducers and
the foot switch.
This product consists of devices that may contain lead or mercury,
which must be recycled or disposed of in accordance with local,
state, or federal laws.
Do not throw away. Dispose of in accordance with local, state, or
federal laws.
The following symbols are also used on the system:
Connection for a pencil probe.
Connection for a transducer.
Connection for ECG.
Print remote output.
Input port for audio left/right, VHS/S-VHS, microphone, or DVD.
Output port for audio left/right, VHS/S-VHS, video patient monitor,
black-and-white printer or interlaced RGB output port.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 78
Safety: Symbols
VGA or parallel output port.
Universal Serial Bus (USB) connection.
Ethernet connection.
The following symbols are used inside the system:
Identifies high-voltage components.
Ground.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
4
iU22 Service Manual
Page 79
Theory of Operation: Introduction
Theory of Operation
Introduction
This section describes the electronics of the system and how the echo data flows through it.
Operating
System
The operating system used on the Host and the Signal and Image-Processing (SIP) motherboards
is Microsoft Windows XP Embedded (XP-E). The embedded XP version allows for customized
components and system behavior. Much of the operating system is hidden from the user, as the
Philips applications use XP-E as a vehicle for implementing system behavior through custom
graphical user interfaces (GUI).
The operating system on the host is primarily used for system interaction with the user or network and as an application platform for implementing the iU22 operation and behavior.
The primary functions of the SIP ultrasound application include:
System
Functional
Architecture
•
Process estimate data to native format data (scan converted but not scaled to display size)
•
Process estimate data flow components to sweeping display data and digital Doppler audio
•
Process estimate data to M-mode sweeping display data
•
Implement the Cineloop function for save/recall/review
The Applications layer comprises software to perform administrative functions and miscellaneous non-imaging tasks necessary to operate the ultrasound system.The Virtual Ultrasound
System comprises all proprietary technologies developed by Philips that are involved in ultrasound imaging and the related physiological signals. These include hardware, firmware, and software. The Platform layer comprises the hardware and infrastructure required to run the
applications and virtual ultrasound systems.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Signal Flow
iU22 Service Manual
Page 80
Theory of Operation: Signal Flow
Ultrasound data (RF) is acquired from each transducer element and beam-formed (summed) into
a coherent data stream. This RF data stream is moved over the RF bus between the Front-End
Controller (FEC) and the Host resident Dual Signal Conditioning (DSC) PCB.
The DSC processes the RF data to estimate space data, commonly referred to as R-Theta data.
This estimate data (2D, Doppler, and so on) is sent to the SIP Motherboard to be further processed into each final display data type supported by the system (2D, 3D, 4D, Doppler, Audio,
M-mode, and so on). The SIP Motherboard stores these data types locally in the SIP hard drive
subsystem (Cineloop images).
From Cineloop images, this data is time-aligned by a streaming data manager application and provided to Frame Composition processing for composite image display and real-time annotation.
Frame Composition uses the Host AGP card to compose each image element into a composite
display containing image, text and graphical elements.
Physical
Structure
The system physical structure is illustrated in Figure 4-1.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 4-1
Page 81
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
iU22 Physical Structure
IDE
Hard Drive
Host
USB
Modem
USB
CP/UIF
2D
M-mode
Color
PW
CW
PCI Bus - 32 Bit
DVD
Data Paths:
AGP
USB
PCI Bus - 64 Bit
Ethernet
Ext Network
Acquisition Subsystem
Motor
Control
RFA
SIP
IEP
AVIO
AVIO
CAD
RIP
Display
FEC
AIM+
Channel
Boards
Acq Front Plane
Scanhead Select
RFB
DSC
USB
Hard
Drives
Power
Subsystem
OEMs
Blue text are links to additional information.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 82
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
System
Hardware
Designations
A system hardware label located inside the rear system door designates the current hardware
level of the system. There are currently three labels; one label for each of the hardware revisions.
Power
Subsystem
NOTE The power subsystem used on initially released systems is designated for “A.x systems.”
The subsequently released power subsystem is designated for “B.0 systems.” Release
A.x and B.0 systems are identified by a green or blue LED, respectively, on the rear of
the AC Tray.
Power
Subsystem
(A.x Systems)
The A.x power subsystem contains:
Throughout this “Theory of Operation” section, when the theory is specific to a certain hardware revision, the hardware revision letter listed on the label inside the rear system door is identified in the text.
•
Platform Power Supply (PPS)
•
Platform Power Distribution Board (PPDB)
•
Acquisition Power Supply (APS)
•
AC Tray
•
HV Switcher (used on A.x and B.0 systems)
Power Theory
Power enters the iU22 system via the AC receptacle, located on the AC Tray. The AC Tray
includes an EMI filter, a circuit breaker, an OEM isolation transformer, and an OEM power relay.
AC voltage is also routed to both custom power supplies (Acquisition and Platform). The Power
Subsystem (Figure 4-2) is controlled by the On/Standby switch, located next to the DVD drive.
The On/Standby switch, in conjunction with the Host and SIP Motherboards power control cir-
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 83
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
cuitry (Figure 4-3), generates a PS_ON_n signal, which activates the two system power supplies.
The power supplies are interlocked, which controls voltage application during power up.
The Acquisition and Platform supplies contain monitoring hardware, which prevent sustained
over- or under-voltage or overcurrent conditions. If one of the supplies does not meet specification, the Power Subsystem shuts down. This condition requires the AC mains to be disconnected for at least 1 minute to discharge the power supply internal voltages and to reset the fault
circuitry. There are no power supply adjustments. The power supplies are factory set and sealed.
When the Power Subsystem is in low-power sleep mode, the power supplies are shut down
except for +5 VSB, which is required to support motherboard standby functions. When the system is in standby mode (suspend-to-RAM), the Host software sets a battery enable register bit
on the AVIO-CAD Module and turns off both power supplies. In this state, the system is consuming less than 7 W of energy and stays in this state indefinitely while plugged into the AC
mains. The battery enable register bit allows the battery pack to provide energy to the Platform
Power Supply +5 VSB circuit if the AC mains is disconnected.
The maximum duration of the mobile standby state is 4 hours. If the system is unplugged for
more than 4 hours and is left in standby mode, a battery monitoring circuit senses the battery
discharge state and disconnects the battery from the Platform Power Supply, preventing battery
damage. By disconnecting the battery, the Platform Power Supply can no longer supply +5 VSB
to both motherboards, and the system enters a complete power-down state. Subsequent iU22
power-up executes a cold boot cycle to obtain imaging operation. Normally, if the system is still
in a suspend state, the system will boot much quicker because it is restoring the previous operating system state saved in RAM. Typical boot times are greater than 2 minutes for a cold boot
and less than 35 seconds for a resume from standby.
The ACQ_DC_OK_n signal line in Figure 4-2 indicates the operating condition of the Acquisition Power Supply and allows for correct operation of the Platform Power Supply if the Acquisi-
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 84
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
tion Power Supply is not inserted or is inserted and functioning correctly. It also prevents a
false-good indication if the Acquisition Power Supply fails, including conditions where the input
fuses blow.
The DC_OK_OUT signal line is a reset signal to the system. It is dependent on the power state
of the Acquisition Power Supply and the Platform Power Supply.
Battery Charging Theory
A fully charged system battery should maintain the system in the standby state for approximately
4 hours without the system being plugged in. If the battery has been fully discharged, the system
may not boot up until the system has been plugged in for up to 20 minutes to get a sufficient
charge on the battery.
The system battery is charging when:
•
The system is powered up and in use.
•
The system is shut down, the circuit breaker is on, and the power cord is connected to a
power outlet.
•
The system is in standby mode, the circuit breaker is on, and the power cord is connected to
a power outlet. (During this state, standby mode is maintained by current from the power
outlet, not the battery.)
The system battery is being discharged when the system is in standby mode and if the circuit
breaker is off, or if the power cord is not connected to a power outlet
USB Port Power Theory
The Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports on the back of the DVD drive are powered by the system
battery if the system is off (power switch is off and the breaker is on). The USB ports are powered by power from the motherboard. The four USB ports on the rear of the AVIO-RIP and the
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 85
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
USB port for the control panel are powered by system power. If system power is on, the ports
are powered. If the system is off or in standby mode, there is no power to the USB ports.
Figure 4-2
Power Subsystem Block Diagram (A.x Systems)
Main circuit breaker 15 A
L
100, 120 or
220 - 240
Vac
+15 Vdc
-15 Vdc
+48 Vdc
Acquisition Power Supply Module
(A.x Systems)
+3.5 Vdc
+5.3 Vdc
-5.3 Vdc
N
G
HV
Switcher
Acq_DC_OK_n
OK
Input receptacle/EMI filter
DC_OK_Out
Acq_DC_OK_n
1
2
OEM AC relay
AC Tray (A.x Systems)
3
+3.3 Vdc
+5 Vdc
-5 Vdc
+12 Vdc
-12 Vdc
Line_OK_n
On/Standby Switch and
Power Subsystem Block
Diagram (A.x Systems)
+12 V standby
+12 VSB
4
6 V sealed
lead acid
battery
Logic
To VCR
To printer
Blue text are links to additional information.
System battery charger
+5 V standby
+5 VSB (To Motherboard)
See Figure 4-1
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 4-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 86
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
On/Standby Switch and Power Subsystem Block Diagram (A.x Systems)
On/Standby
Motherboard 1
HOST
+/-12, +5, -5, +3.3, +5 VSB
Motherboard 2
SIP
Power Distribution Board
PWR_OK
JP2
PS_ON_1
PS_ON_2
Cable 453561182601
PS_ON_n
Cable 453561182431
Cable 453561182651
PS_ON_n_ACQ
Acquisition
Power Supply
ACQ_DC_OK_n
DC-5
Platform Power Supply
Custom 600 W
EPS12 V
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 87
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Platform Power Supply Module (A.x Systems)
Platform Power Supply
•
Provides +3.3 Vdc, ±5.0 Vdc, ±12 Vdc, +12 VSB, and +5 VSB. The +12 VSB is used as a
source for the +5 VSB regulator and as a source for the battery charger, located on the
AVIO-RIP. The +12 VSB and +5 VSB are present when AC power is applied. (The iU22 system does not need to be fully powered up. It needs only to be plugged into the wall socket
with the circuit breaker on.)
•
Operates between 85 and 264 Vac at 47 to 63 Hz.
•
Supplies +12 Vdc to the video monitor and +3.3 Vdc to the touch screen LCD and +5 Vdc to
the touch screen Backlight Inverter.
•
Thermal, overvoltage, and overcurrent protected: If temperature, voltage, or current
exceeds the normal range (Table 9-1 on page 283 and Table 9-2 on page 284), all voltages or
currents shut down. Cycle AC power to reset.
•
Remote sense for +3.3 Vdc, +5 Vdc, and ground.
•
Fused primary voltages. The fuses are located under the power supply cover.
•
Battery supplies 2.5 A for 5 ms as the current decreases during power-down.
•
Battery powers +5 VSB converter, if battery voltage is greater than +5.88 V, and if the
+12 VSB is less than 9 Vdc. When the system is in this state, the battery is not charged. Battery does not power +5 VSB converter if +12 VSB is greater than 9 Vdc and the battery is
charged during this state.
•
Generates system reset signal using state of the Acquisition Power Supply and Platform
Power Supply.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
Page 88
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Platform Power Supply functions correctly if the Acquisition Supply is not inserted or is
inserted and functioning correctly. If something occurs to take the Platform Power Supply
down, the Acquisition Supply also suspends operation. This may happen if the power supply
is working correctly and a voltage goes out of tolerance on a system PCB.
Platform Power Distribution Board (A.x Systems)
•
Mounts to the back wall of the Platform Card Cage and receives voltages from the Platform
Power Supply via bus bars and distributes to connectors
•
Provides a low impedance connection for the Platform Power Supply outputs
•
Contains voltage sense resistors from the Platform Power Supply for +3.3 Vdc and +5 Vdc
•
Provides test points and LEDs to indicate that the Platform Supply is functioning correctly
Acquisition Power Supply Module (A.x Systems)
•
Provides +3.5 Vdc, ±5.3 Vdc, ±15 Vdc, and +48 Vdc.
•
Operates between 85 and 264 Vac at 47 to 63 Hz.
•
Thermal, overvoltage, and overcurrent protected: If temperature, voltage, or current
exceeds the normal range (Table 9-8), all voltages or currents shut down. Cycle AC power
to reset.
•
Remote sense for +3.5 Vdc, ±5.3 Vdc, and ground.
•
Fused primary voltages: Fuses are under the power supply cover.
•
If something occurs to take the Acquisition Power Supply down, the Platform Power Supply
also suspends operation. This may happen if the Acquisition Power Supply is working fine and
a voltage goes out on a system PCB.
•
Supplies +48 Vdc to the HV Switcher to operate the system front end.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 89
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
AC Tray (A.x Systems)
•
Filters input voltage and contains a circuit breaker
•
Supplies line voltage (100, 120, 230, or 240 Vac) to the Platform Power Supply and Acquisition Power Supply
•
Supplies line voltage to the OEM transformer and OEM relay for OEM operation
•
Displays power status with a green LED on the rear of the tray
HV Switcher
•
Converts ±15 Vdc and +48 Vdc from the Acquisition Power Supply to ±HV (±30 to
±120 Vdc) (Figure 4-4)
•
Supplies ±HV to the NAIM HV regulators for low-pass filtering to reduce power supply noise
and to the Channel Boards through the Acquisition Frontplane (for all transmit waveforms
except CW Doppler)
•
During CW Doppler, turns off power converters supplying ±HV bus and switches the
±15 Vdc to the ±HV bus
•
Routes HV to the transducer connector, to provide power for HV MUX devices in the transducer and to power pulsers of the matrix array
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 4-4
Page 90
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
HV Power Supply Block Diagram (A.x and B.0 Systems)
From
acquisition PS
ACQ_+15V
LV
NAIM+ LV regulator
0 - 12 V
LV current monitor
NAIM+ XHV +active
pulldown circuit
LV_CTRL
XHV+ to transducer
LV voltage
monitor
From
acquisition PS
ACQ_48 V
XHV+ voltage
monitor
HVIN+
HV switcher
(0 -125 V each rail)
HVIN-
NAIM+
HV regulator
(0 -120 V each rail)
HV+
HV+ to
Channel board
pulsers
HV-
HV- to
Channel board
pulsers
HV current monitors
HV- to
transducer
HV_CTRL
HV_CTRL1+/HV_DISABLE_N
HVIN voltage
monitors
HVB to
transducer
NAIM+ HV regulator
(0 -120 V each rail)
HV+/- used for most transducers.
HVB used for some transducers.
LV
Provides a lower noise power supply to the matrix array pulsers for CW operation.
HVB, HV voltage
monitors
See Figure 4-2
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Power
Subsystem
(B.0 Systems)
iU22 Service Manual
Page 91
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
The B.0 power subsystem contains:
•
Power supply assembly
-
Platform Power Supply (PPS)
-
Acquisition Power Supply (APS)
-
Acquisition Power Distribution Board (APDB)
•
Platform Power Distribution Board (PPDB)
•
AC Tray
•
HV Switcher (used on A.x and B.0 systems)
Power Theory
Power enters the iU22 system via the AC receptacle, located on the AC Tray. Power is routed
through the circuit breaker, is filtered, and is sent to the +12 VSB power supply. When the
+12 VSB is within regulation, the system awaits a signal from the operator to start system operation.
Pressing the On/Standby switch initiates a PS_ON_n signal at the Host/SIP motherboards
(Figure 4-5). The PS_ON_n signal is routed to the Acquisition Power Distribution Board where
it initiates the start-up logic sequence. The start-up logic circuitry sends a signal to the AC Tray
to close the AC relay, applying power to the Acquisition Power Supply, the Platform Power Supply, and the OEM power supply. The Acquisition Power Distribution Board also supplies +5 VSB
to the AC Tray to light the blue LED. The +5 VSB is also on when AC power is off but the battery power is on.
The OEM transformer may be configured for a 120- or 220-Vac input, depending on whether the
OEM transformer primary is wired in series or in parallel. The OEM power supply in conjunction
with the Platform Power Distribution Board brings all output buses within regulation. Bus moni-
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 92
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
toring occurs on the Platform Power Distribution Board and the Acquisition Power Distribution
Board.
When the monitoring circuits indicate that the buses are within regulation voltage, a
DC_OK_OUT signal is sent from the Acquisition Power Distribution Board to the Host and SIP
motherboards via the Platform Power Distribution Board. When the motherboards receive this
signal, they initialize and bootup begins.
During system operation, all power buses are monitored by comparators on the Platform Power
Distribution Board. The comparators set the DC_OK_OUT low if a fault occurs. At the same
time, the circuitry on the Acquisition Power Distribution Board identifies whether the shutdown
signal is coming from the Platform Power Distribution Board or from the AC tray. The results
are displayed with the SPS OK and PPDB OK LEDs on the Acquisition Power Distribution
Board. The LED status is latched until AC power is removed.
Battery Charging Theory
Refer to “Battery Charging Theory” on page 84 for information.
USB Port Power Theory
Refer to “USB Port Power Theory” on page 84 for information.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 4-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 93
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
On/Standby Switch and Power Subsystem Block Diagram (B.0 Systems)
On/Standby
Motherboard 1
HOST
+/-12, +5, +3.3, +5 VSB
Motherboard 2
SIP
Power Distribution Board
PWR_OK
JP1
PS_ON_1
Cable 453561182601
PS_ON_2
PS_ON_n
Cable 453561182431
Cable 453561182651
Power Supply Assembly
Power Supply Assembly (B.0 Systems)
The power supply assembly comprises the Platform Power Supply Module, the Acquisition
Power Supply Module, and the Acquisition Power Distribution Board.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 94
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Platform Power Supply Module (PPS) (B.0 Systems)
•
Supplies +12Vdc to the Platform Power Distribution Board for conversion to +5 Vdc,
+3.3 Vdc, and -12 Vdc.
•
Operates between 90 and 240 Vac at 45 to 65 Hz.
•
Thermal, overvoltage, and overcurrent protected: If temperature, voltage, or current
exceeds the normal range (Table 9-8), all voltages or currents shut down. Cycle AC power
to reset.
•
Fused primary voltages. The fuses are located under the power supply cover.
Acquisition Power Supply Module (APS) (B.0 Systems)
•
Provides +3.5 Vdc, ±5.3 Vdc, ±15 Vdc, and +48 Vdc.
•
Operates between 85 and 264 Vac at 47 to 63 Hz.
•
Thermal, overvoltage, and overcurrent protected: If temperature, voltage, or current
exceeds the normal range (Table 9-8), all voltages or currents shut down. Cycle AC power
to reset.
•
Remote sense for +3.5 Vdc, ±5.3 Vdc, and ground.
•
Fused primary voltages: Fuses are under the power supply cover.
•
If something occurs to take the Acquisition Power Supply down, the Platform Power Supply
also suspends operation. This may happen if the Acquisition Power Supply is working fine and
a voltage goes out on a system PCB.
•
Supplies +48 Vdc to the HV Switcher to operate the system front end.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 95
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Acquisition Power Distribution Board (APDB) (B.0 Systems)
•
Distributes power from the Acquisition Power Supply to the front end
•
Uses the PS_ON_n signal from the Platform Power Distribution Board to activate and hold
the AC relay on
•
Monitors +3.65 Vdc, +5.35 Vdc, -5.35 Vdc, +15 Vdc, -15 Vdc, and +48 Vdc. Creates the
APS_DC_OK signal from the monitored voltages
•
Uses the APS_DC_OK signal and the PPS_DC_OK signal (from the Platform Power Supply)
to create the SPS_OK signal.
•
Uses the PLT_PWR_GOOD signal generated on the Platform Power Distribution Board and
the SPS_OK signal to generate the DC_OK_OUT signal. The DC_OK_OUT signal prevents
the Host and the SIP motherboards from running until all buses are within the proper voltage
range.
•
Provides fault detection during system operation. If a power supply fault is detected, a
latched-shutdown condition occurs, opening the AC relay, disabling the power supplies and
causing the AC tray LED to blink. The latched-shutdown condition remains until +12 VSB is
inactive
•
Provides a power-up time-out interval (approximately 2 to 3 seconds). If the interval expires,
a latched-shutdown condition occurs, opening the AC relay, disabling the power supplies and
causing the AC tray LED to blink. The latched-shutdown condition remains as long as
+12 VSB is active
•
Enables the Acquisition Power Supply and Platform Power Supply at system power-up (no
delay)
•
Monitors +5 VSB and illuminates the +5VSB_OK LED if the voltage is within specifications
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 96
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
Monitors system power-up, shutdown, and fault signals and generates the appropriate system
responses
•
Twelve LEDs indicate power supply status. Six green LEDs indicate normal operation. Six red
LEDs indicate faults. Refer to Table 9-5 for LED information
•
+3.65 Vdc and +5.35 Vdc remote sense signals pass through the Acquisition Power Distribution Board from the Acquisition Front Plane to the Acquisition Power Supply
Platform Power Distribution Board (PPDB) (B.0 Systems)
•
Manages the power bus between the Platform Power Supply and the Platform card cage
•
Converts +12 Vdc input to +5 Vdc, +3.3 Vdc, and -12 Vdc
•
Converts +12 VSB to SW_BATT or to + 5 VSB, depending on whether the system is in normal operation or in standby
•
Monitors status of buses and converters and combines the outputs into one signal
(PLT_POWER_GOOD) if the individual outputs are within specifications
•
Power-on command provided by PS_ON_n_HOST and PS_ON_n_SIP signals to become
PS_ON_n. This signal is then sent to the APDB where it is used to activate the AC relay and
hold it on
AC Tray (B.0 Systems)
•
Controls AC power to the Acquisition and Platform Power Supplies by using a
board-mounted AC relay. The relay is energized by logic on the Acquisition Power Distribution Board. The relay controls AC power to the Acquisition Power Supply, the Platform
Power Supply, and OEM input power.
•
Configures winding of OEM AC transformer for 90 to 127 Vac, or 220 Vac input power (via
two connectors). The AC Trays are sent correctly configured from the factory.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 97
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
Provides EMI filtering on AC power lines
•
Displays power status with a blue LED on the rear of the tray
•
Generates and routes +12 VSB (standby power) to the Platform Power Distribution Board
•
Provides ground lugs for input power and customer equipment connections
•
Receives +5 VSB to light the LED from the Acquisition Power Distribution Board
HV Switcher
The HV Switcher for B.0 systems is the same as for A.x systems. Refer to “HV Switcher” on
page 89 for theory (Figure 4-4).
Control
Subsystem
The control subsystem comprises:
•
Control Panel Module (CPM)
•
Control Panel User Interface (CPUI)
•
Bluetooth device (wireless RF control using voice recognition)
•
Disk drives (DVD, Host Hard Drive, and two SIP Hard Drives)
Control Panel Module (CPM)
•
24-MHz clock provides reference frequency for a clock synthesizer that drives various frequencies to the clocked devices within the control panel (microcontroller, USB hub, and so
on).
•
CPM provides power and signal interface to CPUI.
•
Host Motherboard USB routes directly to CPM for expanding to seven-port USB hub.
•
USB interface to QWERTY keyboard, touch screen, trackball, USB port, and CPU interface.
•
Uses +5 Vdc from the Platform Power Supply.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 98
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
Identifies revision levels of CPM and CPUI modules.
•
Beeper circuit provides “beeper” and “click” noises.
•
Provides interface to Control Panel Connector Board and Backlight Inverter.
•
Provides LVDS (low-voltage differential signaling) from the AVIO to the LCD display
•
Connects the CPM to the Backlight Inverter
•
Provides an interface for a potentiometer controlling the Backlight Inverter (CCFL or
cold-cathode fluorescent lamp)
•
Provides interface to Backlight Pot
•
Provides an interface from the CPM to the beeper
•
Provides interface to the QWERTY control panel LEDs
•
Connects touch screen sense lines to the CPM
•
Receives signals from the CPM for the following:
-
Four touch-screen signals to the LCD
-
Four ground signals
-
Two +5 Vdc signals
-
Two +3.3 Vdc signals
-
Two beeper signals
-
Potentiometer brightness control
-
Sleep control to the LCD backlight
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 99
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Control Panel User Interface (CPUI)
Contains the slide pot, rotary encoder, push-button, and multi-position switch interface to CPM
WARNING
•
Connected to the Control Panel Connector Board.
•
600 Vac powers the touch screen “backlight.” High voltage is present across the lower end of
the transformer.
•
Voltage is bled off immediately when power is removed. There are no components to store
power even if the backlight is defective or not connected.
•
Sleep command from the system holds off backlight until a predetermined point in the
bootup cycle.
Voltages of 600 Vac or higher are present on the lower end of the backlight inverter when system power is applied. Do not touch the inverter to avoid shock hazard.
NOTE The touch screen contains mercury and must be returned to Bothell for disposal.
•
Connected to the Control Panel Connector Board.
•
Thin, pressure-resistive, transparent film overlays the 800 x 600 LCD display mounted to the
Control Panel Module. That film is scanned by a USB chip set that sends screen coordinates
to the Host operating system when the user touches the overlay. The coordinates represent
the X, Y location of the pressure point that is registered to a displayed button.
•
User selection of imaging parameters and control settings. Provides a virtual button press
using a graphical interface.
•
The touch screen light is powered by the backlight inverter.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 100
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Disk Drives
•
The DVD drive is used to upgrade system software and transducer files (transducer-specific
AP&I data) and may also be used to store images.
•
Two hard drives for the SIP Motherboard: Each drive has one high-speed partition (on the
outer edge of the platter) and one or more operating system partitions. One of the two
drives contains the operating system boot image and is used to boot the SIP application. Both
drives are involved in streaming-data operations and use the high-speed partition to provide
about 130 GB of high-bandwidth storage. Refer to Table 4-1 for drive partition information.
•
One hard drive for the Host Motherboard: Contains the ultrasound system operating system, embedded operating system, system software, and transducer information.
Table 4-1
Host Hard Drive Partitioning
Drive Partition Function
C
D
E
F
Windows XP Embedded operating system
Read/write thumbnails and associated data
Read/write other data, including Quick Save presets, logs,
and so on
Read/write installed Philips application software
Bluetooth Transceiver
The Bluetooth transceiver enables wireless remote control using RF technology to enable voice
control of the ultrasound system. The transceiver may be used with or without a headset. Refer
to the operating instructions for more information.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Acquisition
Subsystem
iU22 Service Manual
Page 101
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
The Acquisition Subsystem controls the transducer, generates the electrical impulse (pulse) that
creates sound waves, and converts the returning echo information into digital data.
The Acquisition Subsystem consists of:
•
Scanhead Select Module (SHSEL)
•
Front End Controller Module (FEC)
•
Acquisition Frontplane (AcqF)
•
Four Channel Boards (CB0 through CB3)
•
Analog Interface Module Plus (AIM+)
•
Motor Controller PCB (daughterboard to FEC)
Scanhead Select Module—SHSEL
•
Selects between transducer connectors
•
Interface between the front-end PCBs and the transducer
•
Provides the signal path for TGC1 and TGC2 voltages from the AIM+ to the Channel Boards
•
Provides the signal path for CW Doppler I and Q signals from the Channel Boards to the
AIM+
•
Connects transducer personality information from the transducer to the AIM+
•
Provides relay status signals to the AIM+, indicating the status of the multiplexers
•
3X or 4X multiplexers for the 128 Channel Board transceivers to the transducer connectors
•
CW Doppler multiplexer for connecting transmit signal from AIM+ to CW/PW connector
•
4X multiplexer for array data, clock, control signals, and power signals from the AIM+ to
transducer connectors or to no connection if no transducer connector is selected
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 102
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
3X multiplexer for transducer temperature sensing lines to AIM+ and sensors for transducer
3D position data and plane selection data.
•
3X multiplexer for Motor Controller signals from the AIM+ to the transducer
•
Signal path from CW/PW connector to the AIM+ for CW Doppler personality signals
•
Decoupling filters for all power supply input buses
•
Transducer-disconnect interrupt signal to the AIM+ from each transducer connector
•
I2C interface and flash EEPROM for board-level identification
•
Provides a path from the AIM+ for VX1, VX2, VX3+, VX3-, HV+, HV-, and DC_BIAS1 voltages to the transducers. Uses VRELAY (+12 V), and SS_+5V power buses.
Front End Controller (FEC)
•
Uses 40-MHz/32-MHz differential clocks and 8-MHz sync clock (all derived from AIM+)
•
Contains a slot for the Galil Motor Controller PCB for 3D acquisition
•
Programs Motor Controller with a motion profile for speed and position control
•
AP&I power monitor control through FEP bus and utilized by FEC processor
•
Monitors system temperature from sensors located on several modules in the card cage
•
Physio functions
-
Contains jacks for internal ECG input, external or high-level ECG input, Pulse/Aux1
input, Phono/Aux2 input, and ECG analog out or ECG trigger out
-
Processes respiratory, pulse, phono, and auxiliary (from third-party equipment)
-
Simultaneous acquisition and processing of four channels of physio data
-
Data managed by FEC CPU
-
Data sent to AVIO for storage in the Host CPU memory
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 103
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
FEC processor is Motorolla 603a CPU processor
•
Responsible for event timing signal set to control the beamformer signal path for each PRI
•
Sends control data from FEC to the Channel Board, AIM+, and SHSEL
•
Sends TGC data from FEC to the TGC ASIC on the AIM+
•
Accepts real-time RF data from Channel Boards on SUM bus A and SUM bus B
•
FEC is I2C bus master for entire Acquisition Subsystem
•
RF pre-processing: RF headers, low-pass filter, and line composition buffer to reorder output
lines to the DSC
•
Contains serial LVDS host interface to the AVIO
•
Configures the AIM+ FPGA using the FEP bus (FPGA is a Field Programmable Gate Array: a
general purpose chip which can be programmed to carry out a specific hardware function.)
•
Sequencing in Krusty FPGA and controls beamformer operation
•
RF sequencer responsible for controlling RF processor (Tigris FPGA)
•
Drives the RF header bus and control signals to Tigris FPGA
•
Signal path mode switching
Acquisition Frontplane (AqF)
•
Provides connections and signal paths for the AIM+, FEC, and the Channel Boards
•
Distributes power supply buses and clock signals to the AIM+, FEC, and Channel Boards
•
Provides data bus, address bus, and clock termination networks
•
Contains the Acquisition Control Bus, which is the interface to the Platform Card Cage
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 104
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Channel Boards (CB)
•
4 Channel Boards (A0 through A3), 4 Nile ASICs per board with 16 DAC transmit each.
Only 8 DAC are used for each board.
•
Nile ASICs contain a transmit burst controller, waveform generator, waveform weighting, and
waveform pre-distortion.
•
Analog signal path D/A conversion and external power amplification.
•
32 receive channels per board connect to the FEC bus, TIM bus, and the clocks.
•
Bus interfaces: Sum A, Sum B, TIM, FEP, FEC.
Analog Interface Module Plus (AIM+)
•
Monitors system temperature, voltage, and beamformer pulser power consumption Controls Scanhead Select Module interface (transducer select, personality retrieval, and connectivity status)
•
Generates TGC1 and TGC2 waveforms
•
CW Doppler acquisition, including pencil probe
•
Acquisition Clock sources
•
Regulates HV Pulser
•
HV MUX current limited source voltages
•
Regulates acquisition analog supply
•
Pulser power monitor source
•
High Speed Serial Interface to Scanhead Select Module
•
TGC and HV MUX data demultiplexing and signal conversion
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 105
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
Contains 320 MHz master oscillator and generates clock signals for all Acquisition hardware
(64 MHz, 40 MHz, 32 MHz and Link_Clk) distributed as differential PECL. Clock_Sync is distributed as LVCMOS
•
A/D data acquisition block for measuring transducer mounted sensors, acquisition system
voltages, pulser supply voltage and current and system temperature transducers
•
Power supply regulators and current limits for all voltages supplied to the transducer array
connectors (±12 Vdc, +5 Vdc, +REF, and ±HV MUX bias)
•
Transducer personality data identifies which transducer(s) are connected to the system
•
Pulser regulators (±20-80 Vdc, ±60-120 Vdc) and LV CW regulator with disable support
•
CW Doppler Pulser waveform generator
•
CW Doppler processing (array current summed and pencil probe)
•
Local regulation of ±15 V to ±12 V for transducer use
•
Local generation of +10 V reference for TGC waveform D/As and transducer use
•
Passive motor control path for future 3D position motor control
•
Interface between FEC and the Scanhead Select Module
•
Supplies the TGC voltages to the Channel Boards
•
Regulates the front-end pulser voltages
•
Serves as the pulser for static CW Doppler
•
Performs the analog process for CW Doppler
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 106
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Galil Motor Controller PCB
•
Motor Controller PCB located on the FEC
•
Interfaces with the FEC CPU to set up motion profiles and to pass parameters. Initiates
motion and passes location results via the Krusty FPGA on FEC
•
Controls the speed and location of motorized probes and reports information to the system
in real-time
•
Calibrates after transducer connection
•
Monitors and limits the power to the motor for safety reasons
•
Constant velocity or stepped acquisition
•
-
During constant velocity mode, the FEC programs the Motor Controller with a motion
profile consisting of a speed and a range over which this speed should be maintained.
-
During stepped acquisition, the Motor Controller sends the transducer to a position,
fires a few frames, and waits to send the transducer to a different location. The Motor
Controller holds the position until told to move elsewhere.
System level identification of the module (firmware and software version) provided through
the RS-232 interface
Motor Controller Circuit Description
The Galil Motor Controller is an optional daughterboard installed in the FEC PCB. The board
controls the speed and location of a variety of motorized transducers and reports position information to the system in real-time. The board is also responsible for monitoring and limiting the
amount of power delivered to the motor to comply with safety issues. The Omni Motor Controller is integrated onto the FEC PCB. The Omni Motor Controller is an optional feature. Not
all FEC PCBs have an integrated Omni Motor Controller.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 107
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Transducers are calibrated when connected to the system. This verifies to the system the transducer range of motion and sets the position counter to the home state or that of an end-point.
Once calibrated, the Motor Controller is available for position or velocity control.
The Motor Controller can be used for constant velocity acquisition or stepped acquisition. During constant velocity moves, the Motor Controller is programmed via the FEC with a motion
profile consisting of a speed and range over which the speed should be maintained. While this is
happening, the Krusty FPGA on the FEC is set up by the system with look-up tables to fire a
sequence. Once set up, the Krusty notifies the Motor Controller to start the transducer motor.
When the transducer motor comes up to speed, the Krusty is notified that it may shoot frames
and retrieve valid data from the Motor Controller.
During stepped acquisition, the desired sweep rate is too slow for a constant velocity control. At
predefined thresholds, when the motor is stalled, the system calculates and initiates a series of
stepped movements. The FEC sets up the motion profile as with the constant velocity control
(only with a string of positions) and Krusty initiates the motion. Once the desired position is
achieved, the Krusty shoots a frame and signal for the Motor Controller to move to the next
position.
A second type of stepped acquisition occurs when the transducer is moved to a location and
fires a set of 2D frames. (Essentially, the transducer is being used as a directional 2D probe.)
Motor Controller operation is the same for both types of stepped acquisition. The Motor Controller holds the transducer position until instructed to move elsewhere.
When not in use, the Motor Controller is shut down to reduce the chance of motor voltages
appearing on the transducer connector and to reduce the possibility of noise originating from
the PCB.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Signal
Processing
Subsystem
iU22 Service Manual
Page 108
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
The Signal Processing Subsystem comprises functional blocks that operate on and modify the
received signals after beamforming and before image processing. The functional blocks of the signal processing subsystem are partitioned over the following modules.
•
Dual Signal Conditioning PCB (DSC)
•
Signal and Image Processing (SIP) Motherboard
Dual Signal Conditioning PCB (DSC)
•
Processes dual real-time streams of information from the front-end including echo, Color,
CPA imaging, Power Motion Imaging, Tissue Doppler Imaging, PW Doppler, CW Doppler,
2D/M-mode, and Color M-mode) before sending the data to the motherboards
•
Buffers RF data and passes information to the Yukon ASIC where the front-end sample rate is
decoupled from the DSC clock
•
Writes data from each RF bus to the PCI bus for storage in an RF capture buffer (in system
memory)
•
Writes RF headers, RF data, or both to the RF capture buffer
•
Filters lines for capture using the data-type header
•
Yukon ASIC, dual data streams
-
RF A/B Bus summed and swapped
-
Normalization (applies depth versus gain curves)
-
RF multizone fine delay
-
RF multizone blend
-
Lateral RF interpolation filter
-
Synthetic aperture
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
Page 109
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Styx ASICs
-
Quadrature Bandpass Filtering (QBP)
-
Lateral gain compensation
-
Automatic Gain Control
-
Band equalization
-
Focal zone matching
-
Digital time gain compensation
-
Detection
-
Compression
-
Contrast resolution enhancement (frequency compounding summation)
-
Detected multizone blending
-
Axial interpolation
-
Multi-rate filtering (MRF)
•
Flow processing
•
PCI interface
•
Receives data from RF Buses (RF A and RF B)
•
Passes CW data without processing
Signal and Image Processing Motherboard (SIP)
•
Contains signal and image processing for all imaging modes.
•
Scan conversion.
•
Contains image (Cineloop) memory.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Frame
Composition
iU22 Service Manual
Page 110
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
Wall filter and gain.
•
Connected to the Host Motherboard by the Inter-Platform Link (IPL), a 64-bit PCI-PCI custom bridge. (IPL handles just data. Control is accomplished via FireWire cable.)
•
Sends image data (native images) to Host for graphics overlay.
•
Monitors +3.3 Vdc, +5.0 Vdc, ±12.0 Vdc, CPU core voltage, CPU temperature, and the
motherboard ambient temperature.
•
Stores images to two hard drives.
Software on the Host Motherboard accomplishes frame composition. Scan-converted image
data is routed from the SIP to the Host, where it is processed into frames and overlaid with the
image graphics.
Host Motherboard
•
Receives native images from the SIP via the IPL.
•
Performs frame composition on native images.
•
Adds overlay graphics to native images.
•
System-mounted microphone input for recording to the VCR.
•
Provides the PCI bus interface to the AVIO, DSC, IEP, and SIP Motherboard.
•
Connected to SIP Motherboard by the Inter-Platform Link (IPL), a 64-bit PCI-PCI custom
bridge.
•
SIP and Host communicate commands via embedded FireWire. Image data moves across IPL.
•
System memory.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Display
Subsystem
iU22 Service Manual
Page 111
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
Monitors +3.3 Vdc, +5.0 Vdc, ±12 Vdc, CPU core voltage, CPU temperature, and the motherboard ambient temperature.
•
System software is stored on Host hard drive.
The Display Subsystem formats the echo information for display, and transfers it to the video
monitor and peripheral devices.
The Display Subsystem consists of:
•
AVIO-RIP PCB
•
AVIO-CAD PCB
•
Image Export Processor Board (IEP)
•
AGP Graphics Card
Audio Video Input/Output Rear Interface Panel (AVIO-RIP PCB)
•
Video distribution for SXGA (RGBVH) composite (CVBS) and component (Y-C) video to
and from the AGP graphics card, supports NTSC and PAL.
•
Provides mute controls for VCR line inputs (line out and microphone) and speakers.
•
Y-C video multiplexing for two sources of component video. (One port is for internal SVHS
VCR; the other is user-defined. The second source may be endoscopic transducer picture-in-picture views.)
•
Independent two-speed control for Acquisition and Platform Card Cage fans.
•
Print control and status connection for an external printer.
•
Battery charger and terminal discharge monitor.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 112
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
•
USB hub interface expansion from one USB on the Host Motherboard to four on the AVIO.
Each has independent power control and provides individual port current limiting and port
status to the hub controller.
•
Provides a battery backup source to the Platform Power Supply for +5 VSB generation.
•
Provides pass-through routing to the serial number device interface (iButton). Obtains
64 bits of data from the iButton using read ROM command. The iButton stores the system
serial number and identifies the system during software or feature upgrades.
•
Contains a 32-bit PCI bus to the Host Motherboard bridged to the AV_PCI bus.
•
AV_PCI bus provides interface to Acquisition Card Cage, UI graphics controller (SVGA
touch screen LCD), and local bus interface adapter.
•
AV_LB bus (local bus) is the primary control for volume control D/A, audio routing, fan
speed, print status, ancillary control signals for the AVIO data path, Doppler audio generator
data and control interface, and voltage and temperature monitoring functions.
•
Buffers and performs ESD/EMI functions on component and composite video from the AGP
graphics card. Allows user access to video and routes video back to AGP graphics.
•
Buffers composite capture input and the S-Video Luma input so the outputs can be directed
to the same pin on the AGP graphics card. (AGP does not support dual video inputs.)
•
Boosts low-frequency for power amp.
•
Monitors ±12 Vdc, +12V_STBY, battery voltage, battery charge current, and AVIO ambient
temperature.
•
Board-level identification. Contains an EEPROM for device configuration information and
storage. System software can write to the VPD data storage area
•
Supplies AVIO-CAD interface.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 113
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
Audio Video Input/Output (AVIO-CAD PCB)
•
Generates analog Doppler audio at a configurable sample rate locked to the acquisition system clock (PRF rate data)
•
Extends the platform PCI bus to the Acquisition Card Cage as a 32-bit segment (Acquisition
control bus interface to the FEC)
•
PCI bus based dual-head SVGA controller and LVDS transmission to the touch screen LCD
•
Control interface to the AVIO-RIP
•
Provides an interface to the iButton
Image Export Processor - IEP
•
Accelerated JPEG compression and export of frame composed images.
•
Contains a GPU (graphics processor unit) to optimize frame sizes and frame rates.
•
RGB from GPU is color-space converted, buffered for raster (line) to block conversion
(RBC), and presented to the JPEG encoder for compression (up to 30:1).
•
Compressed image frame data is then high-speed transferred to the Host memory.
•
Interfaces with the Host Motherboard to setup compression parameters.
•
No local processor to execute diagnostics. Diagnostics execute on the Host Motherboard
and consist of verification of write/read access to selected FSEs, composition of test patterns
on the GPU, and capture of GPU output and comparison against references, both compressed and non-compressed.
•
Operates independent of the system display path.
•
Standard PCI card and resides in a 64-bit/66-MHz slot on a Host PCI bus.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 114
Theory of Operation: Physical Structure
IEP Circuit Description
The Image Export Processor provides accelerated JPEG compression and export of frame composed images. It is a standard PCI card located in a 64-bit/66-MHz slot on the Host Motherboard.
Line image data is obtained from the Host Motherboard via the PCI bus and is passed through
the PCI-PCI bridge to the GPU. The frame composition capabilities of the GPU are similar to
and independent of those occurring in the system display path. The parallel processing enables
optimized frame sizes and frame composition of exported video data.
Frame composition software on the Host Motherboard alternates on a frame-by-frame basis
between the system display path and the background image export path. The alternation rate is
75 Hz driven by the AGP vertical sync interrupt. Thus, frame composition of the IEP is accomplished at a frame rate of 37.5 Hz. Frame size is fixed at 1024 x 768 pixels (compared to display
resolution of 1280 x 1024).
The 24-bit RGB output from the GPU is color space converted to YCbCr color space and is
buffered and raster-to-block converted. Lossy JPEG compression (between 5:1 and 30:1) is set
up by the Host Motherboard.
The Data Flow Controller is programmed with frame size, region of interest, JPEG quantization
tables, and miscellaneous control signals from the Host Motherboard via the PCI bus.
Compressed images are transferred through the local bus to the PCI-local bus bridge which controls data output between the Image Export Processor and the image memory on the Host
Motherboard.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 115
Theory of Operation: Output Power Monitor Theory
Graphics Card -AGP (ASUS V8420)
•
Provides RGB lookup tables to map Doppler spectral column values to the RGB values
•
Formats spectral data to fit the display size
Dolphin Card
•
Provides the Inter-Platform Link for data transfer between the SIP and Host Motherboards
•
64-bit PCI-PCI bridge
•
100 MB/s bandwidth in each direction at approximately 667 MB/s
FireWire Interface (IEEE 1394)
•
Provides TCP/IP connection and control path between Host and SIP Motherboards
•
Provides wireless LAN connection between Host and SIP Motherboards
USB
•
Output Power
Monitor
Theory
Provides control and access to QWERTY keyboard, trackball, touch screen, Bluetooth transceiver, peripherals, and CD/DVD drive (via a USB-IDE adapter)
Output power monitor provides patient safety by ensuring the system is operating within acoustic power and intensity (AP&I) limits. It also protects hardware from destructive or unsafe conditions. It consists of AP&I software, which resides on the System CPU; FEC software; pulser
monitors in each Channel Board; and a beamformer monitor.
The output power monitor is designed to detect any single failure in the system, for example, a
faulty power supply, a faulty beamformer, a software failure, a defective transducer or transducer
data files. Mode information, (PRI, voltage, burst, and so forth) sent to the beamformer is also
verified before allowing the beamformer to start. This prevents the system from inadvertently
creating a temporary over-power condition.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 116
Theory of Operation: Acoustic Power and Intensity Manager (APIM)
The DC output level is monitored for each pulser power supply (on the Channel Boards, on the
AIM+, and within the transducer). Output load current is measured for each pulser supply and
compared to levels expected by the Acoustic Power and Intensity Manager (APIM). The monitoring is continuous in all operating states and shuts down the malfunctioning pulser supply
within two seconds of fault detection.
The current monitor, tracks the current through the AIM regulator. The voltage monitor tracks
the input and output voltages on the AIM regulator, and the watchdog timer automatically disables the HV supplies if the current and voltage monitors are not being read by the FEC local
processor.
Acoustic
Power and
Intensity
Manager
(APIM)
Acoustic Power and Intensity Manager (APIM) software controls the acoustic power and the surface temperature of the transducer face while under ultrasound system control. Acoustic power
and temperature limits are set by various regulatory agencies. The APIM monitors the output
power and temperature and ensures the parameters are not exceeded. For example, display of
output power parameters (MI, TI, SPTA) on the system monitor allows the user to compare
anatomy of one patient to another at a specific output value or to switch modes while keeping
the 2D output constant.
The APIM selects the appropriate voltage level that the FEC must use, given the current transmit
conditions of the ultrasound system and target output level. The voltage level is calculated based
on the system state, transducer data, AP&I data, and other factors. The voltage level is set so the
output power is as close as possible to the desired setting (MI, TI, or SPTA) without exceeding
the desired level. A power monitor on the FEC verifies that the FEC is consuming electric current at the rate expected by the APIM.
Minor errors indicate that acoustic power and intensity may be calculated and the errors are
reported to the error log. Major errors specify conditions where acoustic power and intensity
cannot be calculated and scanning cannot be initiated for the condition.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Temperature
Monitoring
iU22 Service Manual
Page 117
Theory of Operation: Temperature Monitoring
Temperature monitoring in the Acquisition Card Cage is accomplished using 11 temperature
sensors. Two are on each Channel Board, two are on the AIM+, and one is on the FEC. The
Channel Board and AIM+ sensors are in the input and exhaust air streams. The sensor for the
FEC is located in the exhaust air stream. The temperatures are not monitored for the first
10 minutes of system operation. After that the system fan speeds are automatically adjusted
according to the system temperatures at the various sensor locations.If the sensor temperatures
drop too low, the fan speeds drop.
Temperature monitoring in the Platform Card Cage is accomplished with a temperature sensor
on each of the motherboards and one on the AVIO-RIP.
X3-1 Matrix
Transducer
Theory
The X3-1 matrix transducer is a non-motorized 3D transducer. Transducer identification (personality) is controlled the same as for other transducers.
The transmit path for the X3-1 matrix transducer is contained within an ASIC in the transducer.
Beamformer control lines from the NAIM are used to control beamformer timing (for 2400 elements), TGC, and transducer power. Some of the control information originates in the FEC
PCB. The Channel Boards are not used for the X3-1 transmit signal path. Programming functions
that are normally stored in Channel Board Ram are stored in 32 MB of memory located on the
NAIM. The programming information is transferred to the beamformer via the MX Bus.
The receive path within the system is similar to that of other transducers, however, the signals
received from the 2,400 elements are multiplexed to 128 packets of information. The packets are
processed the same as signals received from other transducers. The signals are sent to the system back-end on the RF A and RF B data buses.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 118
Theory of Operation: Bus Functions
Bus Functions
Platform
Subsystem
Buses
PCI Bus
The system platform PCI bus interface on the Host Motherboard provides access to the AVIO,
DSC, IPL, IEP, and the SIP Motherboards. It transfers signal path data transactions, transducer
tables, and other data. It also transfers RF data from the DSC to the Host, estimate data from
the DSC to the SIP, Native Format and Native Format Cineloop image data (scan-converted and
post-processed) from the SIP to the Host memory, and image import and export data from the
Host.
The PCI bus is a segmented bus, meaning that separate portions of the bus have different bus
speeds.
Universal Serial Bus (USB)
The Host Motherboard accesses the DVD drive, modem, user interface, VCR, and other digital
video OEMs through several USB buses. The USB connector on the back of the DVD drive is
USB 2.0 standard. All others are USB 1.0.
Inter-Platform Link Bus
Provides a PCI-PCI bridge that connects the Host Motherboard IPL module to the SIP Motherboard IPL module. Connects each motherboard to a 66-MHz PCI bus segment.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Inter-Card Cage
Buses
Page 119
Theory of Operation: Bus Functions
Acquisition Control Bus
The Acquisition Control Bus provides a high-bandwidth interface between the Acquisition Card
Cage and the Platform Card Cage. It provides two unidirectional, five-channel LVDS data and
clock paths, reset and hold lines from the Platform Card Cage to the Acquisition Card Cage, and
link clock signal lines. The physical connections are between the FEC and the AVIO. The bus also
provides a low-noise bus structure to minimize EMI/RFI. It moves all control and ancillary data
movement (non-beamformed RF data).
RF Bus A/B
The RF Bus comprises two identical 28-bit bus structures (only 24 bits are used). RF data is
moved from the FEC to the DSC via this bus. There is no handshake provided for data transfers.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Front-End Buses
Page 120
Theory of Operation: Bus Functions
FEP Bus
The FEP Bus is a static address, data, and control structure that provides access to various
resources on the AIM+, Channel Boards, and SHSEL modules. This is a 16-bit extension of the
FEC local processor bus operating at 40 MHz.
FEC Bus
The FEC Bus provides real-time access to the Nile ASICs on the Channel Boards and the AIM+
for control and timing purposes. The bus architecture is a static address and data with additional
control signals for SDRAM access and control. The clock rate is 40 MHz.
SUM Bus Structure
The SUM Bus structure is composed of two identical bus paths of four segments, daisy-chained
between the Channel Boards. Each Channel Board sums its channels. It then sums its result with
the sum of the previous Channel Board and passes the result to the next Channel Board. Data
ends at the FEC. It can transport RF data at single or double rates. CW RF Doppler data may be
driven onto this bus by the AIM+. Clock rate is 32 or 64 MHz.
TIM Bus
Provides all PRI-PRI real-time control signals as required by the Nile ASIC and the AIM+ CW
Doppler processing module. The control signals include transmit and receive coarse-delay control, high-voltage rail selection, PRI reset, and skin-line identification. The clock rate is 32 MHz.
AIM Bus
This bus transports data from the FEC to the AIM+. It has a 5-bit command bus and a 16-bit data
bus. It is time-multiplexed between TGC control, HV MUX programming data, transducer setup
for certain transducers, microbeamformer scan file download (for some transducers). The clock
rate is 40 MHz.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 121
Theory of Operation: Data Paths
Motor Bus
The Motor Bus is the transmission path for multi-phase DC motor control. It includes four
high-current motor drive signals and six encoder channels. This bus is a subset of the interface to
the Motor Controller PCB connector on the FEC.
Data Paths
Figure 4-6 is a simplified data path block diagram for 2D and M-mode. The data path in the illustration is shown by thick dashed lines. Solid thin lines indicate that a connection exists but is not
used for that data path.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 4-6
iU22 Service Manual
Page 122
Theory of Operation: Data Paths
2D Echo and M-mode Data Path Block Diagram
AGP
Array
transducer
Scanhead
Select
Channel
boards
AVIO
Monitor
Acquisition
Front Plane
RFA / RFB Bus
Acquisition Card Cage
DSC
SIP
Host
Platform Card Cage
FEC
See Figure 4-1
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 123
Installation: Introduction
Installation
Introduction
The purpose of the pre-installation on-site evaluation (“pre-site”) is to ensure a trouble-free
installation and to assist the customer in providing an environment that supports reliable performance of the ultrasound system. These instructions are intended to guide you through a comprehensive inspection that ensures all physical, electrical, and environmental conditions are
appropriate for optimal system operation. The System Installation Checklist included at the end
of this section can be used to ensure that all of the installation steps are performed.
The steps required to install a system include:
1. Site inspection (see “Site Inspection” on page 124)
2. System uncrating (see “Uncrating Procedure” on page 127)
3. System inspection and installation (see “General Inspection” on page 128)
4. Power up (see “System Power-up” on page 129)
5. Establishing Tech Admin accounts
6. Entering network configuration data (see “Connectivity Information” on page 144)
Materials and
Equipment
The following tools, test equipment, documentation, and paperwork are recommended to perform the procedures in this section.
•
FSE Tool Kit
•
Three-prong Test Plug (6005-0564-01)
•
DVM (digital voltmeter)
•
Service manuals for the peripheral devices included with the system
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 124
Installation: Site Inspection
•
Field Safety Manual (453561247341)
•
Installation work orders
Site
Inspection
Environmental
Requirements
➤ To determine if the site meets environmental requirements
1. Verify that the system is to be operated in a room that meets the temperature and humidity
requirements listed in Table 5-1.
2. Verify that air circulation is adequate to allow for system cooling (air movement will not be
impaired by the room size or obstructions such as draperies or linens).
3. Verify that there is limited dust generation. Dust accumulation on the air filters may cause the
system to overheat.
.
Table 5-1
System Specifications (Crated/Uncrated)
Parameter
Metric Value
U.S. Value
Height1
166.5/139.7 cm
65.5/55 in
Width
Depth
57 cm
22.5 in
113.0 cm
44.2 in
161.4 kg with17-in monitor 355 lb with 17-in monitor
System Weight without Peripherals1
Fully Crated Shipping Weight (VCR separate)
Ambient Operational Temperature2
165.9 kg with 20-in monitor 365 lb with 20-in monitor
251 kg
555 lb
16°C to 40°C
61°F to 104°F
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-1
Page 125
Installation: Site Inspection
System Specifications (Crated/Uncrated) (Continued)
Parameter
Metric Value
U.S. Value
Internal Operational Temperature2
16°C to 55°C
61°F to 131°F
Storage Temperature3, 4
Storage Humidity
–34°C to 65°C
–29°F to 149°F
Heat Output5
15% to 95% RH (non-condensing)
2,824 kJ/h at 785 W
2,677 BTU/h at 785 W
1. Height with video monitor retracted and locked into position is 139.7 cm (55 in); height with monitor
extended is 166.5 cm (65.5 in); weight with peripherals is 193.3 kg (425 lb with 17-in monitor, 445 lb
with 20-in monitor and third OEM).
2. Atmospheric pressure must be between 1,060 hPa to 700 hPa (1.0 to 0.7 Atm).
3. Atmospheric pressure must be between 1,060 hPa to 500 hPa (1.0 to 0.5 Atm).
4. Reset the system time and date if the system has been stored near the low end of the temperature
range (near –34°C or –29°F) for prolonged periods.
5. Peripherals will increase heat load. Discuss with the facilities engineer the possible requirement for
additional air circulation to handle the heat load from the system.
Electrical Power
Requirements
Philips prefers that the system be connected to a dedicated and isolated line (no other equipment on the same line); however, this is not always possible, and system performance is usually
sufficient without a dedicated line. If you suspect the input power of causing problems with system performance, refer to “Power Input Requirements” on page 281.
Image
Management
Network
Requirements
The customer or the customer’s contractor installs the network cabling. If in-wall cabling is used,
it is the customer’s responsibility to install the correct type of cable in accordance with all applicable building and fire codes. It is also the customer’s responsibility to maintain the in-wall cabling
for the life of the system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 126
Installation: System Uncrating
➤ To prepare to perform the installation of the DICOM Connectivity option
1. Identify the system administrator (and backup person, if possible).
2. Obtain the following information from the system administrator:
-
A list of all equipment that is part of the image management network, including the device
type, model number, and software version applicable to each piece of equipment
-
Logical diagram of the network, showing topology, subnets, and such
-
Locations of equipment
-
Locations of all DICOM Connectivity LAN attachment points
-
Locations of power outlets and connector types
-
Locations of any dedicated analog phone lines
-
All necessary Internet Protocol (IP) addresses and subnet information
3. Determine the type of network cabling installed.
4. Identify OEM equipment installers and contact them regarding the installation.
5. Check device compatibility before connecting new devices (such as printers or archive
devices) to the network.
System
Uncrating
Crate Inspection
➤ To inspect the shipping crate before unpacking the system
1. Examine the shipping crate for damage caused by rough handling. Look for evidence that the
crate was opened.
2. Verify that the Shockwatch and Tiltwatch indicators on the outside of the carton have not
been activated. If the indicators are red, check the system for further damage.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 127
Installation: System Inspection
3. Report any damage or pilferage to the carrier and to the Philips Ultrasound traffic department.
CAUTION
Before uncrating the system, ensure the area in front of the shipping crate ramp is clear for at
least 2.7 m (9 ft). (The ramp is the front side and is labeled “OPEN THIS END.”)
Uncrating
Procedure
To uncrate the system, refer to “Installation Procedures” on page 160.
WARNING
Use caution when removing the strapping bands securing the shipping container. These bands are
under enough tension to cause injury if removed carelessly.
NOTE The shipping crate for C.0 systems has internal components different from the crate
for A.x and B.0 systems. Take care during crating procedures to use the proper crating
materials.
System
Inspection
Introduction
NOTE Some parts of this section include policies, equipment requirements, and procedures
that may apply only to U.S. field use. Distributors, affiliates, or other authorized service
personnel should use their equivalent document.
Perform a site inspection as described in “Introduction” on page 123. After you have completed
the inspection and installation of the system, verify the correct operation as described in “Performance Tests” on page 233.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 128
Installation: System Inspection
General
Inspection
WARNING
Dangerous voltages are present inside the system. Do not connect the system to AC line voltage
until correct line voltage has been verified and a thorough inspection of the system has been performed.
➤ To perform the general inspection
1. Inventory the shipment against the packing list.
2. Inspect the video monitor for damage.
3. Unlatch the monitor and verify the proper monitor movement, including left/right swivel and
up/down movement.
4. Verify the control panel movement, including left/right and up/down movement.
5. Inspect the outside surfaces of the system for damage.
6. Verify that the system rolls and turns smoothly on its casters.
7. Verify the proper caster brake and swivel operation.
8. Remove the system covers.
9. Remove any loose packing material, dust, or debris from the interior of the system.
10. Verify that hardcopy devices are undamaged and firmly fastened to the system.
11. Verify that the VCR and printer cabling is correct and secure.
12. Remove hold-down brackets on lower rear of the system and return brackets to Bothell.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
System
Power-up
iU22 Service Manual
Page 129
Installation: System Power-up
➤ To power up the system
1. Move the system to the installation location.
2. Verify the proper wall outlet wiring and voltage levels with a three-prong test plug and a
DVM.
WARNING
Do not plug the system in if a wiring fault is discovered. Advise the customer immediately and
proceed only after the fault has been corrected.
CAUTION
Allow a system or transducer brought in from a cold environment to warm up to room temperature (10°C, 50°F) for approximately one hour before turning on the system or connecting and
using the transducer. Not allowing the system or transducer to adjust to room temperature may
cause internal condensation and damage electronics.
3. Connect transducers, peripheral cables, and the power cable.
4. Power up the system.
NOTE On systems with the 20-inch monitor, messages may be displayed momentarily as the
monitor initializes (and shuts down). The messages include “No Video Input,” “Digital
Al DVI-D,” “Entering Sleep Mode,” and “Check Cable Connection.” These messages do
not affect monitor or system operation.
5. Verify that the system fans are operating.
6. Reset the system time and date if the system has been stored near the low end of the temperature range for prolonged periods (near –34°C).
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 130
Installation: Peripheral Installations
7. Establish Tech Admin accounts for FSEs who will be servicing the system.
NOTE Notify the FSEs of their passwords for this particular system. They may change their
passwords when they are logged onto the system.
8. Verify the printer and VCR control settings.
9. Set up network parameters. See “Connectivity Information” on page 144.
10. Verify the proper system operation with the procedures in “Performance Tests” on page 233.
Peripheral
Installations
Systems ordered with peripherals are shipped with the peripherals installed. However, if they are
to be installed in the field, refer to the “Installation Procedures” on page 160. Then return to the
following sections for information on the peripherals control settings.
VCRs
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 (U, E, UA, or EA Models)
The VCR has front/rear panel switches, interface adapter PCB switch settings, menu settings, and
hidden menu settings. The front/rear panel switches are physically set as indicated in Table 5-2.
The RS-232 interface adapter is installed in the VCR rear panel. Switches on the interface
adapter must be set correctly for proper operation. These switches are set at the factory and do
not need to be reset if the VCR is functioning properly. To check or reset them, remove the two
screws securing the adapter, remove the adapter, and verify that the switches are set as indicated
in Table 5-3.
Table 5-4 and Table 5-5 list the menu settings. To set the menu settings, see “To change the VCR
menu settings” on page 131. Enter the numerical code from Table 5-4 to enter the settings listed.
(The numerical codes will be displayed but the settings will not be.)
Table 5-6 lists the hidden menu settings. To change the settings, see “To change the VCR hidden
menu settings” on page 135.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 131
Installation: Peripheral Installations
NOTE When the system is shipped from the factory, the VCR is set to the English language. If
you want to set the VCR to another language, press the RESET button on the lower
rear corner of the VCR and cycle through the languages displayed on the VCR display.
➤ To change the VCR menu settings
1. Power up the VCR.
2. Press and hold Menu for at least 2 seconds to initiate the VCR display.
NOTE It is not possible to program the VCR using video loop-through capability as on previous systems.
3. Select items with JOG/ADJUST.
4. Select settings with FRAME/FIELD ENTER.
5. Change the settings with JOG/ADJUST.
6. Exit and save changes by pressing MENU.
Table 5-2
Parameter
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Control Settings
NTSC Setting
PAL Setting
MIX
HIFI
OFF
MIX
HIFI
OFF
Front Panel Controls
Monitor
Audio
Keylock
Rear Panel Controls
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-2
Page 132
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Control Settings
Parameter
NTSC Setting
PAL Setting
75 Ohm Video
75 Ohm S-Video
ON
ON
ON
ON
Table 5-3
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR RS-232 Interface Adapter
Switch Settings
Switch
NTSC Setting
PAL Setting
Cable Switch
DIP Switches 1–5
DIP Switch 6
DIP Switch 7
DIP Switch 8
Straight (P)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Straight (P)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-4
Parameter
Page 133
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Menu Settings
NTSC Setting
PAL Setting
VCR Display
Number
Stop
Stop
Stop
T-120
REC
OFF
OFF
L.E.
OFF
Stop
Stop
Stop
E-180
REC
OFF
OFF
L.E.
OFF
101:00
102:00
103:00
104:00
105:01
106:00
107:00
108:00
109:00
ON/OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Frame
Auto
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Frame
201:01
202:01
203:01
204:01
205:01
206:00
207:00
Menu 1
Rec Tape End
Tape End
Tape In
Tape Length
VISS
Time Code Rec.
Time Code Disp
Foot Switch
Dimmer
Menu 2
S-VHS/S-ET
Y-NR
C-NR
Y-Enhancer
TBC
Color Filter
Freeze Mode
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-4
Page 134
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Menu Settings (Continued)
Parameter
NTSC Setting
PAL Setting
VCR Display
Number
Hi-Fi Audio
Normal Audio In
ON
MIX
ON
MIX
208:01
209:00
OFF (No time/date
set)
01
01
2002
00:00:00
OFF (No time/
date set)
01
01
2002
00:00:00
301:00
Menu 3
Daylight Savings
Month
Day
Year
Time
Table 5-5
Do not set
Do not set
Do not set
Do not set
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 RS-232 Menu Settings
Parameter
Setting
Numeric Code
Transmission Rate
Data Bit Length
Stop Bit Length
Parity Bit
9600
8Bit
1Bit
None
401:03
402:01
403:00
404:00
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 135
Installation: Peripheral Installations
➤ To change the VCR hidden menu settings
1. Power up the VCR.
2. Press and hold Stop and Play simultaneously for at least 10 seconds to initiate the VCR display item corresponding to the functions.
3. Select settings with FRAME/FIELD ENTER. Refer to Table 5-6 for hidden menu settings.
4. Change the settings with JOG/ADJUST.
5. Exit and save changes by pressing MENU.
Table 5-6
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000 VCR Hidden Menu Control Setting
Setting/Item
Picture Control (Sharpness)
(Head) Switching Point
Position Up/Down
Position Left/right
Chroma Amplitude
Hue (Color Phase)
Color Delay
Printers
Display
PC
SP
Ud
Lr
CA
CP
Cd
NTSC Setting PAL Setting
-1
45
0
0
0
0
2
-1
45
0
0
0
0
2
You can associate more than one printer to each of three print controls. When performing the
printer setup, the Restore Defaults buttons restore the settings to the manufacturer’s printer
settings, not the Philips-recommended settings. Each Restore Defaults button restores only
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 136
Installation: Peripheral Installations
the settings on that particular tab. To reenter the Philips defaults, you must enter each setting by
hand.
Systems with A.x Hardware
NOTE Systems with B.0 or later hardware versions do not support analog printers.
➤ To set up a color or a black-and-white analog printer
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Global Config tab and Devices.
4. Click New Device.
5. Under the Select the device type, select Local Analog Printer.
6. Enter the device name.
7. Select OK.
8. Click the Device Type tab. The printer will be listed.
Systems with Any Hardware Version
➤ To set up a color or a black-and-white digital printer
1. Verify a USB cable is connected to the printer.
2. Press the Setup key.
3. Click Print/Network.
4. Click the Device Selection tab and Printers. If a USB cable is connected properly to the
printer, the printer driver is automatically accessed, and the printer shows up on the display.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 137
Installation: Peripheral Installations
5. To configure a connected digital printer, select the printer name (not the check box) and
click Edit. A printer properties dialog box is displayed.
6. Cycle through the dialog boxes, selecting parameter settings as desired. Refer to Table 5-7
for the (Philips-recommended) Sony UP-D23MD color printer settings. Refer to Table 5-8
for the (Philips-recommended) Sony UP-D895MD black-and-white printer settings.
7. Click OK to exit each dialog box.
8. To specify the print controls used to send images to the printer (and to disk), select the
check boxes to the left of the printer names. If you have two of the same type of printer
check boxes selected, both printers will print when the appropriate controls are activated.
NOTE A maximum of two DICOM printers, two local printers, and one report printer can be
set up for use with the system.
a. In Association to Print, select a check box to allow printing to local and network
printers. If there is a check box selected, you cannot change the print settings using Edit
during a patient exam. When using Print, an image is sent to the printer and a copy of
the image to one of the system (SIP) hard drives.
b. In Association to Alt Print, select a check box to allow printing to the local printer.
When using Alt Print, images are not sent to the system (SIP) hard drives.
c. In Association to Report, select a check box to allow printing to a report printer using
Report.
Sony UP-D23MD Color Printer
The Sony UP-D23MD printer uses USB digital data. The printer has no switches and the control
settings are accomplished via software. The Philips-recommended settings are part of the system
disk image. The recommended control settings are listed in Table 5-7.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 138
Installation: Peripheral Installations
NOTE After the Sony UP-D23MD printer has been installed and connected to an AVIO RIP
USB connector, if the cable is connected to a different USB connector, the original
printer name in the Printer Setup menu may be replaced by the original printer name
appended with “Copy 1,” Copy 2,” or “Copy 3” (one name for each USB port on the
AVIO RIP). Although the printer will function correctly when connected to any of the
USB ports, the original printer name may be restored by reconnecting the printer to
the USB port that it was originally connected to.
Table 5-7
Parameter
Sony UP-D23MD Digital Color Printer Driver Settings
Setting
Paper
Copies
Orientation
Max Printable Pixels
High Speed
Enlarge to Paper
Equalize Margins
Scaling
1
Landscape
2000 x 1520
Checked
Unchecked
Unchecked
100
Page Setup
Size
Source
UPC-21L
Automatic
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-7
Page 139
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Sony UP-D23MD Digital Color Printer Driver Settings
Parameter
Setting
Orientation
Position Left Margin
Position Top Margin
Fits to page
Print Output
Landscape
0.511 in
0.093 in
Checked
Color
Graphics
Color Adjust
Color Balance
Cyan
Magenta
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Color Balance
Color Adjust
Sharpness
Dark
Gamma
Light
Lightness
7
0
-5
-20
0
0
0
0
0
0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 140
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Sony UP-D895MD Black-and-White Video Printer
The Sony UP-D895 printer uses digital data. The printer has eight DIP switches on the rear
panel. All switches are set to the down position (ON). Other than the paper FEED and OPEN
(door) controls, there are no operator controls on the front panel. Printer preferences are set
via software. The Philips-recommended settings are part of the system disk image. The recommended control settings are listed in Table 5-8.
Table 5-8
Parameter
Sony UP-D895MD Digital Black-and-White Printer Driver
Settings
Setting
Layout
Orientation
Landscape (Use portrait for small
format)
Paper/Output
Size
Copy Count
1920x1280
1 copy
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-8
Parameter
Page 141
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Sony UP-D895MD Digital Black-and-White Printer Driver
Settings (Continued)
Setting
Document Options
Scaling
Enlarge to Fit Paper
Interpolation Method
Density Adjust
Gamma
Advanced
Dark
Light
Sharpness
Properties
Selected
Bicubic
Properties
SOFT (Tone 3)
10
-2
0
0
When installing the printer, set the Paper Type switch inside the paper compartment to Paper
Type V (HG). Use of Sony Type V (HG, high-glossy) paper is recommended. Different paper
requires different settings.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 142
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Sony UP-D897 Black-and-White Video Printer
The Sony UP-D897 printer uses digital data. Table 5-9 lists the printer menu settings. Table 5-10
lists the front panel control settings. Printer preferences are set through the system software.
The Philips-recommended settings are part of the system disk image.
Table 5-9
Sony UP-D897 Digital Graphic Printer Menu Settings
Parameter
Setting
1. BEEP
2. CLEAN
3. COMD
4. DIR
5. FEED
6. GAMMA
7. IMAGE
8. INFO
9. LOAD
10. MEDIA
11. MENU
12. QTY
13. RSIZE
14. SAVE
15. SHARP
ON
D897
NORMAL
ON
TONE2
POSI
OFF
HG
1
ON
2
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-9
Page 143
Installation: Peripheral Installations
Sony UP-D897 Digital Graphic Printer Menu Settings
Parameter
Setting
16. SIDE
17. SPEED
STD
HIGH
Table 5-10
Sony UP-D897 Digital Graphic Printer Front Panel Settings
Parameter
Setting
ON/OFF
CONT
BRIGHT
FEED
COPY
OPEN
ON
MID RANGE
MID RANGE
As needed
As needed
As needed
Philips recommends Sony Type V (HG, high-glossy) paper. Different paper requires different settings.
Report Printers
The system supports various Hewlett Packard DeskJet and LaserJet printers. New report printer
capability will be added as replacement models become available. Support of new printers may
require a software update if the new printers require a new printer driver. Printer drivers cannot
be installed without a software upgrade.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 144
Installation: Connectivity Information
There are no printer control settings associated with the report printers.
NOTE Connect the HP 1300 or HP 1350 external report printer to the USB 2.0 connector on
the back of the DVD drive. If connected to a USB connector on the AVIO (USB 1.0),
the printer may not be recognized.
External
Monitor or
Other Display
Device
For 17-inch monitors, the system video characteristics are optimized for use with 5:4 aspect
ratio LCD panels. If an external monitor or other device is connected to the EXT monitor output (15-pin VGA connector), it should provide SXGA (1280 x 1024) resolution to ensure that
the correct image aspect ratio is displayed.
For 20-inch monitors, the system video characteristics are optimized for use with 16:10 aspect
ratio LCD panels. If an external monitor or other device is connected to the EXT monitor output (15-pin VGA connector), it should provide WSXGA+ (1680 x 1050) resolution to ensure
that the correct image aspect ratio is displayed.
Connectivity
Information
Ethernet
Connection
Connect the ultrasound system to the network as shown in Figure 5-1.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-1
Page 145
Installation: Connectivity Information
Ethernet Connection Diagram
Network Interface Card:
Communications closet
Ethernet switch
•
Auto-negotiating
•
10 or 100 Mb/s
•
Full or half duplex
RJ-45
jack
Network
wall outlet
To
imaging
network
Network
wall outlet
AVIO Rear
Interface Panel
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Ultrasound
System
Configuration
iU22 Service Manual
Page 146
Installation: Connectivity Information
➤ To configure the ultrasound system for a network connection
1. Power up the ultrasound system.
2. Press the Setup key.
3. Click Print/Network.
4. Click the Global Config tab.
5. Click System.
6. On systems with software versions below 2.0, enter the following:
NOTE Station Name and System Location are not required fields. The system must be
connected to a live network for the settings to be visible and for the changes to take
effect.
•
AE Title
•
Port Number (a change in this field will cause the system to reboot)
•
IP Address
•
Subnet Mask
•
Gateway
•
Station Name
•
System Location
7. On systems with software version 2.0 or higher:
a. Enter the following:
•
AE Title
•
Port Number (a change in this field will cause the system to reboot)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
Station Name
•
System Location
Page 147
Installation: Connectivity Information
b. Click Dynamic (DHCP) or Static IP Configuration.
NOTE The values entered for Station Name and System Location must match the corresponding Modality Worklist field values. These fields can be left blank if the station
name or system location are not being used in the worklist or if no worklist server is
configured. Consult with the site administrator for more information.
Adding Devices
➤ To add a network device (printer, server, or archive device)
1. Perform step 1 through step 4 of “To configure the ultrasound system for a network connection” on page 146.
2. Click Devices.
3. Click New Device.
4. Use the pull-down menu to select the device type or type in the device type.
5. Configure the new device by entering the following:
NOTE All of the following fields are required.
-
Device Name
-
AE Title
-
Port #
-
IP Address
6. Click OK.
7. Check that the new device appears in the Device Configuration window.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Verifying
Devices
Page 148
Installation: Connectivity Information
➤ To verify network devices
1. Perform step 1 through step 4 of “To configure the ultrasound system for a network connection” on page 146.
2. Click Devices.
3.
In the Device Configuration window, highlight the device that you want to verify.
4. Click Verify. Verification confirms multi-frame and single-frame storage. A message is displayed with the verification status.
NOTE When archiving, verify that the system negotiates multi-frame ultrasound (Cineloop)
storage with JPEG compressed transfer syntax. Compression and multi-frame cannot
be turned off.
5. Click OK.
Adding DICOM
Printers
➤ To add a DICOM printer
1. Perform step 1 through step 4 of “To configure the ultrasound system for a network connection” on page 146.
2. Click Devices.
3. Click New Devices.
4. Select the device type from the menu, either DICOM B&W Printer or DICOM Color
Printer.
5. Select the printer type from the menu. Do not set up a printer if it is not listed. (Do not type
the printer type in the printer type field.)
6. Enter the device name, AE title, port number, and IP address.
7. Click OK.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Selecting
Devices
iU22 Service Manual
Page 149
Installation: Connectivity Information
Printers
➤ To select a printer and edit the printer settings
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Device Selection tab.
4. Click Printer.
5. Enable the printer or printers by selecting the check box to the left of each printer name.
NOTE A maximum of two DICOM printers, two local printers and one local report printer,
may be selected from the association lists.
6. If you want to change the number of copies, film size, medium type, display format or orientation, Click Edit.
7. Type the desired settings or use the menus.
8. Click OK.
Archive Devices, Storage Commit Devices, and Structured Report
Devices
➤ To select an archive device, storage commit, or structured report device
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Device Selection tab.
4. Click Archive.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 150
Installation: Connectivity Information
5. Enable the archive server or servers by selecting the check-box to the left of each server
name.
NOTE A maximum of three archive servers may be selected from the list.
6. Select a storage commit server (if configured) from Commit Server. If a commit server is
selected, also select the archive system being monitored from Target Archive Server.
7. Select a report server (if configured) from Structured Report Server.
Modality Worklist and Performed Procedure Step Servers
➤ To select a worklist or performed procedure step server
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Device Selection tab.
4. Click Worklist.
5. Select the Worklist Server and Performed Procedure Step (PPS) Server from the
menus.
6. Select the appropriate Define Query options.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Hard Drive
Maintenance
Page 151
Installation: Installation Completion
➤ To specify the auto-delete exam capabilities for maintaining the hard drive
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Global Config tab.
4. Click HD Maint.
5. Select the Manual Delete Only option, or select Delete Archived/Committed Exams
and select the date range from the menu.
Printer Capture
➤ To set up printer and capture parameters
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Printer/Capture tab.
4. Select the desired parameters on the display.
Installation
Completion
Final Inspection
Perform an inspection if one was not previously completed. Record all pertinent information on
the work orders.
➤ To perform a final inspection
1. Remove the protective sheet from the touch screen.
2. Ensure the user information updates and operating notes are with the user information set.
Have the user information available for review by the system operator so that questions can
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 152
Installation: Installation Completion
be answered during the system presentation. Instruct the user how to access information
using the online Help feature.
3. Tell the facilities representative that the system is installed and ready for any safety tests that
they normally conduct.
4. Run the System Confidence Test to verify system performance.
System
Presentation
When the system and the customer information are ready, present them to the operators by
using the following in-service procedure.
1. Review the customer order with the customer to familiarize them with the system and its
options and to assure them that they have received what they ordered.
2. Present the user information, including the user Help and operating notes. Describe these
publications and emphasize that all information needed to operate the system and peripherals is in them. As questions come up, guide the operators through these publications.
3. Show the operators how to turn on the system and any external peripherals. Explain the differences between the main circuit breaker and the On/Standby switch.
4. Describe the initialization process and explain that the system programs itself during this
process.
5. Explain why it is important for them to never remove covers from the system because of
ESD and warranty considerations.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 153
Installation: Installation Completion
6. Explain the reasons for the following cautions:
CAUTIONS
•
Always wait 5 to 10 seconds after placing the On/Standby switch to standby before placing
the switch back to on. A power-down sequence, similar to the initialization that occurs when
power is first turned on, saves certain operating parameters and then turns off power supplies in a sequential order.
•
On systems with hardware version A.x, do not press the On/Standby switch for more than
5 seconds. Doing so may cause the Host and SIP motherboards to become out of sync, and
result in bootup problems on subsequent bootups. If this happens, fully power down the system, wait 1 minute and reboot. On systems with B.0 hardware, this condition has been fixed.
•
This equipment contains components that are electrostatic sensitive. Proper static procedures, protection, and equipment must be used prior to opening and during handling of this
equipment. Failure to use ESD procedures will cause damage to these components. Such
damage to components is not covered by Philips Ultrasound warranties.
7. After the system is fully initialized, give the operators a brief demonstration of system controls. Review the following:
-
How to set Time and Hospital Name
-
How to enter patient data
-
Mode buttons
-
Knobs
-
Touch screen buttons
-
Touch screen knobs
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
-
Page 154
Installation: Installation Completion
Monitor brightness setting (default and temporary adjustment methods)
NOTE On systems with the 17-inch monitor, the factory default setting for monitor brightness
is 2 (out of a range from 1 to 5). This setting provides the maximum dynamic range of
the display (darkest background and the whitest white). On systems with the 20-inch
monitor, the factory default setting for monitor brightness is also 2 (out of a range from
1 to 6). However, setting 3 produces the maximum dynamic range. The default brightness setting of 2 on the 20-inch monitor most accurately matches performance on systems the customer may have with the 17-inch monitor.
-
Touch screen backlight setting
-
Up/down spring-loaded control switches
-
Trackball and Select control, including their use with menus
-
Volume control
-
VCR and hardcopy device operation
-
Signal ports, including transducers
8. Instruct the operator on how to optimize image quality.
9. Describe and demonstrate system maintenance procedures to be performed as needed:
-
Fan filter cleaning
-
System cleaning
-
Monitor and touch screen cleaning
-
Transducer disinfection and sterilization (refer to the Getting Started manual)
-
B/W printer head cleaning
-
Other peripherals, as necessary
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Final
Presentation
iU22 Service Manual
Page 155
Installation: Connectivity Worksheet
➤ To present the system to the customer
1. Discuss the present status of the system with your customer and review the hardcopy prints
that were taken during the system check. Be sure to cover any environmental concerns as
well, making suggestions as appropriate.
2. Ask your customer if there are any questions they have about the new system or Philips
Ultrasound.
3. Review the customer procedures for them to place a service call or to call for technical assistance.
4. Complete the work order.
Connectivity
Worksheet
Use the connectivity worksheet (Table 5-11) to assist you in connecting the system to a network
or a stand-alone printer. The customer, someone from the IT department or someone else who
knows the network and DICOM settings, typically must supply the information on the worksheet If you are connecting more than one device, you may need multiple sets of data.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-11
Page 156
Installation: Connectivity Worksheet
Connectivity Worksheet
Information Needed
Information Supplied by Customer Notes
DICOM device to be connected
to the system
❏ DICOM printer (direct, no network) •
❏ DICOM printer (network)
❏ DICOM archive server
❏ DICOM commit server
•
More than one type of server can be
connected.
Some servers may be on different
ports. If so, this should be indicated.
❏ DICOM PPS server
❏ DICOM worklist server
❏ DICOM structured report server
❏ Analog Printer
❏ Yes
Maximum network speed: Does
the system operate at 100 Mb/s ❏ No
for Full Duplex?
Manufacturer and model number
of the printer
Minimum network-connection information
AE Title
Port Number
IP Address
If “Yes,” you may need to manually set the
network card speed in Tech Admin.
If you are connecting a printer.
The iU22 system does not support DHCP
(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) on
systems with software below 2.0.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 5-11
Information Needed
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Station Name
System Location
Device Name
Printer information
Number of copies
Film size
Film medium
Film display format
Film orientation
Page 157
Installation: Connectivity Worksheet
Connectivity Worksheet (Continued)
Information Supplied by Customer Notes
Optional field
Optional field
If customers want to give the device a
specific name they have chosen.
Usually 1
Example: 14 x 17 inches
Example: Blue Film
Example: 3 x 5
Portrait or landscape
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
System Installation
Checklist
Page 158
Installation: System Installation Checklist
Site inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Electrical power requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Image management network requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
System uncrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Crate inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Uncrating procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
System inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
General inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
System power-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
OEM installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
VCRs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
External monitors or other display devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Ethernet connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Ultrasound system configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Adding devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Verifying devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Adding DICOM printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Selecting devices (printers, archive devices, worklist servers). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Hard drive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 159
Installation: System Installation Checklist
Printer capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Installation completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Final inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
System presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Image optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Final presentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 160
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installation Procedures
Table 5-12 Installation Procedure List
•
•
Uncrating the Ultrasound System
Crating the Ultrasound System
•
Shipping Strap Brackets
•
Video Monitor Articulation Arm
•
Lower OEM Deck and Strapping
(Single OEM)
•
Upper OEM Deck Shelf and
Strapping (Dual OEM)
•
TEE Probe Tray (Single or
No OEM Configuration)
TEE Probe Tray (Dual OEM Configuration)
•
•
Modem
•
•
Third OEM Platform
Third OEM Platform Printer
(UP-D897)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 161
Installation: Installation Procedures
Uncrating the Ultrasound System
Figure 5-2
Cutting the Plastic Banding
NOTE The estimated time to uncrate
the system is 10 minutes.
CAUTION Ensure the area in front
of the crate ramp is clear
for at least 2.7 m (9 ft).
(The ramp is labeled
“RAMP THIS END.”)
WARNINGUse caution when
removing the strapping
bands securing the shipping container. These
bands are under enough
tension to cause injury if
removed carelessly.
➤ To uncrate the ultrasound system
1. Cut the plastic banding from around
the crate container.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 162
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Corrugated Cover
2. Remove the corrugated top cover
from the crate.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-4
iU22 Service Manual
Page 163
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Braces
3. Remove the foam and corrugated
braces from the top of the system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 164
Installation: Installation Procedures
Cutting the Tape on the Seams
4. To remove the corrugated wraps,
first cut the tape on the two seams
of the corrugated wraps.
NOTE Look for the label that says,
“OPEN THIS SIDE.”
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-6
iU22 Service Manual
Page 165
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing One of the Corrugated Wraps
5. Remove one of the corrugated wrap
halves.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 166
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Second Corrugated Wrap
6. Remove the other corrugated wrap
half.
7. Remove all the accessory items from
around the system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-8
iU22 Service Manual
Page 167
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Ramp from the Pallet
8. Remove the two 9/16-inch bolts
securing the ramp to the pallet.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-9
iU22 Service Manual
Page 168
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Ramp
9. Place the ramp in front of the system
with the beveled edge facing up.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-10
iU22 Service Manual
Page 169
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the System Rear Anchor Hardware
10. Remove the two 9/16-inch bolts
anchoring the rear of the system to
the pallet.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-11
iU22 Service Manual
Page 170
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Ring Connectors
11. Remove the two threaded ring connectors from the shipping strap
brackets.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-12
iU22 Service Manual
Page 171
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Front Hold-Down Brace
12. Remove the four 9/16-inch bolts
securing the front hold-down brace
to the pallet.
13. Remove the front hold-down brace.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-13
iU22 Service Manual
Page 172
Installation: Installation Procedures
Preparing to Roll the System off the Pallet
14. Lift the antistatic cover and position
yourself as shown to roll the system
off the pallet.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-14
iU22 Service Manual
Page 173
Installation: Installation Procedures
Rolling the System off the Pallet
15. Carefully roll the system off of the
pallet.
16. Dispose of the crate and packing
materials properly.
NOTES
• Return the shipping strap brackets
and Allen-head screws to Bothell
manufacturing for reuse, Figure 5-40.
•
Do not return the crate or packing
materials to Philips.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 174
Installation: Installation Procedures
Crating the Ultrasound System
Figure 5-15
Crate Components
➤ To crate the ultrasound system
Top system support (2 req)
Crate hardware
Corrugated lid
NOTE Before you perform this crating
procedure, you must first
order a shipping crate. To
order a shipping crate for the
system, contact the Bothell
shipping department and specify whether you will be crating
an iU22 or an iE33 system.
Antistatic system bag
Cable wrap bag
Foam monitor arm support
Corrugated two-piece system wrap
Corrugated roll-up brace (2 req)
Foam arm gasket
Velcro strap (2 req)
Foam monitor support
Foam braces
NOTE The shipping crate for C.0 systems has internal components
different from the crate for A.x
and B.0 systems. Take care during crating procedures to use
the proper crating materials.
Figure 5-15 illustrates the components
necessary to crate the ultrasound system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-16
iU22 Service Manual
Page 175
Installation: Installation Procedures
Locking the Right-Rear Caster
1. Lock the right-rear caster by using
the right system brake pedal. Ensure
that the caster is facing inward.
1
Right system
brake pedal
1
Right-rear caster
(facing inward)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-17
iU22 Service Manual
Page 176
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Articulation Arm Foam Gasket
2. Place the foam arm gasket so that
the opening of the gasket is over the
arm locking mechanism.
3. Lower the upper monitor articulation arm until it snaps into the lock
mechanism on the lower arm.
2
4
3
4. Check the arm and the lock levers to
ensure that the arm is locked in
place.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-18
iU22 Service Manual
Page 177
Installation: Installation Procedures
Securing the Monitor Articulation Arm
5. Place the soft-side of the Velcro
strap around the entire arm assembly where shown in the illustration.
6. Pull the Velcro snug and secure it by
pressing the two ends together.
5
6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-19
iU22 Service Manual
Page 178
Installation: Installation Procedures
Supporting the Monitor and Arm
7. Situate the arm so that the elbow of
the arm is pointing toward the rear
of the system.
8. Place the monitor support foam
between the monitor and the system
body.
9. Angle the monitor downward to
secure the foam support.
8
7
Elbow
9
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-20
iU22 Service Manual
Page 179
Installation: Installation Procedures
Securing the Third OEM
10. Place the foam pad where shown and
route the velcro strap around the
OEM and cover.
11
11. Pull velcro snug and secure it in
place.
10
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-21
iU22 Service Manual
Page 180
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Control Panel Support
12. Place the control panel support
between the control panel and the
control panel articulation arm.
12 Control panel support
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-22
iU22 Service Manual
Page 181
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Handle Bar Brace
13. Place the handle bar brace on the
handle of the control panel articulation arm. The brace is centered and
fits into the notch of the control
panel support.
13
Handle bar brace
Control panel
support
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-23
iU22 Service Manual
Page 182
Installation: Installation Procedures
Wrapping and Securing the Power Cord
14
15
14. Locate the bubble-wrap bag supplied
with the crate and place it over the
end of the cable.
15. Secure the bag and cable bundle
together with a cable tie and place
the secured bundle on the rear cable
hook.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-24
iU22 Service Manual
Page 183
Installation: Installation Procedures
Covering the System with an Antistatic Bag
16. Place an antistatic bag over the system and adjust the bag so that there
is ample slack on all four sides.
16
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-25
iU22 Service Manual
Page 184
Installation: Installation Procedures
Rolling the System onto the Pallet
17. Prepare the pallet and ramp for system crating. Place the ramp as shown
with the beveled edge facing up.
18. Face the front of the system and roll
the system up the ramp and onto the
pallet.
18
19. Center the system on the pallet and
ensure that the rear casters are flush
against the rear wheel block.
17
19
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-26
iU22 Service Manual
Page 185
Installation: Installation Procedures
Swiveling the Front Casters
20
20. Gently lift the front handle of the
system, just enough to swivel both
casters inward 90 degrees.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-27
iU22 Service Manual
Page 186
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Front Hold-Down Brace
21. Place the hold-down brace over the
front casters, noting that the foam
bevel must follow the contour of the
system.
22. Insert the four 9/16-inch bolts.
Tighten the bolts securing the front
hold-down brace to the pallet.
22
21 Hold-down brace
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-28
iU22 Service Manual
Page 187
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Ramp onto the Pallet
23. Reverse the ramp and place it
upright on the system front-side of
the pallet.
24. Secure the ramp to the pallet with
two 9/16-inch bolts. The bolts insert
through the ramp brace from the
inside of the crate.
23
24 Ramp
Ramp brace
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-29
iU22 Service Manual
Page 188
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the System Rear Anchor Hardware
Shipping strap bracket
26 Ring nut
25. Place one green hold-down bracket
on each of the two threaded ring
connectors.
26. Place a threaded ring connector
onto each of the shipping strap
brackets located at the lower rear of
the system. The nut on the ring
should be on the top-side when
installed. The green hold-down
brackets should be facing toward the
side of the pallet.
27. Tighten both threaded ring connector nuts.
28
26, 27
25
28. Secure the hold-down brackets with
Nylok bolts and washers to the
pre-drilled holes in the pallet (standard bolts and lock washers may be
used if the others are unavailable).
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-30
iU22 Service Manual
Page 189
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the First Corrugated Wrap
30
29. At this point, any boxed manuals,
cables, or other items can be placed
around the system on the pallet surface.
NOTE If the system is being shipped
with an external VCR or
printer, place it at the front of
the system between the ramp
and the system front panel.
29
30. Fit the first tri-fold corrugated wrap
into the retainers at the outside edge
of the pallet.
NOTE Printed side of the corrugated
wrap faces outward.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-31
iU22 Service Manual
Page 190
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Second Corrugated Wrap
31
31. Fit the second tri-fold corrugated
wrap into the retainers at the corners of the pallet.
NOTE Printed side of the corrugated
wrap faces outward.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-32
iU22 Service Manual
Page 191
Installation: Installation Procedures
Taping the Seams on the Corrugated Wrap
32. Secure each of the two corner seams
with tape.
32
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-33
iU22 Service Manual
Page 192
Installation: Installation Procedures
Preparing the Top System Support Braces
34
33
33. Two top system corrugated braces
are required for support. Cut out
the perforated area (where shown in
the illustration) for placement over
the OEM on the third OEM platform.
Both sides of each corrugated brace
have perforations. Ensure which end
of the brace is the front and then cut
out one brace on the left side (to fit
over the OEM) and then cut out the
other brace on the right side (to fit
over the OEM).
34. Fold both top system support braces
into a hollow rectangle. Fold-in the
tabs so the brace retains its shape.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-34
iU22 Service Manual
Page 193
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Top System Support Braces
Left support brace
Front of system
35
Third OEM
Right support brace
35. Place each brace onto the top rear
of the system. The brace cutout will
form to the shape of the system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-35
iU22 Service Manual
Page 194
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Monitor Arm Brace
36
36. Place the foam monitor arm brace
over the monitor arm lengthwise
between the top system support
braces.
NOTE For monitor arm brace installation clarity, the corrugated
wrap and top system support
braces are not shown.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-36
iU22 Service Manual
Page 195
Installation: Installation Procedures
Folding the Corrugated Roll-up Braces
37. Take the two corrugated roll-ups
(one to fit inside each top system
brace) and fold them into a rectangle.
37
37
38. Tape the seam on both roll-up
braces.
38
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-37
iU22 Service Manual
Page 196
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Corrugated Roll-up Braces
39
40
39. Place the corrugated roll-up braces
in the top system brace slots as
shown, with the end flaps folded
over each side of the top system
brace.
40. Top view of system crate with all
braces and supports in place.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-38
iU22 Service Manual
Page 197
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Corrugated Cover
41
41. Place the corrugated top cover on
the crated container. The cover fits
over all four sides of the tri-fold
wraps.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-39
iU22 Service Manual
Page 198
Installation: Installation Procedures
Banding the System Crate
42
42. Band the crated system from the
side with two plastic bands.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 199
Installation: Installation Procedures
Shipping Strap Brackets
Figure 5-40
Removing Shipping Strap Brackets
➤ To remove the shipping strap
brackets
Remove the two Allen-head screws
securing each shipping strap bracket to
the cart frame. The brackets are located
at the bottom rear of the system
between the AC tray and the casters.
NOTE Return the brackets and Allenhead screws to Bothell manufacturing for re-use.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
Shipping strap bracket
Shipping strap bracket
Allen-head screws (4 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 200
Installation: Installation Procedures
Video Monitor Articulation Arm
Figure 5-41
Unlocking the Articulation Arm
Release lever
Lower arm
➤ To unlock the video monitor
articulation arm
Push the arm release lever toward the
articulation arm base to release the
latch.
NOTE The ultrasound systems are
shipped with the video monitor
articulation arm in the locked
position. Lock the articulation
arm before moving the system.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 201
Installation: Installation Procedures
Modem
Figure 5-42
Modem and USB Connection
➤ To install or replace the modem
Rear of system
1 USB connection
1 Modem
NOTE The iU22 system is shipped
with the V.90 USB Modem
installed on the system rear
panel.
1. To replace the modem, unplug the
USB connection and then pull the
modem off the Velcro mount.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-43
iU22 Service Manual
Page 202
Installation: Installation Procedures
Modem: Ferrite Sleeve and Velcro
2 Ferrite sleeve
2. Remove the ferrite sleeve from the
modem being replaced.
3. Install a new 1-inch strip of Velcro to
the back of the modem housing.
4. Replace the ferrite sleeve and install
the modem to the existing Velcro
strip on the rear interface panel.
NOTE The modem cable can be connected to any of the four USB
outlets on the AVIO-Rear
Interface Panel.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
3 Velcro strip
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 203
Installation: Installation Procedures
Lower OEM Deck and Strapping (Single OEM)
Figure 5-44
Preparing Lower OEM Deck Strapping
Ring
Strap
Velcro end of strap
Butterfly bracket
1
Clip
Clip
➤ To install or remove the lower
deck OEM
1. Open the strapping kit and prepare
two straps in the configuration
shown.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-45
Page 204
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the OEM Tray
2. Remove the four screws securing the
OEM tray to the OEM deck and set
them aside.
Screws (4 plcs) 2
3. Lift the OEM tray off the OEM deck
and set it aside.
OEM tray
3
OEM deck
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-46
iU22 Service Manual
Page 205
Installation: Installation Procedures
Lower Deck Anchors and Drop Covers
4. Place the VCR on the lower OEM
deck. Make note of the four strap
anchor locations.
5
Anchor locations
4
OEM deck
5
5. Remove the cable drop cover. There
are two cable drop covers. Only one
cover needs to be removed, depending on which side of the system you
prefer the OEM to face at installation. Remove the cover that will be
located at the rear of the OEM.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-47
iU22 Service Manual
Page 206
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Lower Deck Cable Cover
Screws (2 plcs) 7
6
6. Install the OEM cable cover.
7. Secure it to the cart frame using two
screws.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-48
iU22 Service Manual
Page 207
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the VCR on the Lower OEM Deck
8. Place the VCR on the OEM deck,
and connect all the cables to the
VCR rear panel.
VCR cables
See Figure 11-12 (HS-MD3000UA/EA
single configuration cabling diagram).
8
HS-MD3000 Mitsubishi VCR
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-49
Page 208
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing Lower Deck OEM Strapping Over
the VCR
Butterfly bracket 11
9. Lay the two strap assemblies over
the VCR.
10. Place the strap clips into the four
mounting holes.
11. Remove the slack in each strap by
adjusting the excess strapping
through the butterfly bracket.
9
10
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-50
Page 209
Installation: Installation Procedures
Securing Lower OEM Deck Strapping
12. Check the strap clips at the rear of
the OEM deck to ensure the clips
have been moved into the slots.
13
Ring
12
13. Peel the Velcro end of each strap
loose, pull each strap through the
ring and reset the Velcro strap to
secure the VCR.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-51
iU22 Service Manual
Page 210
Installation: Installation Procedures
Attaching the Lower OEM Shelf to the Upper
OEM Shelf
Lower OEM shelf
Screws (2 plcs) 14
Upper OEM shelf
14. Attach the lower OEM shelf to the
upper OEM shelf using two screws.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-52
Page 211
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing Lower OEM Deck Shelf Unit
15. Install the assembled shelf unit onto
the OEM deck.
Screws (7 plcs) 17
16. Insert the tabs into the same holes as
the strap clips.
17. Secure the shelf unit using seven
screws.
15
16
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-53
Page 212
Installation: Installation Procedures
Replacing the OEM Tray
18. Replace the OEM tray by placing it
on the upper shelf.
Screws (4 plcs) 19
OEM tray
19. Line up the holes and replace the
four screws. Installation is complete
for a single-OEM configuration.
18
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 213
Installation: Installation Procedures
Upper OEM Deck Shelf and Strapping (Dual OEM)
Figure 5-54
Preparing Upper Shelf OEM Deck Strapping
Ring
Strap
Velcro end of strap
Butterfly bracket
1
➤ To install or remove the
upper-shelf OEM
1. Open the strapping kit and prepare
two straps in the configuration
shown.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-55
Page 214
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Upper OEM Tray
Screws (4 plcs) 2
2. Remove the four screws securing the
OEM tray to the upper OEM shelf
and set them aside.
3. Lift the OEM tray off the upper OEM
shelf and set it aside.
OEM tray
3
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-56
Page 215
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the Printer on the Upper OEM Shelf
Printer cables
4. Place the printer on the upper OEM
shelf and connect all the cables to
the printer rear panel.
4
UP-D895MD Sony
B/W printer or
UP-D23MD Sony
color printer
See Figure 11-13 (UP-D895MD dual
configuration cabling diagram) or
Figure 11-14 (UP-D23MD dual configuration cabling diagram).
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-57
iU22 Service Manual
Page 216
Installation: Installation Procedures
Strapping the Printer to the Upper OEM
Shelf
UP-D23MD Sony
digital color printer
UP-D895MD Sony
digital B/W printer
5
5
Upper OEM shelf
5. Strap the printer to the upper shelf
using the appropriate set of slots,
depending on the size of the printer
you are installing.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-58
Page 217
Installation: Installation Procedures
Securing the Upper OEM Strapping and
Cable Cover
8 Screws (2 plcs)
7
6. Peel the Velcro end of each strap
loose, pull each strap through the
ring and reset the Velcro strap to
secure the printer.
7. Install the OEM cable cover.
8. Secure it to the cart frame using two
screws.
6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-59
iU22 Service Manual
Page 218
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Upper OEM Strap Cover
OEM cable cover
9. Install the OEM strap cover.
10. Secure it to the cart frame and the
OEM cable cover using four screws.
Installation is complete for dual OEM
configuration.
9
Return to Installation Procedure List.
10 Screws (4 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 219
Installation: Installation Procedures
TEE Probe Tray (Single or No OEM Configuration)
Figure 5-60
Removing the Rear Disk Bay Enclosure
Screws
Rear disk bay enclosure
➤ To install the TEE probe tray
1. Remove the two screws securing the
rear disk bay enclosure to the disk
bay housing.
NOTES
• The TEE probe tray mounting
bracket is pre-installed at the factory.
•
1 Screws (2 plcs)
The TEE probe tray mounting
bracket is designed to align and
mount over the rear disk bay enclosure. Do not attempt to remove this
enclosure.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-61
iU22 Service Manual
Page 220
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the TEE Probe Tray
2. Slide the TEE probe tray onto the
disk bay housing until it rests against
the rear disk bay enclosure.
Rear disk bay enclosure
2
3. Install the two screws through the
TEE probe tray mounting bracket.
Tighten the two screws to secure
the TEE probe tray to the disk bay
housing. Do not overtighten.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
3 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 221
Installation: Installation Procedures
TEE Probe Tray (Dual OEM Configuration)
Figure 5-62
Removing the Upper OEM Strap Cover
➤ To install the TEE probe tray
1. Remove the four screws securing the
OEM strap cover enclosure to the
disk bay housing and OEM cable
cover.
OEM cable cover
1 Screws (4 plcs)
2
2. Remove the OEM strap cover enclosure and set it aside.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-63
iU22 Service Manual
Page 222
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the TEE Probe Tray
NOTES
• The TEE probe tray mounting
bracket is pre-installed at the factory.
Rear disk bay enclosure
•
The TEE probe tray mounting
bracket is designed to align and
mount over the rear disk bay enclosure. Do not attempt to remove this
enclosure.
3. Slide the TEE probe tray onto the
disk bay housing until it rests against
the rear disk bay enclosure.
3
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-64
Page 223
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Upper OEM Strap Cover
4. Position the upper OEM strap cover
in place.
OEM cable cover
6
4
5
6
5. Install the two screws that secure
the upper OEM strap cover to the
OEM cable cover.
6. Install the two screws through the
two screw holes in the upper OEM
strap cover and the TEE probe tray
mounting bracket. Tighten the two
screws to secure the TEE probe tray
to the disk bay housing. Do not
overtighten.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 224
Installation: Installation Procedures
Third OEM Platform
Figure 5-65
Removing the Upper OEM Strap Cover
➤ To install the third OEM platform
1. Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port at the rear of the disk bay.
1
OEM cable cover
2 Screws (4 plcs)
3
2. Remove the four screws securing the
OEM strap cover enclosure to the
disk bay housing and OEM cable
cover.
3. Remove the OEM strap cover enclosure and set it aside.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-66
Page 225
Installation: Installation Procedures
Removing the Disk Bay Insert Enclosure
Screws
4. Remove the two screws securing the
disk bay insert enclosure. Do not
remove the insert enclosure.
Screws (2 plcs) 4
Disk bay insert
enclosure
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-67
iU22 Service Manual
Page 226
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the TEE Probe Tray Mounting
Bracket
NOTE The mounting bracket for the
TEE probe tray is also used
when installing the third OEM
platform. The bracket is
included in the third OEM platform kit.
Screws (4 plcs) 6
TEE probe tray
mounting bracket 5
5. Turn the third OEM platform over.
Place the TEE probe tray mounting
bracket on the OEM platform
bracket.
6. Secure the bracket with four screws.
Underside of third
OEM platform
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-68
Page 227
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Third OEM Platform
7. Place the third OEM platform on the
disk bay. Slide it forward until the
two platform toes engage into the
two enclosure screw holes.
Toes
7
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-69
Page 228
Installation: Installation Procedures
Installing the Upper OEM Strap Cover
Flat head screws (2 plcs) 9
8. Install the OEM strap cover enclosure with four screws. Do not
tighten the screws.
10
9. Install the two (1-inch length)
10-32 flat head screws through the
top of the OEM platform and into
the holes of the disk bay housing.
NOTE It may be necessary to align the
disk bay insert enclosure holes
(under the OEM platform) with
the OEM platform screw holes.
Use a blunt instrument to perform the alignment through
one of the two holes shown.
Alignment access holes
8 Screws (4 plcs)
10
8
10. Tighten the four screws and the two
flat head screws.
11. Reconnect the USB cable to the USB
port on the disk bay rear housing.
Return to Installation Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 229
Installation: Installation Procedures
Third OEM Platform Printer (UP-D897)
Figure 5-70
3
Placing the UP-D897 B/W Printer
1
2
Cover tab
slots
4
➤ To install or remove the
UP-D897 B/W printer
1. Feed the printer cables through the
cable access hole and lay them to the
side on the OEM platform.
2. For ease of printer installation, pivot
the display articulation arm, in either
direction away from the area where
the printer will be placed.
3. Place the UP-D897 printer on the
OEM platform (green dash line area)
so that it sits at the rear of the platform and is positioned between the
four printer cover tab slots.
4. Connect the USB cable and the
power cable to the rear panel of the
printer.
For the third OEM (UP-D897) cabling
diagram, see Figure 11-15.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-71
iU22 Service Manual
Page 230
Installation: Installation Procedures
Attaching the Foam Strips to the OEM
Printer Cover
7
5. Peel the backing off each of the adhesive-back foam strips as you install
them.
6
5
6. Place two of the long foam strips
within the recesses at the top inside
of the OEM printer cover where
shown, (shaded area).
7. Place the four short foam strips to
the side where shown, (shaded area).
7
Inside view of cover
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 5-72
Page 231
Installation: Installation Procedures
Placing the OEM Printer Cover
8
Cover tabs
UP-D897 Sony
B/W printer
NOTE The OEM printer cover holds
the printer in place on the
OEM platform. This installation configuration does not
require that the printer be
strapped to the platform.
Strapping holes are in the OEM
platform design if strapping is
needed. If straps are used, the
OEM printer cover will not fit.
8. Place the OEM printer cover so that
the cover tabs line up with the slots
in the OEM platform. Do not press it
into place at this time.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 5-73
iU22 Service Manual
Page 232
Installation: Installation Procedures
Securing the UP-D897 Printer with the OEM
Printer Cover
9. Ensure that the printer is positioned
on the OEM platform as shown. If
necessary, slide the printer so that
the printer front bezel seam lines up
with the edge of the OEM printer
cover.
10
11
9
10. Push the OEM printer cover tabs
(closest side to the monitor base)
into the platform tab slots.
11. Push the tabs on the opposite side
into the platform slots until it
securely snaps into place. Visually
inspect to verify that the tabs have
engaged.
Printer cover edge
Return to Installation Procedure List.
Printer front bezel seam
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
6
iU22 Service Manual
Page 233
Performance Tests: Introduction
Performance Tests
Introduction
This section contains a series of performance tests to be performed on the system following
installation, upgrade, or repair. The purpose of these tests is to verify the correct operation of
the system (hardware and firmware). The “Performance Test Checklist” on page 243 can be used
to ensure that all tests are performed.
The major test sections in this procedure are organized to follow a logical progression through
each of the major system modes. It is not a requirement to perform the sections in any particular order. However, it is best to perform the tests in their written order to promote a thorough
and consistent testing process.
For all of the tests in this section, verify image quality and that the image is free of artifacts.
WARNINGS
•
System performance must be verified after installation, after every repair involving PCB or
power supply module replacement, and during every preventive maintenance inspection. If
measurements are inaccurate, misdiagnosis may result in harm to patients.
•
Wrist straps should not be worn when working on a system with the power turned on. The
+5 Vdc supply is a very-high current supply. Use caution when troubleshooting.
NOTE To ensure proper system operation, turn on all OEMs prior to checking system functionality.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Test
Equipment
and Materials
Page 234
Performance Tests: Test Equipment and Materials
•
FSE Tool Kit (193-90003-01)
•
RMI Model 413 Tissue Equivalent Phantom (199-12204-00) or equivalent
•
RMI Model 406 Dual Attenuation Phantom (2100-1610-01) or equivalent
•
Leakage Tester/ECG Simulator (6005-0555-01)
Initial Setup
WARNING
The following series of tests require applying power to the system while protective covers are
removed. Dangerous voltages are present. Use extreme caution.
The initial setup procedure consists of observing system power-up and initialization, verifying
system configuration against the customer order acknowledgement (COA), and adjusting the
monitor for optimal viewing.
NOTE To ensure proper system operation, turn on all OEMs prior to checking system functionality.
Start Exam
➤ To start the exam
1. Connect and initialize any transducer. If possible, connect transducers to all three ports.
2. Press Transducer to display the transducer touch screen.
3. Select a transducer from the touch screen.
4. Touch a clinical option and a Tissue Specific preset.
5. Press Transducer.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 235
Performance Tests: 2D
6. Press Patient Data and enter a patient name.
7. Click Close.
Successful execution of the above steps implies:
2D
•
Transducer ports are operational
•
Transducer, Patient Data, and the QWERTY keyboard are operational
•
Touch screen is operational and that the calibration has been successful. No further testing
of the touch screen is necessary.
➤ To test 2D operation
1. Press 2D to enter 2D imaging (if needed.)
2. Turn 2D to change the gain.
3. Adjust TGC slides. Verify changes in overall image brightness.
4. Turn Zoom. Verify the image increases from and decreases to the original size.
5. Turn Depth. Verify the changes in depth.
6. Press Zoom to bring up the HD zoom box.
7. Use the trackball and Select control to move and size the HD zoom box.
8. Press Zoom to enlarge the boxed area.
9. Press Zoom to return to 2D imaging.
10. Adjust Res/Spd. Verify the icon updates on the touch screen.
11. Adjust Gray Map. Verify the map changes on the display and the map number changes on
the touch screen.
12. If a curved array or sector transducer is connected, adjust Sector Width to reduce the
field of view, and restore it to the default size.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 236
Performance Tests: Color/CPA
13. Adjust Compress to change image compression. Verify the compression value on the touch
screen and the value (C#) on the upper left corner of the main display changes.
14. Touch Next.
15. Adjust Output Power. Verify the MI and TI values change on the main display.
16. Press iSCAN. Verify the iSCAN icon changes to an amber color for about 3 seconds.
17. Press Freeze. Verify the image is frozen and that the Cineloop cursors and image number
are displayed below the image.
18. Press Print. Verify a beep is heard and a thumbnail shows upon the right side of the main display.
Successful execution of the above steps verifies operation of the 2D, Depth, Focus, Zoom,
iSCAN, Freeze, and Print controls and all touch screen knobs except those on the far right
and far left.
Color/CPA
➤ To test Color and CPA operation
1. Press Color. Verify that the color box is displayed.
2. Turn Color to change the gain. Verify that the color box is filled with color noise.
3. Adjust Scale. Verify that the scale displayed on the color bar changes.
4. Adjust Baseline. Verify the baseline changes on the color bar.
5. Press CPA. Verify that the color bar changes to a an orange hued color.
6. Turn CPA. Verify that the color in the color box changes to the orange colors.
Successful execution of the above steps verifies operation of the Color and CPA knobs and the
remainder of the touch screen knobs not used in 2D imaging.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
PW Doppler,
CW Doppler,
and M-mode
Page 237
Performance Tests: PW Doppler, CW Doppler, and M-mode
➤ To test PW Doppler, CW Doppler, and M-mode operation
1. While still in CPA, press PW. Verify the sample volume marker is displayed.
2. Press Update to toggle between the 2D/CPA image and the scrolling Doppler display.
3. Touch Simult. Verify that the 2D/CPA and scrolling Doppler displays are live.
4. Turn PW to change the Doppler gain. Verify there is Doppler noise on the display and that
you hear Doppler audio.
5. Turn Volume. Verify that the volume level changes.
6. Verify your system and transducer support CW Doppler.
7. If so, press CW to begin CW imaging. Verify the proper display.
8. Turn CW to change the Doppler gain.
9. Press 2D to return to 2D imaging.
10. Press M-Mode and Update to obtain a scrolling M-mode display.
11. Turn M-Mode to change the M-mode gain.
Successful execution of the above steps indicates:
Real Time 3D
•
PW, CW, M-mode, Update and Volume are operational.
•
Doppler audio signal path and speakers are operational.
➤ To test Real TIme 3D operation
1. Verify the system contains a motor controller PCB and that the real-time 3D licensed option
is enabled.
2. Connect a motorized transducer.
3. Select a clinical option and a Tissue Specific preset. If there are no Tissue Specific presets displayed, install or flash the motor controller, or install the licensed option.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 238
Performance Tests: Connectivity and Review
4. Touch 3D/4D.
5. Acquire an image using Single Sweep 3D. Verify that a volume has been acquired.
6. Acquire an image using 4D and note the presence of a live volume. (Move the region of interest box to the image data if necessary.)
Successful execution of the above steps indicates:
Connectivity
and Review
•
the 3D motor controller has been successfully installed and flashed
•
the appropriate licensed options are installed
➤ To test connectivity and review functionality
1. Press 2D and press Color.
2. Turn Color to adjust color gain until there is color noise in the color box.
3. Press Print. Verify that you hear a beep and the acquired image appears in the thumbnail on
the right side of the display.
4. Press Capture (while still in live imaging). Verify an hourglass appears and a delayed beep is
heard. Also verify that another thumbnail is displayed with a loop icon on the right side of the
display.
5. Press End Exam.
6. Press Review to display the Patient Directory.
7. Insert a new DVD into the DVD drive.
8. Click Format to format the disk.
9. Select the patient exam that was most recently ended and click Send To.
10. In the Send To dialog box, select DVD and click OK.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 239
Performance Tests: Annotations and Body Markers
11. Verify that the green dot on the DVD queue icon comes on briefly.
NOTE Any other indication (orange or red dot) implies that there is a problem with the disk,
drive, or the IEP PCB. Troubleshoot as necessary.
12. Delete the patient that was copied to the DVD from the hard drive.
13. Select the DVD directory, highlight the exam that was copied, and transfer the exam to the
hard drive.
14. Select the hard drive directory and the exam that was copied from the DVD. Click on View
Selected. Verify that if in a 4:1 image presentation, the first loop appears as a JPEG loop
icon, while the print appears as it was taken.
15. Double-click on the JPEG loop icon to obtain a full-screen playback of that loop.
16. Touch Cine Play.
17. Click Close.
Successful execution of the above steps indicates
Annotations
and Body
Markers
•
End Exam and Review are working
•
The patient database is functional
•
DVD drive is operational
•
Transfer of JPEG loops to the DVD and back means that the IEP board is functional after it
had been re-flashed during the SW installation
➤ To test the annotation and body marker capabilities
1. Press 2D and obtain a 2D image.
2. Press Annotate. Verify that the Annotation touch screen is displayed with a blinking green
cursor on the main display.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 240
Performance Tests: Analysis
3. Touch any annotation term on the touch screen. Verify that the annotation appears on the
main display at the cursor location.
4. Press Erase Text. Verify that annotation disappears from the display.
5. Press Body Mark. Verify a body mark graphic appears in the upper right of the display.
6. Press Body Mark to erase the body mark.
Successful execution of the above steps implies that Annotation, Erase Text, and Body Mark
are operational.
Analysis
➤ To test the analysis software
1. Connect and select a transducer used for OB imaging.
2. Touch a clinical option and a Tissue Specific preset used for OB imaging.
3.
Press 2D and obtain a 2D image.
4. Press Freeze.
5. Press Caliper. Verify that a single caliper is displayed.
6. Press Select and verify a second caliper is displayed.
7. Press the left and right Select to toggle between the two calipers. (The active caliper is
green.)
8. Press Calc to display the measurement labels on the left side of the display.
9. Press Select to assign the measurement to the highlight label.
NOTE This may not be possible depending on the Calcs package being used. If the label is a
Doppler measurement, the 2D distance measurement will not be assignable and the
label will not highlight.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 241
Performance Tests: Voice Recognition
10. Press Report. Verify that the report is displayed with the patient name and the measurement
just made.
11. Press Report to return to 2D imaging.
12. Press Pointer a couple of times. Verify an arrow appears and disappears from the display.
Successful execution of the above steps indicates that Caliper, Calc, Report, Pointer, and the
Select buttons work.
Voice
Recognition
➤ To test the voice recognition software and the headset
1. Verify that the Voice Recognition licensed option is enabled.
2. Power up the wireless headset.
3. Press Setups on the keyboard.
4. Click Voice Control and Headset Config. Select the headset and click Pair.
5. Click Done to exit Setups.
6. Double-click on the Voice icon (headset) to establish voice control.
7. Speak into the headset. Verify the headset icon appears amber or green.
Peripherals
VCR
➤ To test VCR operation
1. Set up the VCR.
2. Connect and initialize any transducer.
3. Acquire a PW Doppler image.
4. Record several seconds of video.
5. Rewind the tape to the beginning of the current recording.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 242
Performance Tests: Peripherals
6. Play back the video and verify that the graphics and gray bar on the display are in sharp focus
and that the gray bar displays the full range of gray shades as seen on the monitor.
7. Verify that the displayed image is spatially correct, horizontally and vertically.
Printer
➤ To test printer operation
1. Press Setups.
2. Click Print/Network.
3. Click the Device Selection tab.
4. Select the installed printer.
5. Connect and initialize any transducer.
6. Acquire a 2D image.
7. Press Freeze.
8. Press Print. Verify that the print contains region of interest and full-screen images.
9. Touch Alt Print. Verify that the print contains region of interest and full-screen images.
10. Verify that the graphics and gray bar on the print are in sharp focus and that the gray bar displays the full range of gray shades as seen on the monitor.
11. Verify that the print image is spatially correct, horizontally and vertically.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Performance
Test Checklist
Page 243
Performance Tests: Performance Test Checklist
Start Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
CPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
PW Doppler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
CW Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
M-mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Real-Time 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Body Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
VCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 244
Adjustments: Power Supply Voltage Adjustments
Adjustments
Power Supply
Voltage
Adjustments
There are no power supply voltage adjustments. The voltages can be measured directly on the
Acquisition or Platform Power Supply modules or remotely using the UpLink application. Refer
to Section 9, “Troubleshooting”, for the test point locations, or to the UpLink Remote Service
Guide. If a voltage is out of tolerance, the system automatically shuts down and cannot be turned
on until the faulty PCB or assembly has been removed.
Video Monitor
Articulation
Elevation, Tilt,
and Swivel
Adjustment
Adjust video monitor articulation (elbow and knuckle) during system installation, preventive
maintenance, and after monitor replacement.
NOTE The following adjustments pertain to both the 17-inch and 20-inch monitor articulation
arms.
➤ To adjust video monitor elevation, tilt, and swivel
1. Release the travel lock (Figure 5-41).
2. Lift the video monitor. When the monitor is in a normal viewing position, verify that it does
not move up or down without an external force (that it is neutrally buoyant).
3. If it is not neutrally buoyant, use a 3/16-inch Allen wrench to adjust the set screw on the
articulation joint (Figure 7-1). Adjust the screw clockwise to increase tension.
4. Grab the monitor from the bottom edge and adjust the tilt. Verify that the monitor can be
moved without difficulty and does not tilt on its own weight.
5. If necessary, use a 5/32-inch Allen wrench to adjust the two set screws on the tilt joint
(Figure 7-2). Adjust the screw clockwise to increase tension.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 245
Adjustments: Video Monitor Articulation Elevation, Tilt, and Swivel Adjustment
6. Grab the monitor on the left and right sides and swivel the monitor from side to side. Verify
that the monitor moves with the proper amount of force.
7. If needed, adjust the swivel nut (Figure 7-3). Adjust clockwise to increase force.
Figure 7-1
Video Monitor Articulation Arm Buoyancy Adjustment
Adjustment set screw (3/16-in Allen head)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 7-2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 246
Adjustments: Video Monitor Articulation Elevation, Tilt, and Swivel Adjustment
Video Monitor Tilt Adjustment
Adjustment set screws (5/32-in Allen head)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 7-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 247
Adjustments: Video Monitor Articulation Elevation, Tilt, and Swivel Adjustment
Video Monitor Swivel Adjustment
Adjustment nut (7/16-in hex head)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Video Monitor
Adjustments
Page 248
Adjustments: Video Monitor Adjustments
There are no adjustment controls on the video monitor. However, the monitor brightness
default setting can be adjusted in the setups (Figure 7-4). On the 20-inch monitor the tint setting
can also be adjusted using the setups.
On systems with C.0 hardware, the monitor has an auto-dimming feature that dims monitor
brightness after 2 hours if no controls are activated. This feature prevents images from being
permanently “burned-in” after being displayed for an extended period. If the monitor has been
automatically dimmed, touch any control to return the system to normal brightness.
The Monitor control on the 2D touch screen allows you to adjust monitor brightness to compensate for changes in ambient light. Use this control to temporarily change monitor brightness.
When you cycle power, the system resets monitor brightness to the default value.
On systems with the 17-inch monitor, the factory default setting for monitor brightness is 2 (out
of a range of 1 to 5). This setting provides the maximum dynamic range of the display (darkest
background and the whitest white).
On systems with the 20-inch monitor, the factory default setting for monitor brightness is also 2
(out of a range from 1 to 6). However, setting 3 produces the maximum dynamic range. The
default brightness setting of 2 on the 20-inch monitor most accurately matches performance on
systems the customer may have with the 17-inch monitor.
➤ To set video monitor brightness (power-up default value)
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click System Settings.
3. Click the Display tab.
4. Select a setting for Monitor Brightness from 1 (darkest) to 5 (lightest) on systems with a
17-inch monitor or from 1 to 6 on systems with the 20-inch monitor.
5. Click Done.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 249
Adjustments: Video Monitor Adjustments
➤ To adjust the monitor for ambient lighting
1. Touch Next on the 2D touch screen.
2. Turn Monitor to select a setting from 1 (darkest) to 5 (lightest).
➤ To adjust the monitor tint settings for the 20-inch monitor
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click System Settings.
3. Click the Display tab.
4. Select a setting for Monitor Tint. See Table 7-1.
Table 7-1
Tint Setting
sRGB
1
2
Monitor Tint Settings for the 20-inch Monitor
Definition
Standard default setting. Has the most dynamic range and most
balanced tint. Recommended setting for the system.
Balanced more toward a blue tint. Makes the monitor color
appear similar to the color on the SONOS or HDI 5000 systems.
Balanced more toward a brown tint. Makes the monitor color
appear similar to the 17-inch monitor.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 7-4
NOTE
iU22 Service Manual
Page 250
Adjustments: Video Monitor Adjustments
Display Tab of the System Settings Setup
The Display tab may appear
different on different software
versions.
Brightness setting
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
17-inch Video
Monitor to
System Video
Adjustment
Page 251
Adjustments: 17-inch Video Monitor to System Video Adjustment
This procedure calibrates the video monitor pixel clock and A/D converters (R/G/B) to the Host
AGP graphics board. Perform the calibration only if the main display or AGP graphics board have
been replaced. The monitor must be functional (have power applied and display video) before
running the calibration. Allow the monitor to warm up for 5 minutes before performing the calibration.
When the calibration is executed, the system supplies a video pattern consisting of alternating
black and white pixels (gray screen) and a USB command to synchronize this input. The system
sends a 16-gradation grayscale for display, with a USB command to set the A/D converters in the
video module.
The monitor blinks once during the end of the calibration process. Observe the display for the
blink. The calibration is considered successful if the blink is verified.
NOTE This procedure applies only to systems with the 17-inch video monitor (analog video
input). Systems with the 20-inch monitor use DVI (Digital Video Interface) input and do
not require adjustment.
➤ To adjust the 17-inch monitor to the system video card output
1. Remove the lower rear cover from the video monitor.
2. Connect a USB cable from the USB port on the back of the drive bay to the USB connector
on the video monitor. Some systems may have a hublet connected to this connector. You can
either disconnect the cable to the hublet and connect to the connector on the back of the
drive bay or connect to the empty connector on the hublet.
NOTE Avoid using the USB connectors on the AVIO-RIP. Some systems may have AVIO-RIP
USB connections with versions earlier than 2.0.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 252
Adjustments: 17-inch Video Monitor to System Video Adjustment
3. Verify there is no external keyboard or mouse plugged in.
NOTE The procedure does not work if an external keyboard or mouse are plugged in.
4. Power up the system. Allow the system to warm up for 5 minutes before continuing.
5. Press the Setup key.
6. Click Config/Test.
7. Click the Tech/Admin tab.
8. Enter the user name and password.
9. Click Test/Utilities.
10. Click Platform. Click the arrow to expand.
11. Click Main Display. Click the arrow to expand.
12. Click Calibration.
13. Click Execute.
14. Click Screen Adjust.
CAUTION
Do not make any other selections.
15. Click Auto Adjust. Two test patterns briefly appear. The calibration is complete after the
second pattern is displayed. (The first pattern is a fine grid image; the display sets the pixel
clock to match the system graphics board. The second pattern is a grayscale pattern; the display sets the A/D converters for optimum dynamic range.)
16. Disconnect the USB cable.
17. Reboot the system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Touch Screen
Calibration
Page 253
Adjustments: Touch Screen Calibration
➤ To calibrate the touch screen
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Config/Test.
3. Click the Tech Admin tab.
4. Enter the user name and password.
5. Click the Test & Utilities tab.
6. Click Platform. Click the arrow to expand.
7. Click Touch Panel. Click the arrow to expand.
8. Click Calibration.
9. Click Execute. The touch screen calibration applet is displayed.
10. Touch the appropriate touch panel when prompted.
11. Touch in the center of each of the five targets that are displayed sequentially on the touch
screen. A message is displayed indicating the number of pixels off for the calibration procedure.
12. Verify errors are less than 10 pixels. If errors are more than 10 pixels, repeat step 10 and
step 11 until the touch screen is calibrated.
13. Click OK.
14. Click Quit.
15. Verify the calibration results:
a. Press Transducer.
b. Select a transducer and a preset.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 254
Adjustments: Control Panel Lateral Translation Force Adjustment
c. If you are unable to select a transducer and a preset, reboot the system and repeat step 1
through step 15.
Control Panel
Lateral Translation Force
Adjustment
The control panel lateral translation force and rotational torque settings are adjusted simultaneously.
➤ To adjust the lateral translation force and rotational torque setting
1. Remove the 10 screws securing the front pivot (orange) cover from under the control panel.
2. Check the force necessary to rotate the control panel and adjust if necessary.
3. Using an Allen wrench, adjust the screw shown in Figure 7-5. Adjust for customer satisfaction. There is no torque specification for this adjustment.
4. Replace cover.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 7-5
Screws (10 plcs)
Keyboard
Slide Catch
Adjustment
Page 255
Adjustments: Keyboard Slide Catch Adjustment
Control Panel Lateral Translation Force Adjustment
Front pivot cover
Adjustment screw (Allen head)
The keyboard slide catch can be adjusted without removing any of the system enclosures.
➤ To adjust the keyboard slide catch
1. Pull the keyboard out from below the control panel.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 256
Adjustments: Keyboard Slide Catch Adjustment
2. Adjust the screw at the back of the keyboard drawer from underneath the control panel
(Figure 7-6).
3. Slide the keyboard in until it catches. It should catch and release easily.
Figure 7-6
Keyboard Slide Catch Adjustment
Keyboard drawer
Adjustment screw (slotted)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Control Panel
Articulation
Adjustments
Page 257
Adjustments: Control Panel Articulation Adjustments
➤ To adjust the control panel articulation-cable tension
1. Adjust the control panel articulation trigger-release tension (Figure 7-7).
a. Raise the control panel articulation arm using the trigger release.
b. Remove the four screws securing the lower handle half to the upper and remove the handle half.
c. Looking at the cable-adjustment nut from the non-trigger side of the cable, adjust the nut
clockwise to increase tension on the cable or counterclockwise to decrease tension.
d. Adjust tension to the customer’s preference.
e. Replace the lower handle half.
2. Adjust the control panel articulation tension at the base of the articulation arm (Figure 7-8).
a. Lower the control panel articulation arm using the trigger release.
b. Remove the top lid enclosure from over the base (Figure 10-7).
c. Using a wrench, adjust the nut clockwise to increase tension or counterclockwise to
decrease tension.
d. Adjust tension for operator preference.
e. Replace the top lid enclosure.
3. Using the articulation trigger release, check the articulation adjustment by moving the control panel up and down.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 7-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 258
Adjustments: Control Panel Articulation Adjustments
Control Panel Articulation Trigger Adjustment
Screws (4 plcs)
Adjustment nut (hex)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 7-8
iU22 Service Manual
Page 259
Adjustments: Control Panel Articulation Adjustments
Control Panel Articulation Base Adjustment
Remove this cover
(Figure 10-7)
Adjustment nut (hex)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
System Brake
Adjustment
Page 260
Adjustments: System Brake Adjustment
➤ To adjust the system brake
1. Verify system power is off.
2. Chock the rear casters to prevent rolling.
3. Tilt the system to gain access to the brake mechanism.
4. Loosen the adjustment nut on the left brake arm. Adjust the arm in or out (Figure 7-9) so
there are ten threads showing when the adjustment nut is tightened.
5. Loosen the adjustment nut on the right brake arm. Adjust the arm in or out so there are six
threads showing when the adjustment nut is tightened.
6. Lower the system to the floor.
7. Verify brake operation.
8. Repeat step 4 and step 5 until the operation is sufficient.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 7-9
iU22 Service Manual
System Brake Adjustment
Left pedal
Adjustment
nut (hex)
Ten screw
threads
showing
Page 261
Adjustments: System Brake Adjustment
Right pedal
Adjustment
nut (hex)
Six screw
threads
showing
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
8
iU22 Service Manual
Page 262
Preventive Maintenance: Introduction
Preventive Maintenance
Introduction
Preventive maintenance inspections are part of the Customer Service Quality Assurance (QA)
Program. The “Preventive Maintenance Checklist” on page 277 included at the end of this section can be used to ensure that all preventive maintenance is performed.
After each preventive maintenance procedure, check system performance using the procedures
in Section 6, “Performance Tests” or the “System Confidence Test” on page 297.
Required
Tools and
Equipment
Fan/Air Filters
•
FSE Tool Kit
•
Vacuum
•
Molygraph SL3144 Bearing Grease
•
Micro-fiber or lint-free soft cloth.
•
Liquid screen cleaner specifically designed for LCDs
The recommended interval for cleaning the filters is every 6 months, but periodic checks and
cleaning should be done more often, if the system is in a dusty environment. The customer can
clean the filters.
➤ To clean and replace the filters
1. Verify system power is turned off.
CAUTION
Do not power up the system with the filters removed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 263
Preventive Maintenance: Fan/Air Filters
2. Remove the left-side fan filter (power supply filter):
a. Remove the filter tray enclosure from the lower left side of the system. The filter tray
enclosure snaps into rubber grommets and can be removed without tools (Figure 8-1).
b. Remove the filter from the filter tray.
3. Open the rear cover door and pull out the rear air filter (Figure 8-2).
4. Vacuum both filters and then clean them with soap and water.
CAUTION
Ensure filters are dry before installing them. Installing wet or damp filters may damage the system.
5. If there are spare filters, install the spare filters into the system. If there are no spares, reinstall dry and cleaned filters.
NOTE On the power supply filter, the smaller end of the trapezoidal shape goes toward the
front of the system.
6. Demonstrate the filter cleaning procedure to the customer.
7. Reinstall the system covers.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 8-1
iU22 Service Manual
Side Fan Filter Removal
Page 264
Preventive Maintenance: Fan/Air Filters
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 265
Preventive Maintenance: Casters
Figure 8-2
Rear Fan Filter Removal
Casters
The recommended interval for caster maintenance is every 12 months.
➤ To check the casters
1. Check casters for cut or damaged tires.
2. Check for missing or damaged hubcaps.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 266
Preventive Maintenance: Brake and Swivel-Lock Mechanism
3. Move the system and check caster operation.
4. Replace the casters if necessary.
Brake and
Swivel-Lock
Mechanism
The recommended interval for brake/swivel-lock assembly maintenance is every 12 months.
Both front casters can be brake-locked. The right rear caster can be swivel-locked. The left rear
caster cannot be either. All four casters swivel when the swivel lock is off.
➤ To service the brake and swivel-lock mechanism
1. Check the brake pedal for smooth operation, and confirm that the mechanism is functional
(Figure 8-3).
2. Check the caster swivel-lock pedal for smooth operation, and confirm that the mechanism is
functional (Figure 8-3).
3. Remove the mud plate enclosure (Figure 10-23).
4. Check the brake and swivel-lock cables (Figure 8-4). Verify there are no kinks or other cable
damage. Replace the cables if necessary.
5. Remove the left and right brake-pedal extension covers (Figure 10-24).
6. Apply Molygraph SL3144 Bearing Grease (P/N 453561165761) to the center brake linkage, if
needed (Figure 8-5).
7. Move the system and check that the brake and swivel-lock mechanisms are functional.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 8-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 267
Preventive Maintenance: Brake and Swivel-Lock Mechanism
Brake and Swivel-Lock Pedals
Brake pedal
Swivel-lock pedal
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 8-4
iU22 Service Manual
Page 268
Preventive Maintenance: Brake and Swivel-Lock Mechanism
Swivel-lock Caster Linkage (Right Rear Caster)
Cable
Cable linkage bracket
Swivel-lock caster lever
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 8-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 269
Preventive Maintenance: Brake and Swivel-Lock Mechanism
Underside of Brake and Swivel-lock Assembly
Brake pedal
Swivel-lock pedal
Center brake linkage
(apply grease to this area)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Control Panel
Articulation
Page 270
Preventive Maintenance: Control Panel Articulation
The recommended interval for control panel articulation maintenance is every 12 months.
➤ To check control panel articulation
1. Check the control panel articulation for smooth operation (up/down and left/right).
2. Check the control panel side-to-side release mechanism for proper operation (Figure 8-6):
a. Check control panel side-to-side movement. Adjust the tension if necessary (Figure 7-5).
b. Check the control panel swivel movement.
3. Check the control panel vertical-release lever for proper operation. Adjust the cable tension
on the release lever if necessary (Figure 7-7).
4. Check the control panel articulation-arm movement. Adjust the tension at the base of the
arm if necessary (Figure 7-8).
5. Check that the keyboard slide mechanism is fully functional. Adjust the slide catch if necessary (Figure 7-6).
6. Verify that the keyboard light turns on when the keyboard is pulled out and turns off when
the keyboard is pushed in. Adjust the keyboard if necessary.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 8-6
iU22 Service Manual
Control Panel Articulation Travel Lock (Side-to-Side Release)
Locked position
Trackball
Page 271
Preventive Maintenance: Trackball
Unlocked position
The recommended interval for cleaning the control panel trackball is every 12 months, but periodic checks and cleaning should be done more often, if the system is in a dusty environment.
Check the control panel trackball for smooth operation. Clean the trackball and the contacts in
the trackball reservoir if needed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 272
Preventive Maintenance: Trackball
➤ To clean the trackball
1. Press down on the black rubber portion of the retainer ring with your thumb and index finger (Figure 8-7).
2. Turn the retainer ring counterclockwise to loosen the ring.
3. Unscrew the ring and remove it.
4. Remove the trackball from the reservoir (Figure 8-7).
5. Clean dust and debris from the trackball reservoir with a cotton swab moistened with alcohol.
6. Clean the shaft and rollers with a cotton swab moistened with alcohol.
7. Place the trackball in the trackball reservoir.
8. Carefully align the retaining ring to prevent cross-threading.
9. Turn the retaining ring clockwise until it is snug.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 8-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 273
Preventive Maintenance: Monitor Articulation
Trackball Cleaning
Black rubber
Retainer ring
Trackball reservoir
Monitor
Articulation
The recommended interval for monitor articulation maintenance is every 12 months. Refer to
“To adjust video monitor elevation, tilt, and swivel” on page 244 if adjustment is necessary.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 274
Preventive Maintenance: Video Monitor and Touch Screen
➤ To check monitor articulation
1. Check the monitor articulation mechanism for smooth operation.
2. Check that the monitor does not droop (tilt). Adjust the Allen-head screws at the tilt point.
(Figure 7-2).
3. Check that the monitor holds a stable vertical position (buoyancy) during normal use. Adjust
the tension on the jack screw at the articulation joint (Figure 7-1).
4. Check the monitor swivel mechanism. Adjust the swivel nut at the articulation arm swivel
point (Figure 7-3).
Video Monitor
and Touch
Screen
The video monitor and the touch screen have plastic front surfaces. The surface is resistant to
fluids normally found in clinical environments, such as ultrasound gel, alcohol, and disinfectants,
but fluids spilled on the screens should be wiped off with a soft cloth to avoid forming spots on
the display surface.
The video monitor and touch screen should be cleaned as necessary. For routine cleaning, use
only cleaners specifically designated for LCD screens. Disinfectants may be used when necessary,
but they are not recommended for routine screen cleaning.
CAUTIONS
•
To avoid damage to the monitor screen and touch screen, do not touch them with any sharp
object such as pencils or calipers.
•
Repeated use of common cleaners such as glass cleaner or products containing alcohol may
damage the monitor and touch-screen surfaces and should not be used. Use cleaners specifically designed for cleaning LCDs.
•
Do not use paper towels to clean LCD surfaces; they may scratch the surfaces. Use only a
micro-fiber or other lint-free cloth.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 275
Preventive Maintenance: Exterior Surfaces
➤ To clean the video monitor screen and touch screen
1. Clean dust from the monitor and touch screen surfaces with a micro-fiber or lint-free soft
cloth. (Micro-fiber is recommended.)
2. Remove fingerprints or other marks on the screen using a liquid screen cleaner specifically
designed for LCDs. Spray directly on the cleaning cloth or apply sparingly to the screen.
Pre-moistened screen wipes may also be used.
3. Dry the surfaces using a micro-fiber or lint-free cloth.
Exterior
Surfaces
Use a rag with mild soap and water to clean exterior surfaces, including those on the system,
monitor, and peripherals. Also clean the control panel and knobs. Ink or stubborn stains should
be removed with rubbing alcohol or a stronger detergent and immediately washed with mild
soapy water. Exterior surfaces should be cleaned at least every 12 months. Touch up surfaces as
necessary (spot-paint).
CAUTION
Do not use acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), paint thinner, or other strong solvents to clean
exterior plastic covers. Doing so damages the covers.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 276
Preventive Maintenance: Clearing the Patient Directory
Clearing the
Patient
Directory
During normal system operation, orphaned patient files are left in the patient database (on the
SIP drives). The number of orphaned files grows with system use. The patient database must be
cleared during each preventive maintenance procedure to ensure that the number of orphaned
files never gets large enough to interfere with system operation.
CAUTION
Clearing the patient directory results in a loss of all patient data and images.
See “Resetting the Patient Database” on page 694.
Operational
Test and
Paperwork
After completing the PM procedure, operationally test the system by initiating a System Confidence Test. Complete PM paperwork by filling out a work order.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Preventive
Maintenance
Checklist
iU22 Service Manual
Page 277
Preventive Maintenance: Preventive Maintenance Checklist
Fan filter cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Power supply filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Rear cover filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Cooling fan operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Power supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Lower rear of system (left and right sides) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
System CPUs (Host/SIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Tire damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Hubcaps missing or damaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Brake and swivel-lock mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Brake pedal movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Swivel-lock pedal movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Brake cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Swivel-lock cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Check and grease brake cable linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Check and grease swivel-lock cable linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Operation: system movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Control panel articulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Up/down and left/right movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Side-to-side release mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 278
Preventive Maintenance: Preventive Maintenance Checklist
Side-to-side and swivel movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Vertical release lever/control panel vertical movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Keyboard slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Keyboard light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Monitor articulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Monitor tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Swivel mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Stable arm positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Monitor cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Touch screen cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Exterior surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Covers: clean and touch up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Control panel knobs and overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Clearing the patient directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
System Confidence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
Work order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ❏
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
9
iU22 Service Manual
Page 279
Troubleshooting: Introduction
Troubleshooting
Introduction
The system contains a number of onboard diagnostic tools. Description and use of these tools
are provided in the Tech Admin Help. However, if the system does not boot up, the onboard
diagnostic tools may not be accessible. The information in this section may be used to troubleshoot non-booting systems to allow access to the diagnostics.
Some system faults that cause nonboot conditions may be corrected using procedures detailed in
Section 16, “System Administration”.
Troubleshooting
Procedure
Power Supplies
For power supply theory, see“Power Subsystem” on page 82.
The Platform Power Supply requires the ACQ_DC_OK signal from the Acquisition Power Supply to be 0 volts or less than 2.2 Vdc (logic low) before it powers up. The Platform Power Supply
remains off when ACQ_DC_OK is between 2.2 Vdc and 6 Vdc. The signal is approximately
4 Vdc if the Acquisition Power Supply is connected and not in a DC_OK_OUT state. This logic
allows the Platform supply to power up with or without the Acquisition Power Supply connected
and yet stay shut down if the Acquisition supply is connected and faulty.
Once powered up with valid output levels, the platform supply provides a DC_OK_OUT signal
to both motherboards, allowing each motherboard BIOS to run and configure motherboard
hardware.
Either motherboard can energize the supply, but either motherboard can present an overcurrent
load. A jumper (JP2) on the Power Distribution Board (Platform Card Cage) during troubleshooting that can force the PS_ON_n signal active. This is useful if one of the motherboards is
suspected of preventing the Platform Power Supply from powering up.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 280
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Procedure
Any condition causing the power supplies to shut down (overvoltage or overcurrent) requires
the AC breaker to be turned off (or the power cord disconnected) for a minimum of 1 minute.
That allows capacitors within the supply to drain, removing the internal fault latch voltage.
When troubleshooting the power supplies, disconnect P1 (24-pin) and P3 (8-pin) connectors of
cable 453561182601 at the motherboards instead of removing the connection at the Power Distribution Board. Removing this cable end allows remote sense signal lines to remain connected
to the power supply output and allows the Platform supply to provide proper voltage regulation.
Power cables may be disconnected from one or both motherboards for troubleshooting purposes.
FEC Configuration Bypass
Perform the FEC configuration bypass procedure if you suspect that the system did not boot up
because the FEC local processor did not configure the AVIO-CAD bridge for I2O messaging (no
beeps from the Host Motherboard during the bootup process).
➤ To perform the FEC configuration bypass procedure
1. Power down the system by turning off the main breaker and wait several seconds.
2. Turn the main breaker back on.
3. Using a nonconductive implement, press the push-button switch located behind the small
hole at the bottom of the AVIO-RIP faceplate. This activates a hardware latch to disable the
I2O messaging unit and ensures the AVIO-CAD FEC PCI bridge responds to PCI configuration cycles on the next power up, regardless of the operational state of the FEC.
NOTE Nonconductive implements include a stiff wire with insulation still on, a paper clip
wrapped with tape, or a plastic tool designed specifically for the job.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 281
Troubleshooting: Power Input Requirements
4. Power up the system.
5. Observe the power-up sequence to determine if the procedure affected the BIOS beep
behavior.
NOTE Each power cycle resets the FEC configuration bypass latch, so the above sequence
must be repeated each time you want a power-up cycle without FEC I2O messaging.
6. If the BIOS beep behavior changes, or if the boot sequence goes further, refer to “To use the
FEC debug port to determine if the front end is faulty” on page 302 to monitor the FEC.
Power Input
Requirements
WARNING
For safety and liability reasons, do not disassemble any power outlet or open any electrical panel.
Have the facility representative confirm wiring compliance with the criteria specified below.
➤ To determine if the site meets electrical power requirements
1. Explain to the facilities representative that the system requires a dedicated and isolated line
meeting the power requirements as listed in Table 9-1 for A.x systems or Table 9-2 for
B.0 and later systems.
2. Verify the outlet to be used is a dedicated and isolated line:
a. Have the facility representative open the circuit breaker.
b. With a DVM or three-prong test plug, confirm that power is still applied to all other outlets and hardwired devices in the immediate area and that power is removed only from
the dedicated and isolated outlet box.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 282
Troubleshooting: Power Input Requirements
3. Verify the proper wiring of the outlet using a three-prong test plug. This plug also tests for
the presence of a ground, but it cannot detect neutral/ground reversals.
4. Inform the facility representative of the current draw of the system and its acceptable voltage
range. It is the responsibility of the facility representative to determine the proper size of the
wire based upon the length of the feed.
5. Using your DVM at the outlet, measure the hot/neutral, hot/ground, and neutral/ground voltages with a comparable load (for example, another ultrasound system) on the line.
6. To determine line loss, if a facility representative is available:
a. Have the facility representative measure the voltage at the line’s circuit breaker primary
in the distribution sub-panel.
b. Measure the voltage at the wall outlet.
c. Calculate the percentage of voltage loss across the line using this formula:
Percent line loss = [(A - B)/A] x 100
where A and B are the voltages at the circuit breaker and wall outlet with the system on,
respectively.
d. Continue with step 9.
7. If a facility representative is not available:
a. Measure the voltage at the outlet with the load on and off.
b. Calculate the percentage of voltage loss across the line using the formula:
Percent line loss = [(A - B)/A] x 100
where A is the voltage at the wall outlet with the system off and B is the voltage at the
wall outlet with the system on.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 283
Troubleshooting: Power Input Requirements
8. Use an ONEAC line viewer and oscilloscope to measure power-line noise. Repeat with a
load applied, for example, another ultrasound system.
9. Record your power quality observations and measurements.
10. Review the electrical site evaluation with the facility representative.
Table 9-1
Power Specifications (A.x Systems)
Measurement (System Only)
100 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
Hot/Neutral
100 Vac
7.44/7.67 A
120 Vac
6.15/6.34 A
230 Vac
3.24/3.36 A
Neutral-to-Ground
Line Loss
741/764 VA
734/754 W
< 5-Vac RMS
< 3%
737/760 VA
727/750 W
< 5-Vac RMS
< 3%
746/773 VA
721/743 W
< 5-Vac RMS
< 3%
Distortion
Common Mode Noise
Normal Mode Noise
< 20%
< 1.5 V P-P
< 10 V P-P
< 20%
< 1.5 V P-P
< 10 V P-P
< 20%
< 1.5 V P-P
< 10 V P-P
Current Draw (normal/peak)1
Power Draw (normal/peak)1
1. Current draw and power draw specifications are for the rated voltage ranges. (The “normal” specification includes system operation with the VCR recording, all other OEMs at the idle state, and with
the system scanning. The “peak” specification includes system operation with OEMs.)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-2
Page 284
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Power Specifications (B.0 and Later Systems)
Measurement (System Only)
100 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
Hot/Neutral
100 Vac
8.5/9.6 A
120 Vac
7.2/7.7 A
230 Vac
3.64/4.0 A
850/950 VA
850/950 W
< 5-Vac RMS
< 3%
< 20%
< 1.5 V P-P
< 10 V P-P
840/940 VA
830/930 W
< 5-Vac RMS
< 3%
< 20%
< 1.5 V P-P
< 10 V P-P
840/935 VA
800/900 W
< 5-Vac RMS
< 3%
< 20%
< 1.5 V P-P
< 10 V P-P
Current Draw (normal/peak)1
Power Draw (normal/peak)1
Neutral-to-Ground
Line Loss
Distortion
Common Mode Noise
Normal Mode Noise
1. Current draw and power draw specifications are for the rated voltage ranges. (The “normal” specification includes system operation with the VCR recording, all other OEMs at the idle state, and with
the system scanning. The “peak” specification includes system operation with OEMs.)
Power Supply
Information
The system software monitors the power-supply enable voltages to ensure they are within tolerance. If the voltages are not within the tolerances, the system shuts down. If the system shuts
down, none of the voltages are enabled (all voltages are 0 V). System power LED status is indicated in Table 9-3. If the power supply is fully operational and a cable is bad, you measure voltages on the individual PCBs (Table 9-4).
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 285
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
On systems with B.0 hardware additional troubleshooting information is available via LEDs on
the Acquisition Power Distribution Board. Refer to Table 9-5 for system power status indicated
by the APDB LEDs and Table 9-6 for fault indications and corrective actions.
The software monitors and logs the voltages but does not shut down the system. The power
supply hardware shuts down the system but does not monitor or log voltages. That is, the voltage log may record voltages that are out of specification before the system shuts down, or the
hardware may shut the system down before an entry has been made in the log.
Table 9-3
System Power LED Status
A.x Systems
AC Tray
System Power State
Off and no AC power applied
Off and AC is applied
Standby3 with no AC applied
Standby3 with AC applied
Operating
AC applied, power supply
broken
Green
LED1
B.0 Systems
On/Standby AC Tray
Green
LED2
Blue
LED1
On/Standby
Green LED2
Off
On
On
Off
Off
Blinking
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
Blinking
On
Blinking
Off
Blinking
On
On
On
Off
On
Blinking
On
Off
1. On the rear of the system where the power cord connects.
2. On the front of the system next to the switch.
3. Standby mode (suspend to RAM). Processor is not processing. +5 VSB from the battery supplies
power to memory.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-4
Page 286
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Acquisition Card Cage Voltages
Voltage
Voltage
Range (Vdc)
Monitored
By
+5.35
-5.35
+3.65
+15
-15
+48
+HV_IN
-HV_IN
+HV_OUT (pulser out)
-HV_OUT (pulser out)
+LV (pulser out)
-LV (pulser out)
5.0 to 5.7
-5.0 to -5.7
3.4 to 3.9
14.0 to 16.1
-14.0 to -16.1
44.6 to 51.4
0 to 125
0 to -125
0 to 120
0 to -120
0 to 12
0 to -12
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
TGC1, TGC2
HV Bias
VX1
VX2
VX3+
VX3-
-1.4 to 1.4
0 to -HV_OUT
1.5 to 5
1.5 to 5
5 to 12
-5 to -12
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
AIM+
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-4
Page 287
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Acquisition Card Cage Voltages (Continued)
Voltage
Voltage
Range (Vdc)
Monitored
By
Matrix TGC
Matrix VREF
+48
0 to 12
0 to 12
44.6 to 51.4
AIM+
AIM+
FEC
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Table 9-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 288
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Power Subsystem LED Status (B.0 Systems)
LED State
Board or FRU
LED1
ON
Acquisition Power
Distribution Board
Figure 9-1 and
Figure 9-2
DS11
DS10
Green Green
Green Off
DS1
Green Off
DS4
DS12
Green Off
Green Off
DS7
DS2
DS3
DS5
DS6
DS8
DS9
All
Green
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Red
Off
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
+5 VSB from AC tray is okay
Power-on signal from ON/Standby switch and motherboards
is okay (PS_ON_n)
AC is applied to APS and PPS and is within specification. The
relay drive signal is sent to the AC tray to close the relay
APS and PPS are okay. All system bus (SPS OK) within ranges
Platform Power Distribution Board and all platform power are
okay. (PLT_POWER_GOOD signal, PPDB_OK, is okay.)
DC_OK_OUT signal is okay. Allows motherboards to boot
Not for field use
Not for field use
Not for field use
Not for field use
Not for field use
Not for field use
Not for field use
AC Tray
Blue
Blue
AC, +12 VSB, and +5 VSB are present. Batteries are charging
Platform Power
Distribution Board
AC Tray
Standby Description
1. LEDs are listed in the order they are lit on a normally operating system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 9-1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 289
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Acquisition Power Distribution Board LED Locations (B.0 Systems) (Sheet 1 of 2)
DS1
DS4
DS7
DS10
DS12
DS11
Part of Power Supply Assembly
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 9-2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 290
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Acquisition Power Distribution Board LED Locations (B.0 Systems) (Sheet 2 of 2)
DS2
DS3
DS6
DS5
DS9
DS8
Red LEDs not
useful to field
personnel
DS11
Part of Power Supply Assembly
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-6
Page 291
Troubleshooting: Power Supply Information
Power Subsystem LED Fault Indications and Corrective Actions (B.0 Systems)
Fault Indication2
Possible
DS4
DS12
DS7
AC Tray Location of
SPS_OK PPDB_OK DC_OK_OUT Blue LED Failure
Corrective Action
On
On
Off
On
APDB
Off
On
Off
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
Off
On
On
On
On
On
Off
Power Supply Assy
PPDB
APDB
APDB
APDB
1. No AC power
Replace Power Supply Assy1
Replace Power Supply Assy
Replace PPDB
Replace Power Supply Assy
Replace Power Supply Assy
Replace Power Supply Assy
1. Close circuit breaker and
check power
Blinking
Blinking
2. AC Tray
APDB
Power Supply Assy
2. Replace AC Tray
Replace Power Supply Assy
Replace Power Supply Assy
On
On
On
Any combination
1. The Power Supply Assy comprises the Acquisition Power Supply, the Platform Power Supply, and the
Acquisition Power Distribution Board.
2. Refer to LED locations on Figure 9-1 and Figure 9-2.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 292
Troubleshooting: Hub Plus PCB LEDs
Hub Plus PCB
LEDs
The Hub Plus PCB LEDs provide information valuable to troubleshooting the board. The LED
locations are shown in Figure 9-3 and the LED indications are provided in Table 9-7.
Figure 9-3
Hub Plus PCB LED Locations (B.0 Systems)
DS3
DS2
This edge of PCB to the
rear of the system
DS1
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Table 9-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 293
Troubleshooting: Hub Plus PCB LEDs
Hub Plus PCB LED Indications (B.0 Systems)
LED Indication
Notes
DS1
When on, indicates +5 VSB power is
present on the board. LED is momentarily
off after depression of the On/Standby
switch
DS2
When on, indicates that +3.3 Vdc is
present on the board. The presence of
+3.3 Vdc indicates DVD drive activity.
DS3
Indicates USB bus activity. Momentarily
comes on upon activation of the On/
Standby switch, then goes off, then comes
on once the system is fully booted up.
Stays on until power down. Indicates that
the On/Standby switch has been pressed
and the signal has been sent to the
motherboards.
Located in the DVD bay near the rear panel, the status can
be seen from the rear of the system through the fifth vent
hole from the left in the bottom row. DS1 and DS2 are
both visible through the same vent hole. DS1 is on the
edge of the board closest to the rear of the system
Located in the DVD bay near the rear of the DVD drive,
status can be seen from the rear of the system through the
fifth vent hole from the left in the bottom row. DS1 and
DS2 are both visible through the same vent hole. DS2 is
located on the edge of the board closest to the front of
the system
Check LED status by removing the left DVD drive cover
screw and observing through the screw hole
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Temperature
Monitoring
iU22 Service Manual
Page 294
Troubleshooting: Temperature Monitoring
Temperature monitoring occurs on PCBs in the Acquisition and Platform card cages (Table 9-8).
Temperatures are logged in the SystemMonitorLog during system power-up. The system warms
up for approximately 10 minutes before the temperatures are logged again. If the temperature at
each sensor rises above a set point, the temperature is logged to the SystemMonitorLog and the
system fan speed increases. If the temperature continues to rise above the set point and reaches
the alarm setting, the temperature is logged into the ErrorLog instead. Once this happens, an
error message notifies the user of the over-temperature condition and that the system will shut
down in 30 minutes. If the user has not shut the system down after the warning, the system is
shut down by the error handler.
NOTE Systems with 1.1.0.138 software intermittently fail the Fan Controller Test in the System Confidence Test. If you suspect a temperature problem and the Fan Controller
Test fails, do not replace parts until you reboot the system, and re-run the Confidence
test (the test consistently passes on a rebooted system). Review the SystemMonitorLog
and ErrorLog to verify that there are no temperature errors. If the Fan Controller Test
fails for this issue, there is no thermal danger to the patient or to the system.
On PCBs that have input and output airflow sensors (Channel Boards and AIM+), if the difference between the two sensor readings is greater than 25°C (77°F), the temperatures are logged
to the SystemMonitorLog every 10 seconds.
The rate of change from the previously logged temperature is also monitored. If the last logged
value is 50, and the rate of change is set at 5, the temperature is logged in the SystemMonitorLog
when the temperature is 45°C (113°F) or 55°C (131°F). The amount of time between logged
values depends only on how long it takes for the temperature to vary by the set amount. It may
be 2 minutes, 2 days, or longer.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 295
Troubleshooting: Abnormal On/Standby LED States (A.x Systems)
Table 9-8
PCB Temperature Sensor Information
PCB Temperature Sensor
Fan Temp
Alarm Temp
Rate of
Change
AVIO RIP
AVIO CAD
Host Motherboard
43°C
47°C
67°C
72°C
5°C
5°C
--1
--1
--1
SIP Motherboard
--1
54°C
47°C
54°C
56°C
40°C
-
--1
75°C
70°C
75°C
75°C
60°C
-
--1
5°C
5°C
5°C
5°C
5°C
25°C
FEC
AIM+ top sensors
AIM+ bottom sensors
Channel Boards 0–3, top
Channel Boards 0–3, bottom
Channel Board temperature difference
1. Not currently monitored.
Abnormal On/
Standby LED
States
(A.x Systems)
Pressing and holding the On/Standby switch for more than 5 seconds, anytime the system is
operating or booting, forces an abnormal shutdown sequence on the power subsystem and
leaves the On/Standby LED in an indeterminate state (usually ON). To preclude this from happening, use the On/Standby switch as a momentary control (pressing it for no more than 1 or
2 seconds). If the system does not respond to this input, turn off the AC breaker on the lower
rear of the system for 1 minute and then back on again. This ensures that the Host and SIP
Motherboards are placed in the same internal power state for proper power sequencing.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 296
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
Also, wait at least 2 seconds after using the On/Standby switch to turn the system off before
turning it on again. Not doing so may result in the SIP failing to initialize on bootup.
NOTE This issue is not a problem on systems with B.0 or later hardware.
System
Software
Tools
The system contains a number of software tools used to run tests, record and monitor system
behavior, and conduct analysis. Tool use is documented in several places including: the operation
manual, the operations Help, and in the Tech Admin Help. This section provides an overview of
all of the tools and more comprehensive information regarding specific tools that is not covered
in the other documentation.
Manage Setups
The Manage Setups function allows Setups data to be copied from the ultrasound system to a
removable disk (DVD). The setups data may then be copied to another ultrasound system or
reloaded onto the current ultrasound system after an upgrade procedure. The Manage Setups
capabilities are available to all users. Refer to the operations manual (on the User Information
CD) for general information and refer to Section 16, “System Administration” for use of Manage
Setups when servicing equipment.
Lic Options
Licensed options enable the use of purchasable options available on the ultrasound system. The
options may be customer-purchased or temporarily enabled for customer use. Up to five
licensed options may be temporarily enabled at one time for each ultrasound system through the
use of license keys. Temporary licensed options are automatically disabled after 1 month. When
purchased, the options are listed as “enabled” in the Licensed Option list.
NOTE Do not enable more than four temporary licensed options on the same ultrasound system. The fifth temporary licensed option must be reserved for access to Tech Admin.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 297
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
The Lic Options function displays the licensed options and whether they are permanently
enabled or on a trial-basis. Refer to the user documentation for general information and refer to
Section 16, “System Administration” for use of Lic Options when servicing equipment.
System
Confidence Test
The System Confidence Test or System Test is a comprehensive test of the system operational
status. This test comprises numerous sub-tests: the System Functional Test, all of the FieldReplaceable Unit (FRU) Comprehensive Tests, and all of the Interface Tests. If a sub-test fails, the
system completes the remaining sub-tests. System Test execution from this screen is available to
all users and displays only a pass-fail result on the system monitor. Sub-test results are annotated
in system logs. System users should notify Philips Ultrasound if the confidence test fails.
The System Confidence Test is also accessible from within the Tech Admin functions. Test execution from within Tech Admin is limited to service personnel. If a sub-test fails, a failure code is
displayed.
The System Confidence Test should be run any time a system error is displayed, or if the user
suspects problems with the system. If an error message is displayed during the test, reboot the
system with the On/Standby switch.
➤ To invoke the System Confidence Test
1. Power up the system.
2. Verify there are no transducers connected.
3. Press the Setup key.
4. Click Config/Test.
5. Click the System Test tab (Figure 9-4).
6. Click Run. The system displays a message when the test is complete, telling you whether the
test passed or failed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 298
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
7. Click Cancel or Done to exit the setups.
NOTE The test takes approximately 30 minutes.
Figure 9-4
System Confidence Test Screen
NOTE The Service Export tab
shown on this figure is not
displayed on systems below
2.0 software.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 299
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
Service Export
(2.0 Software)
Service Export (Figure 9-5) is used to transfer encrypted error logs to a DVD disk. If the data is
not saved, an alert is displayed, advising you to check the media in the drive and try again.
Figure 9-5
Service Export Tab
NOTE System software builds below
2.0 did not have the Service
Export tab.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 300
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
Tech Admin
Technical Administration (Tech Admin) functions are intended for authorized personnel only
(Philips service, manufacturing, and engineering personnel) and are documented in Tech Admin
Help available on the system.
Channel Walk
Test
The channel walk test is used to determine if image drop-out is caused by noise or by receive or
transmit functions of individual channels and boards. The channel walk test is also used to determine if a problem is caused by a transducer or the system.
➤ To perform the channel walk test
1. Connect and initialize an L12-5 transducer on any port.
2. Set the system parameters as indicated in Table 9-9.
Table 9-9
Channel Walk System Settings
Parameter
Setting
SonoCT Imaging
XRES Imaging
Output
2D Gain
TGC Slide pots
# Focal Zones
Focus
Off
Off
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
1
Less than maximum depth
3. Set the Acquisition/Channel Walk utility parameters as follows:
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
-
Channel
-
Transmit
-
Walk ‘1’
-
Automatic
-
Delay 0.5 sec
-
Transducer Port 1
-
SH Element to 1
Page 301
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
4. While imaging a phantom, slowly scroll the tower(s) across image and verify the appearance
of the tower for each element is consistent with the towers for all other elements.
5. Select Receive.
6. While imaging a phantom, slowly scroll the tower(s) across image and verify the appearance
of the tower for each element is consistent with the towers for all other elements.
7. Click Stop.
8. Connect the transducer to the next port.
9. Set SH Port to this port.
10. Click > to begin scrolling.
11. Repeat step 6 through step 10 until all the ports have been tested.
12. Click Finish.
FEC Debug Port
The FEC debug port may be used to determine the configuration of the front end PCBs (including part numbers), the version number of front end ASICs, and if there are faults in the Acquisition Subsystem. The detectable faults include power monitor faults and hardware configuration
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 302
Troubleshooting: System Software Tools
errors. It also checks if the Motor Controller PCB is present and reports the checksums for the
Channel Board flash.The system should remain off until the proper setup has occurred.
NOTE The FEC debug port can be used to determine if there is a Channel Board fault, but
does not determine which board is faulty. To determine the faulty board, log onto Tech
Admin and use system diagnostics.
➤ To use the FEC debug port to determine if the front end is faulty
1. Connect the system to the laptop.
2. On the laptop, click Start, Programs, Accessories, Communications, HyperTerminal.
3. If the new connection dialog box appears, enter a name and click OK.
4. Configure the HyperTerminal settings as indicated in Table 9-10.
Table 9-10
Parameter
Connect To tab
Connect using
COM1 Properties
Bits per second
Data bits
Parity
Stop bits
Flow control
FEC Debug Port HyperTerminal Settings
Setting
COM1
19200
8
None
1
Xon/Xoff
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 303
Troubleshooting: VCR Audio
5. Click OK to launch HyperTerminal.
6. Power up the system. The front end status is displayed in the HyperTerminal window.
VCR Audio
➤ To correct weak VCR audio
1. Determine whether the 7500-2072-02 or 453561167391 AVIO-RIP PCB is installed in the
system.
2. On systems with the 7500-2072-02 AVIO-RIP, replace it with the 453561167391.
3. Connect an external microphone (2100-0570-01) to the VCR.
4. Set AUDIO to MIX on the front of the VCR to allow audio playback through the system.
5. Test the VCR audio performance.
6. If audio playback is sufficient, disregard the following steps.
7. Connect external microphone (2100-1868-01) to MIC (P18) on the AVIO-RIP.
8. Secure the microphone above the DVD drive on the system.
9. Test the VCR audio performance.
User-Accessible Test
Images
On systems with 2.0 software, one set of 43 test patterns is stored on a hard drive partition.
The test pattern indications are listed in Table 9-11.
For systems with 2.1 or later software, two sets of test patterns are stored on the drive partition. The previously implemented 43 test patterns were modified to fit the 20-inch video monitor (1680 x 1050 pixels). Also, 21 test patterns were added to comply with standards set by the
American Association of Physicists in Medicine Task Group 18 (AAPM TG-18). These test patterns are used to check DICOM imaging compliance.
Each set of test patterns must be transferred to a different drive partition before they can be
viewed. Transferring the test patterns to the drive partition must be done only once if the test
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 304
Troubleshooting: User-Accessible Test Images
patterns are not deleted from the drive partition. Use the test patterns to check image quality, to
check OEM performance, or to transfer the test patterns to a PACS for image quality tests.
NOTE Systems at software versions earlier than 2.0 do not have the test patterns.
➤ To transfer and view the test images
1. Power up the ultrasound system.
2. Press Review.
3. Select Test Imgs from the Drive menu.
4. Select Test Patterns or TG-18 from the exam selection list.
5. Click Send to. A pop-up window is displayed.
6. Click the Hard Drive box and click OK. The images are transferred to the hard drive partition.
NOTE This may take several seconds. If necessary check the transfer status, by clicking the
DVD Drive status icon (the second icon from the left) at the bottom of the display.
7. Press Review.
8. Select Hard Drive from the Drive menu.
9. Select Test Patterns or TG-18 from the exam selection list.
10. Click Display Exams and do any of the following:
-
To send a test pattern to a local printer, display a test pattern full screen by double-clicking it. Then press Print or Alt Print.
-
To send a test pattern to a DICOM printer or an archive server, select a test pattern by
clicking its number. Then click Send To, select a device, and click OK.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 305
Troubleshooting: User-Accessible Test Images
11. Check Table 9-11 to determine the proper imaging criteria has been met.
Table 9-11
Test
No. Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
SMPTE
Test Pattern Indications
Indication/Use
Standard multipurpose test pattern used in printer
testing. Check that you can see the gray patch in the
test pattern.
17 Vertical gray bars, from Verify that you can see 17 gray bars from black to
black to white
white. Useful for getting a sense of grayscale
linearity. On iU22 systems, steps appear very linear.
May be clipped or may not appear linear.
17 vertical gray bars, from Verify that you can see 17 gray bars from black to
white to black
white. Useful for getting a sense of grayscale
linearity. On iU22 systems, steps appear very linear.
May be clipped or may not appear linear.
Circle wedge
Check for grayscale linearity. Should only appear to
be white in the very center.
Gray levels, 1–8
Check for low-level response. Should be able to see
all levels.
Gray levels, 2–16
Check for low-level response. Should be able to see
all levels.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-11
Page 306
Troubleshooting: User-Accessible Test Images
Test Pattern Indications (Continued)
Test
No. Description
7
8
Full Range 4–255
Upper Range 240–255
9
Mid range 118–238
10
13
14
Gray scales with Upper
and lower level
Color Bar Test pattern
Small checkers (black-andwhite pixels in
checkerboard pattern)
Printer gray levels
Lower gray bars
15
Upper gray bars
16
Circle box
17
Multi-burst
11
12
Indication/Use
Useful to see the entire range
Check for high-level response. Should be able to see
all levels.
Check for high-level response. Should be able to see
all levels.
Color test pattern used for VCR testing.
Checks resolution. Also checks flat panel calibration.
When calibrated, this pattern appears as a uniform
gray. When out of calibration, appears noisy.
Checks densities on printed media.
Checks for low-level response. Should be able to
see all levels. Should see five bars.
Checks high-level response. Should be able to see all
levels. Should see six bars.
Checks geometry. Check the circle for proper
shape, and for the box at the edge of the image.
Checks resolution. Should see progression of finer
and finer vertical lines. Should see all sides of the
shapes on the right.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-11
Page 307
Troubleshooting: User-Accessible Test Images
Test Pattern Indications (Continued)
Test
No. Description
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
20% gray
All black
All white
20% with square DDL 0
20% with square DDL 3
20% with square DDL 5
20% with square DDL 12
20% with square DDL 16
20% with square DDL 32
20% with square DDL 48
20% with square DDL 64
20% with square DDL 80
20% with square DDL 96
20% with square DDL 112
20% with square DDL 128
20% with square DDL 144
20% with square DDL 160
20% with square DDL 176
20% with square DDL 192
20% with square DDL 208
Indication/Use
Checks image uniformity.
Checks image uniformity.
Checks image uniformity.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 9-11
Page 308
Troubleshooting: User-Accessible Test Images
Test Pattern Indications (Continued)
Test
No. Description
38
39
40
41
42
43
20% with square DDL 224
20% with square DDL 240
20% with square DDL 244
20% with square DDL 251
20% with square DDL 253
20% with square DDL 255
Indication/Use
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
Used for measurement with photometer.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
10
iU22 Service Manual
Page 309
Disassembly: Introduction
Disassembly
Introduction
WARNING
Always turn off power, disconnect the main power cord from the wall outlet, and wait at least
30 seconds before removing or installing any PCB, module, or component.
CAUTION
Always use correct ESD procedures. ESD damage is cumulative and may not be noticeable at
first. ESD symptoms may be first exhibited as a slight degradation of performance or image
quality.
NOTE The touch screen, video monitor, and all batteries inside this product contain mercury
and must be recycled or disposed of according to local, state, and federal laws. Do not
replace individual batteries in the field. Return all products containing mercury to Bothell for disposal.
Refer to Table 10-1 for links to the individual disassembly procedures.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 310
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disassembly Procedures
Table 10-1Disassembly Procedure List
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Speaker Assemblies
•
Acquisition Card Cage,
Frontplane
Acquisition Card Cage
PCBs and Scanhead Select
Assembly
System Enclosures
Video Monitor (17-inch)
(A.x and B.0 Systems)
Monitor Articulation Arm
•
Video Monitor (20-inch)
(C.0 Systems)
Monitor Articulation Arm
•
System Power Cord (100/
120 V and 230 V)
•
AC Tray
DVD Drive Assembly
Bluetooth Device and
Bluetooth Bracket Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems)
LED and On/Standby
Switch Bracket Assembly
(B.0 Systems)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
•
•
•
•
Page 311
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Acquisition Power Supply
and HV Switcher
(A.x Systems)
•
Rear Cooling Fans
Power Supply Assembly
and HV Switcher (B.0 or
Later Systems)
•
System Brake Assembly
•
Casters, Right Rear and
Front
Caster, Left Rear
(Free-Swivel)
Filter Tray, Platform
Power Supply and Battery
Tray
Filter Tray Cooling Fans
•
•
Third OEM Platform
(C.0 Systems)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 312
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
System Enclosures
Figure 10-1
Upper Front Panel Enclosure
NOTE Cover removal must be accomplished in a sequential order.
Refer to text below for
sequence.
➤ To remove the system enclosures
1. Remove the two screws securing the
upper front panel enclosure.
2
2. Slide the upper front panel enclosure
up and remove it.
1 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-2
Page 313
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Lower Front Panel Enclosure
3 Screws (2 plcs)
3. Remove the two screws securing the
lower front panel enclosure.
4. Slide the lower front panel enclosure
up and remove it.
4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 314
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure
5
5. Slide forward and remove the top
enclosure that surrounds the control
panel articulation mechanism. There
are no screws securing this cover to
the frame. It is held in place when
the front panel enclosure is installed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-4
iU22 Service Manual
Page 315
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Handle Enclosures
6. Remove the five screws securing
each handle enclosure to the control
panel articulation arm.
6 Screws (5 plcs, each handle)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 316
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Front Pivot Articulation Enclosure
7. Remove the 10 screws securing the
front pivot articulation enclosure to
the control panel articulation arm.
8. Slide the front pivot enclosure
straight down until it clears the articulation arm beard enclosure.
8
7 Screws (10 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-6
Page 317
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Control Panel Articulation Arm Beard
Enclosure Assembly
9 Screws (4 plcs)
11
9. Remove the four screws securing the
articulation arm beard enclosure
assembly.
10. Rotate the front side of the enclosure assembly downward.
11. Then slide the enclosure assembly
forward to remove it. Set it aside.
10
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 318
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Control Panel Articulation Top Lid Enclosure
14
12 Tab slot (2 plcs)
12. To remove the control panel articulation top lid enclosure, find the two
tab slots (one on each side of the
upper articulation arm enclosure).
13. Press in on the lock tabs while pulling up on the top lid enclosure.
13
Lock tab
(2 plcs)
14. When the tabs are no longer in the
slots, pull up again to disengage the
top lid enclosure from the arm
frame.
Upper articulation arm enclosure
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-8
iU22 Service Manual
Page 319
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Transducer-Holders
15
16
15. Grasp the right transducer-holder
assembly firmly and slide it up until it
releases from the mounting slots.
NOTE There are no removable
screws on this part. The two
screws on the back of the
transducer-holder assembly
slide into the transducer-holder
mounting slots. Do not remove
those two screws.
Transducer-holder
16. Repeat step 15 to remove the left
transducer-holder assembly.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-9
iU22 Service Manual
Page 320
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Transducer-Holder Mounts
17. Remove the screw securing the right
transducer-holder mount to the cart
frame.
19
18
18. Pull the right transducer-holder
mount off of the cart column.
19. Repeat step 17 and step 18 to
remove the left transducer-holder
mount.
Transducer-holder mount
Screw 17
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-10
iU22 Service Manual
Page 321
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Power Supply Cover Enclosure
Cover tabs 21
Right side panel
20. The power supply cover snaps into
place and no screws are required. To
remove the power supply cover,
grasp the bottom and gently pull outward until it releases.
21. Pull the cover downward to slide the
cover tabs out of the right side panel.
20
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-11
iU22 Service Manual
Page 322
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Filter Door Cover Enclosure
Cover tabs 23
Left side panel
22. The filter door cover snaps into
place and no screws are required. To
remove the filter door cover, grasp
the bottom and gently pull outward
until it releases.
23. Pull the cover downward to slide the
cover tabs out of the left side panel.
22
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-12
iU22 Service Manual
Page 323
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Side Panel Enclosures
24. Remove the two screws securing the
right side panel enclosure assembly.
Screws (2 plcs) 24
25. Pull the right side panel up to slide
the cover tabs out of the slots.
26. Repeat step 24 and step 25 to
remove the left side panel enclosure
assembly.
26
25
Cover tabs
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-13
iU22 Service Manual
Page 324
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly
27. Remove the six screws securing the
rear panel enclosure assembly.
27 Screws (6 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-14
iU22 Service Manual
Page 325
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Front Bumper Enclosures
28. Remove the three screws securing
the left front bumper enclosure
assembly.
31
30
29. Tilt the back end of the enclosure up.
30. Slide the enclosure forward to
remove it.
31. Repeat step 28 through step 30 to
remove the right front bumper
enclosure assembly.
29
Screws (3 plcs) 28
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-15
iU22 Service Manual
Page 326
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Rear Side Enclosures
32. Remove the four screws securing the
left rear side enclosure assembly.
33. Repeat step 32 to remove the right
rear side enclosure assembly.
33
32 Screws (4 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-16
iU22 Service Manual
Page 327
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Disk Bay Enclosure
34. Remove the two screws securing the
rear disk bay enclosure.
35. Slide the enclosure away from the
display articulation arm mount and
remove the enclosure.
35
Screws (2 plcs) 34
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-17
iU22 Service Manual
Page 328
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disk Bay Insert Enclosure
36 Screws (2 plcs)
36. Remove the two screws securing the
disk bay insert enclosure.
37. Slide the enclosure toward the front
of the system, until the tabs are clear
of the column enclosures, and then
lift and remove the enclosure.
37
Tabs (3 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-18
iU22 Service Manual
Page 329
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure
39 Screws (2 plcs)
40
38. Remove the screw on the right side
of the rear disk bay enclosure. This
screw also secures the right side column disk bay enclosure through a
screw bracket.
39. Remove the two remaining screws
securing the right side column disk
bay enclosure.
40. Grasp both sides of the enclosure
and slide it straight out from the system.
38 Screw
Screw bracket
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-19
Page 330
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Left Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure
Screws (2 plcs) 42
41. Remove the screw on the left side of
the rear disk bay enclosure. This
screw also secures the left side column disk bay enclosure through a
screw bracket.
42. Remove the two remaining screws
securing the left side column disk bay
enclosure.
43. Grasp both sides of the enclosure
and slide it straight out from the system.
43
41 Screw
Screw bracket (behind enclosure)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-20
iU22 Service Manual
Page 331
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Column Disk Bay Enclosure
44. Remove the two screws securing the
rear column disk bay enclosure.
45. Slide the enclosure off the disk bay
housing.
45
44 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-21
iU22 Service Manual
Page 332
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Front Column Disk Bay Enclosure
46. Remove the 10 screws securing the
front column disk bay enclosure.
NOTE See Figure 10-22 for reinstalling
the front column disk bay
enclosure.
Refer to Figure 10-23 for mud plate
enclosure removal.
Refer to Figure 10-24 for left or right
brake pedal extension cover removal.
46 Screws (10 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-22
Page 333
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Front Column Disk Bay Screw Installation
Sequence
3
3
3
3
Top view
Front view
4
4
4
4
2
1
47
NOTE The front disk bay enclosure
screws must be installed in a
specific sequence to ensure
that it is aligned properly. If this
enclosure is not installed correctly, it is impossible to install
or align the remaining enclosures.
47. To reinstall the front disk bay enclosure use the 10 screws and follow
the numeric sequence in
Figure 10-22.
NOTE Reinstall the system enclosures in the reverse order.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-23
iU22 Service Manual
Page 334
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Mud Plate Enclosure
NOTE No other enclosure removal is
necessary to remove the mud
plate enclosure or the left/right
brake pedal extension covers.
48
50
49 Short screws (2 plcs)
49 Long screws (2 plcs)
48. Rotate and forward face both front
casters as shown in Figure 10-23.
This enables access to the two outside screws of the mud plate enclosure and allows room to remove the
enclosure after the screws are
removed.
49. Remove the four screws securing the
mud plate enclosure. A long-shaft
screwdriver is recommended. The
two inside screws are longer in
length than the two outside screws.
50. Lower the mud plate enclosure to
the floor and slide it out behind
either of the two front casters.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-24
iU22 Service Manual
Page 335
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Brake Pedal Extension Covers
Left brake pedal extension cover
Right brake pedal extension cover
51. Remove the six screws securing the
left and right brake pedal extension
covers.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
51 Screws (6 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 336
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Video Monitor (17-inch) (A.x and B.0 Systems)
Figure 10-25
Removing the Monitor Rear Covers
➤ To remove the video monitor
1. Remove the three screws securing
the two rear monitor covers.
2. Pull the lower cover out slightly to
remove it.
3
2
1 Screws (3 plcs)
3. Pull the upper cover down until the
cover tabs are clear of the rear monitor bezel. Wiggle the cover back and
forth to remove it.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-26
iU22 Service Manual
Page 337
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Monitor Cables
4. Cut the cable tie securing the monitor cables to the monitor mount
bracket.
Cable clip (2 plcs)
5 Screw (2 plcs)
5. Loosen both screws on the two
cable clips, and pull the cables out
from under the clips.
6. Disconnect the signal and power
cables from inside the monitor housing.
4 Cable tie
6
Signal cable
Power cable
6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-27
iU22 Service Manual
Page 338
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Monitor
7. Remove the four screws securing the
video monitor to the monitor arm
bracket.
7 Screw (4 plcs)
8
8. Remove the monitor by lifting the
monitor up until the hangers at the
back of the monitor are clear of the
mounting bracket on the articulation arm.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 339
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Video Monitor (20-inch) (C.0 Systems)
Figure 10-28
Removing the Monitor Rear Covers
➤ To remove the video monitor
NOTE This procedure requires a Torx
T20 screwdriver.
1. Remove the two Torx screws securing the lower rear monitor cover.
2. Pull the lower cover out slightly to
remove it.
3
3. Lift the upper rear cover until the
tabs are clear of the rear monitor
bezel and remove it.
1 Screws (2 plcs)
2
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-29
iU22 Service Manual
Page 340
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Monitor Cables
4. Cut the cable tie securing the monitor cables to the monitor mount
bracket.
5
Mic
cable
4 Cable tie
5
5
Signal
cable
Power
cable
5. Disconnect the signal, power, and
microphone cables from inside the
monitor housing.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-30
iU22 Service Manual
Page 341
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Monitor
6. Remove the four screws securing the
video monitor to the monitor arm
bracket.
6 Screw (4 plcs)
7
7. Remove the monitor by lifting the
monitor up until the hangers at the
back of the monitor are clear of the
mounting bracket on the articulation arm.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 342
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Monitor Articulation Arm
Figure 10-31
Upper Front Panel Enclosure
➤ To remove the monitor articulation arm assembly
NOTE If there is a third OEM platform
installed on the system, perform the disassembly procedures before proceeding (see
“Third OEM Platform
(C.0 Systems)” on page 439).
3
1. Perform the video monitor removal
procedure (see “Video Monitor
(17-inch) (A.x and B.0 Systems)” on
page 336 or “Video Monitor
(20-inch) (C.0 Systems)” on
page 339).
2 Screws (2 plcs)
2. Remove the two screws securing the
upper front panel enclosure.
3. Slide up and remove the upper front
panel enclosure.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-32
iU22 Service Manual
Page 343
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure
4
4. Slide forward and remove the top
enclosure that surrounds the control
panel articulation mechanism. No
screws secure this cover, which is
held in place by the front panel
enclosure.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-33
iU22 Service Manual
Page 344
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Transducer-Holders
5
6
5. Grasp the right transducer-holder
assembly firmly and slide it up and
out of the mounting slots.
NOTE There are no removable
screws on the transducer
holder. The two screws on the
back of the slide into its
mounting slots. Do not remove
those two screws.
6. Repeat step 5 to remove the left
transducer-holder assembly.
Transducer-holder
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-34
iU22 Service Manual
Page 345
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Transducer-Holder Mounts
7. Remove the screw securing the right
transducer-holder mount to the cart
frame.
9
8
8. Pull the right transducer-holder
mount off the cart column.
9. Repeat step 7 and step 8 to remove
the left transducer-holder mount.
Transducer-holder mount
Screw 7
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-35
iU22 Service Manual
Page 346
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Disk Bay Enclosure
10. Remove the two screws securing the
rear disk bay enclosure.
11. Slide the enclosure away from the
monitor articulation arm mount and
remove the enclosure.
11
Screws (2 plcs) 10
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-36
iU22 Service Manual
Page 347
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disk Bay Insert Enclosure
12 Screws (2 plcs)
12. Remove the two screws securing the
disk bay insert enclosure.
13. Slide the enclosure toward the front
of the system, until the tabs are clear
of the column enclosures, and then
lift and remove the enclosure.
13
Tabs (3 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-37
iU22 Service Manual
Page 348
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure
15 Screws (2 plcs)
16
14. Remove the screw on the right side
of the rear disk bay enclosure. This
screw also secures the right column
disk bay enclosure through a screw
bracket.
15. Remove the two remaining screws
securing the right column disk bay
enclosure.
16. Grasp both sides of the enclosure
and slide it straight out from the system.
14
Screw bracket
Screw
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-38
Page 349
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Left Side Column Disk Bay Enclosure
Screws (2 plcs) 18
17. Remove the screw on the left side of
the rear disk bay enclosure. This
screw also secures the left column
disk bay enclosure through a screw
bracket.
18. Remove the two remaining screws
securing the left column disk bay
enclosure.
19. Grasp both sides of the enclosure
and slide it straight out from the system.
19
17 Screw
Screw bracket (behind enclosure)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-39
iU22 Service Manual
Page 350
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Front Column Disk Bay Enclosure
20. Remove the 10 screws securing the
front column disk bay enclosure.
NOTE See Figure 10-22 to reinstall
the front column disk bay
enclosure.
20 Screws (10 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-40
iU22 Service Manual
Page 351
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Disk Bay Cover
Flat head screws (8 plcs) 21
21. Remove the eight flat head screws
securing the rear disk bay cover.
22. Slide the cover toward the rear of
the system, tilt it up slightly, and lift it
off the disk bay housing.
For A.x systems, proceed to step 23.
22
For B.0 and later systems, proceed to
step 25.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-41
Disconnecting the Monitor Cables
(A.x Systems)
23 Monitor video cable
connection
Page 352
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
24 Monitor power cable
connection
23. Disconnect the monitor video cable
connection.
24. Disconnect the monitor power cable
connection.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-42
iU22 Service Manual
Page 353
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Monitor Cables (B.0 and
Later Systems)
25 Monitor video
Bluetooth cable connection
cable connection
25. Disconnect the monitor video cable
connection.
NOTE Disconnecting the Bluetooth
cable connection is optional. It
may interfere with the disassembly.
26. Disconnect the monitor power cable
connection.
27. Disconnect the microphone cable
connection.
NOTE The microphone cable connection to the monitor is not on
B.0 or earlier systems.
26 Monitor power
cable connection
27 Monitor microphone cable
connection (C.0 systems)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-43
iU22 Service Manual
Page 354
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Lower Articulation Arm Set Screw
28 Set screw
28. Using a 7/64-inch Allen wrench,
loosen the set screw located at the
base of the lower articulation arm.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-44
iU22 Service Manual
Page 355
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Metal Mounting Plate Screws
29
29. Remove the upper arm cover and
save it for the replacement arm.
Flat head 30
screws
(6 plcs)
31
Metal mounting plate
30. Remove the six flat head screws
securing the metal mounting plate to
the DVD housing. Each end of the
plate has three screws.
31. Remove the plastic cable shield (for
the monitor video cable) by sliding it
out from under the base of the arm.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-45
Pulling the Articulation Arm off the Metal
Mounting Plate
32
Flat head 33
screws
(2 plcs)
Page 356
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Monitor power
cable
32
NOTE There are two remaining
screws securing the metal
mounting plate that cannot be
removed until the articulation
arm assembly is removed from
the mounting plate mount.
32. Twist and lift the articulation arm
assembly off the metal mounting
plate and lay it on its side on the disk
bay.
33. Remove the last two flat head screws
securing the metal mounting plate to
the DVD housing.
Metal mounting plate
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-46
iU22 Service Manual
Page 357
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Feeding the Monitor Power Cable Through
the Mounting Plate
34. Tilt the metal mounting plate forward and hold it in that position.
Monitor power cable
35. Slide the monitor power cable under
the mounting plate. For C.0 systems,
also slide the microphone cable
under the mounting plate.
36. Pull the cable or cables out of the
cable feed-through opening in the
metal mounting plate.
36
34
Metal mounting plate
35
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 358
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Touch Screen Assembly
Figure 10-47
Touch Screen Bezel
1
Screws (2 plcs) 2
3
➤ To remove the touch screen
assembly
1. Remove the six knobs covering the
touch screen bezel.
2. Remove the two screws securing the
touch screen bezel.
NOTE The two screws are at the top
rear of the touch screen
assembly.
3. Tilt the touch screen bezel forward
and lift it off the control panel.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-48
iU22 Service Manual
Page 359
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Touch Screen
NOTE The iU22 system single touch screen is shown. Screw
locations for the iE33 dual touch screen are similar.
4. Remove the four screws securing the
touch screen to the adapter plate.
NOTE CCFLs (cold cathode fluorescent lamps) in the touch screen
contain mercury and must be
recycled or disposed of according to local, state, or federal
laws.
Screws (4 plcs) 4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-49
iU22 Service Manual
Page 360
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Backlight Inverter Location
Adapter plate
WARNING Voltages of 600 Vac or
higher are present on the
lower end of the backlight
inverter when system
power is applied.
5. Note the backlight inverter location
with the voltage warning label.
5
NOTE It is possible to further disassemble the touch screen bezel.
More information will be added
when available.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 361
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Fiber-Optic Keyboard Lighting
Figure 10-50
Front and Rear Touch Screen Bezels
Screws (4 plcs) 2
4
1
➤ To remove the fiber-optic keyboard lighting
1. Remove the six knobs covering the
touch screen bezel.
2. Remove the four screws securing the
touch screen bezel and rear cover.
3
3. Tilt the touch screen bezel forward
and lift it off the control panel.
4. Remove the touch screen rear cover.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-51
iU22 Service Manual
Page 362
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Control Panel Top Enclosure
6 Screws (7 plcs)
5. Remove the two transducer holders.
Pull up to lift them out of the control
panel.
5
6. Remove the seven screws securing
the control panel top enclosure.
5
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-52
iU22 Service Manual
Page 363
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Fiber-Optic Light Assemblies
8 Fiber-optic light connectors
7
7. Separate the keyboard light bezel
from the two fiber-optic light assemblies and set it aside.
8. Unplug the three fiber-optic light
connectors on each light assembly
from the front of the control panel
user interface.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
8
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 364
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
DVD Drive Assembly
Figure 10-53
OEM Strap Cover Enclosure
2
1 Screws (4 plcs)
➤ To remove the DVD drive
assembly
1. Remove the four screws securing the
OEM strap cover enclosure to the
disk bay housing.
2. Remove the OEM strap cover enclosure and set it aside.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-54
iU22 Service Manual
Page 365
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Disk Bay Enclosure
3. Remove the two screws securing the
rear disk bay enclosure.
4. Slide the enclosure away from the
display articulation arm mount and
set it aside.
4
Screws (2 plcs) 3
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-55
iU22 Service Manual
Page 366
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disk Bay Insert Enclosure
5. Remove the two screws securing the
disk bay insert enclosure.
Screws (2 plcs) 5
6. Slide the enclosure toward the front
of the system, until the tabs are clear
of the column enclosures, and set it
aside.
6
Tabs (3 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-56
iU22 Service Manual
Page 367
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Disk Bay Cover
7. Remove the eight flat head screws
securing the rear disk bay cover.
Flat head screws (8 plcs) 7
8. Slide the cover toward the rear of
the system, tilt it up slightly, and lift it
off the disk bay housing.
For A.x systems, proceed to step 9.
8
For B.0 or later systems, proceed to
step 11.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-57
iU22 Service Manual
Page 368
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the DVD Drive Cables
(A.x Systems)
Monitor power cable connection 10
DVD drive assembly
9. Disconnect the signal cable and the
power cable from the back of the
DVD drive. (On older systems, the
DVD power cable may originate
from the USB-IDE adapter cable.)
10. If the monitor power cable interferes
with removal of the DVD drive
assembly, disconnect it.
NOTE Disconnect other cabling as
necessary to remove the DVD
drive assembly.
Signal cable 9
9 Power cable
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-58
Page 369
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the DVD Drive Cables (B.0 and
Later Systems)
DVD drive assembly
11. Disconnect the DVD drive signal
cable and the power cable from the
Hub Plus PCB.
12. Disconnect the monitor power cable
from the Hub Plus PCB.
DVD Signal cable 11
DVD Power cable 11
Monitor power cable 12
Hub Plus PCB
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-59
iU22 Service Manual
Page 370
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
DVD Drive
13. Remove the four screws securing the
DVD drive assembly to the base of
the drive housing.
14
NOTE Do not remove the EMI
bracket. The EMI bracket surrounds the front of the DVD
drive assembly.
14. Gently wiggle the DVD drive assembly side to side as you pull it toward
the rear of the system. This allows
the DVD drive to easily slide out of
the EMI bracket.
Screws (4 plcs) 13
NOTE The EMI fingers may come off
as the DVD drive assembly is
removed. Ensure the EMI fingers are replaced before installing the DVD drive.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 371
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Bluetooth Device and Bluetooth Bracket Assembly (B.0 or
Later Systems)
Figure 10-60
Disconnecting the Bluetooth Cable Assembly
(B.0 or Later Systems)
➤ To remove the Bluetooth
bracket assembly
NOTE To remove the Bluetooth
bracket assembly, remove the
OEM strap cover enclosure
(Figure 10-53 to Figure 10-56)
first.
1. Remove the screw securing the Bluetooth cable to the base of the disk
bay housing.
2. Disconnect the USB cable from the
Hub Plus PCB connector.
USB connection 2
Screw 1
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-61
iU22 Service Manual
Page 372
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Bluetooth Bracket Assembly
(B.0 or Later Systems)
3 Screws (2 plcs)
4
3. Loosen the two screws that are
securing the Bluetooth bracket
assembly to the metal mounting
plate on the disk bay housing.
4. Gently slide the bracket assembly
out from under the metal mounting
plate.
5. To replace the Bluetooth device, pull
it out of the cable socket.
5
5 Bluetooth device
6 Cable and reusable cable tie
6. To replace the Bluetooth cable
assembly, remove the reusable cable
tie (do not cut) securing the socket
end of the cable to the bracket
assembly. Install the new cable and
reusable cable tie as shown.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 373
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
LED and On/Standby Switch Bracket Assembly
(B.0 Systems)
Figure 10-62
Removing the LED, On/Standby Switch
Bracket Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems)
Screws (2 plcs) 1
➤ To remove the LED, On/Standby
Switch bracket assembly
NOTE To remove the LED, On/
Standby switch bracket assembly, you must first start with
the removal of the OEM strap
cover enclosure (Figure 10-53
to Figure 10-56).
2
1. Remove the two screws securing the
bracket assembly to the base of the
disk bay housing.
2. Gently slide the assembly towards
the rear of the system and out of the
disk bay.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-63
iU22 Service Manual
Page 374
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the LED, On/Standby Switch
Cable Assembly (B.0 or Later Systems)
3. Disconnect the LED, On/Standby
Switch cable from the Hub Plus PCB
connector.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
Cable connection 3
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 375
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Speaker Assemblies
Figure 10-64
Upper Front Panel Enclosure
➤ To remove the speaker assemblies
NOTE This procedure applies to both
the left or the right speaker
assembly removal.
2
1. Remove the two screws securing the
upper front panel enclosure.
2. Slide the upper front panel enclosure
up to remove it and set it aside.
1 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-65
Page 376
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Lower Front Panel Enclosure
3 Screws (2 plcs)
3. Remove the two screws securing the
lower front panel enclosure.
4. Slide the lower front panel enclosure
up to remove it and set it aside.
4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-66
iU22 Service Manual
Page 377
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure
5
5. Slide forward and remove the top
enclosure that surrounds the control
panel articulation mechanism and set
it aside. There are no screws securing this cover to the frame. It is held
in place when the front panel enclosure is installed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-67
iU22 Service Manual
Page 378
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Transducer-Holders
6
Transducer holder
6. Grasp the transducer-holder firmly
and slide it up until it releases from
the mounting slots. There are no
removable screws on this part. The
two screws on the back side of the
transducer holder slide into the
transducer-holder mounting slots.
Do not remove these two screws.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-68
iU22 Service Manual
Page 379
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Transducer-Holder Mounts
7. Remove the screw securing the
transducer-holder mount to the cart
frame.
8
Transducer-holder mount
Screw 7
8. Pull the transducer-holder mount off
and set it aside.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-69
iU22 Service Manual
Page 380
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Side Panel Enclosures
Screws (2 plcs) 9
9. Remove the two screws securing the
side panel enclosure.
10. Pull the side panel up to slide the
cover tabs out of the slots.
10
Cover tabs
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-70
iU22 Service Manual
Page 381
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Speaker Mounting Plate Cable Connector
Speaker mounting plate
cable connector 11
11. Disconnect the speaker cable from
the speaker mounting plate cable
connector.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-71
iU22 Service Manual
Page 382
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Speaker Mounting Plate
Screws (5 plcs) 12
12. Remove the five screws securing the
speaker mounting plate to the
speaker box assembly.
NOTES
• There is no need to remove the
entire speaker box assembly when
speaker replacement is required.
•
When installing the speaker assembly, torque mounting screws to
9 in lb.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 383
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Acquisition Card Cage, Frontplane
Figure 10-72
Upper Front Panel Enclosure
➤ To remove the Acquisition
Frontplane assembly
WARNINGDisconnect the power
cord from the AC power
source before proceeding.
2
1. Remove the two screws securing the
upper front panel enclosure.
2. Slide the upper front panel enclosure
up to remove it and set it aside.
1 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-73
Page 384
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Lower Front Panel Enclosure
3 Screws (2 plcs)
3. Remove the two screws securing the
lower front panel enclosure.
4. Slide the lower front panel enclosure
up to remove it and set it aside.
4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-74
iU22 Service Manual
Page 385
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Top Control Panel Articulation Enclosure
5
5. Slide forward and remove the top
enclosure that surrounds the control
panel articulation and set it aside.
There are no screws securing this
cover to the frame. It is held in place
when the front panel enclosure is
installed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-75
Page 386
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Control Panel Articulation Arm Beard
Enclosure Assembly
6 Screws (4 plcs)
8
6. Remove the four screws securing the
articulation arm beard enclosure
assembly.
7. Rotate the front side of the enclosure assembly downward.
8. Then slide the enclosure assembly
forward to remove it. Set it aside.
7
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-76
iU22 Service Manual
Page 387
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rotating the Front Panel Hanger Brackets
9. Rotate all four front panel hanger
brackets. Rotate the brackets up
90 degrees until they are flush with
the inside of both side panels. There
are two brackets on each side of the
panel.
NOTE This step 9 is necessary to
allow sufficient clearance for
the removal of the Frontplane
assembly.
9 Front panel brackets
(4 plcs, two on each side panel)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-77
iU22 Service Manual
Page 388
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Frontplane Warning Label
WARNING
Remove all frontplane shield mounting screws before
lifting handle.
Ensure frontplane is seated before lowering handle.
Do not exceed 25 lb (55 kg) pressure on handle.
Failure to do so may damage board connections and
card cage mechanism.
WARNING Refer to Figure 10-77.
This warning label is on
the front of the Frontplane assembly. Read all
warnings before proceeding with Frontplane disassembly.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-78
iU22 Service Manual
Page 389
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Frontplane Assembly Screws
Screws (17 plcs) 10
Frontplane assembly
10. Remove the 17 screws securing the
Frontplane assembly to the front of
the Acquisition Card Cage.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-79
iU22 Service Manual
Page 390
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Frontplane Assembly
11. Gently pull (do not force) the mechanical arm up to disengage the Frontplane assembly from the card cage
PCBs.
11
Mechanical arm
Frontplane assembly
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-80
iU22 Service Manual
Page 391
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Uncabling the Frontplane Assembly
12. Gently lift the Frontplane assembly
up and off the four hanger brackets.
12 Hanger bracket
13. Tilt the top of the Frontplane assembly toward you and lower it until it
rests on the static mat.
14. Disconnect the four power cable
connections. The Frontplane assembly is now completely disconnected.
14 Power connections
13 Frontplane assembly
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-81
iU22 Service Manual
Page 392
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Reinstalling the Frontplane Assembly
15
15. Use step 12 through step 14 in
reverse for re-assembly
(Figure 10-80).
WARNING Refer to Figure 10-77.
Read all warnings before
reinstalling the Frontplane
assembly.
16
Mechanical arm
16. Gently push the mechanical arm
downward to engage the Frontplane
assembly in the card cage PCBs.
17. Install the 17 screws securing the
Frontplane assembly to the front of
the Acquisition Card Cage.
17
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 393
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Acquisition Card Cage PCBs and Scanhead Select
Assembly
Figure 10-82
Front Column Disk Bay Enclosure
➤ To remove the Acquisition Card
Cage PCBs and the Scanhead
Select Assembly
WARNINGDisconnect the power
cord from the AC power
source before proceeding.
NOTE To remove the Scanhead Select
Assembly, you must first start
with the removal of the Frontplane assembly (Figure 10-72).
1. Remove the 10 screws securing the
front disk bay enclosure.
1 Screws (10 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-83
iU22 Service Manual
Page 394
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rotating the PCB Retainer Brackets
2 Retainer brackets
2. Rotate all four PCB-retainer brackets
away from the card cage before
attempting to remove any PCBs. Two
brackets are at the top of the card
cage and two are at the bottom.
They swing outward from the middle.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-84
iU22 Service Manual
Page 395
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Acquisition Card Cage PCBs
3. Slide the Front-End Controller (FEC)
assembly out of the card cage until
you can reach the ribbon cable connected at the bottom of the assembly.
3
4. Disconnect the ribbon cable and set
the FEC assembly aside on an ESD
mat.
4 Ribbon cable
5
5. Remove all the remaining PCBs from
the card cage by lifting the individual
board retainers to disengage them
from the Scanhead Select Assembly.
Set the boards aside on ESD mats.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-85
iU22 Service Manual
Page 396
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Releasing the Captive Screws
6. Unscrew the 10 captive screws
inside the back of the Acquisition
Card Cage.
NOTE There is a sheet-metal bracket
on the back side of the Acquisition Card Cage that prevents
the Scanhead Select Assembly
from falling after the captive
screws are released.
Inside of Acquisition
Card Cage
6 Captive screws (10 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-86
Page 397
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Scanhead Select Assembly
7
7. Gently lift the Scanhead Select
Assembly, tilt it forward, and remove
the assembly from between the
Acquisition Card Cage and the system frame.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 398
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
System Power Cord (100/120 V and 230 V)
Figure 10-87
System Power Cord Warnings
WARNINGS
•
The power cord must be fully inserted into the AC receptacle on
the AC tray.
•
The retention bracket must be oriented properly to accommodate
the power cord being installed.
•
The retention bracket must be pushed firmly up against the power
cord connector body.
•
Do not bend the power cord around the retention bracket.
•
Fully remove the retention bracket before servicing the AC power
cord or AC tray.
2
➤ To remove the system power
cord
1. Read all warnings (Figure 10-87)
before proceeding with power cord
disassembly or assembly procedures.
NOTE The power cord configuration
differs between 100/120-V
(Figure 10-89) and 230-V systems (Figure 10-90).
2. Switch the AC tray circuit breaker
switch to “Off” and disconnect the
AC power cord from the main
power supply.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-88
iU22 Service Manual
Page 399
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly
3. Remove the six screws securing the
rear panel enclosure assembly. Set
the assembly aside.
3 Screws (6 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-89
iU22 Service Manual
Page 400
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Installing the 100/120-V Power Cord
4. Remove the two screws securing the
power cord retention bracket and
set the bracket aside.
5. Remove the power cord.
6. Remove the power cord clamp.
6
10
4
8
7
7. Insert the new power cord into the
AC receptacle.
8. Reinstall the retention bracket as
shown in Figure 10-89 for 100/120-V
systems and Figure 10-90 for 230-V
systems. Do not tighten the screws.
5
9
9. Push the retention bracket against
the power cord connector body and
tighten the screws.
10. Replace the power cord clamp.
4 Retention bracket
100/120-V configuration
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-90
iU22 Service Manual
Page 401
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Installing the 230-V Power Cord
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
6
10
7
4
5
9
8
4 Retention bracket
230-V configuration
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 402
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
AC Tray
Figure 10-91
Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly
➤ To remove the AC tray
1. Remove the six screws securing the
rear panel enclosure assembly. Set
the assembly aside.
1 Screws (6 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-92
iU22 Service Manual
Page 403
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
AC Tray Screws
2
2. Remove the power cord. (See “System Power Cord (100/120 V and
230 V)” on page 398)
3. Remove the two screws securing the
AC tray to the cart frame.
For A.x systems, proceed to step 4.
For B.0 or later systems, proceed to
step 7.
3
Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-93
iU22 Service Manual
Page 404
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the AC Tray (A.x Systems)
5 Red/black, OEM power, and main power
terminal block cable connectors
4. Slide the AC Tray out toward you
until the tray stops.
5. Disconnect the red/black, yellow/
black, OEM power, and main power
cables.
6. Remove the tray from the system by
sliding it the rest of the way out of
the support shelf.
This completes the A.x system version
of the AC tray disassembly procedure.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4, 6
5 Yellow/black relay cable connectors
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-94
iU22 Service Manual
Page 405
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the AC Tray (B.0 or Later Systems)
Brown and blue cable connectors
8 Main power connector
7. Slide the AC Tray out toward you
until the tray stops.
8. Disconnect the green/yellow, brown,
blue, and main power cables.
9. Remove the tray from the system by
sliding it the rest of the way out of
the support shelf.
This completes the B.0 and later system
version of the AC tray disassembly procedure.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
7, 9
8 Green/yellow cable connector
8 Main power connector
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 406
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Power Supply Assembly and HV Switcher (B.0 or Later
Systems)
Figure 10-95
Power Supply Cover Enclosure (B.0 or Later
Systems)
➤ To remove the Power Supply
Assembly and HV Switcher
WARNINGDisconnect the power
Cover tabs 2
Right side panel
cord from the AC power
source before proceeding.
1. The power supply cover snaps into
place and no screws are required. To
remove the power supply cover,
grasp the bottom and gently pull outward until it releases.
2. Pull the cover downward to slide the
cover tabs out of the right side panel.
1
Right side of system
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-96
iU22 Service Manual
Page 407
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Power Supply Assembly Access Cover (B.0 or
Later Systems)
3. Remove the nine screws securing the
Power Supply Assembly access panel
to the cart frame.
Screws (9 plcs) 3
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-97
4
Page 408
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Acquisition Power
Distribution Board Cables (B.0 or Later
Systems)
4
4
4
4
4
4. Disconnect only the six cables indicated from the six locations on the
Distribution board.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-98
iU22 Service Manual
Page 409
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Rear Caster Steering Lock
Cable Bracket (B.0 or Later Systems)
5. Remove the screw from the bracket
that secures the rear caster steering
lock cable to the cart frame. Step on
the steering lock pedal to allow the
cable to slack when removing the
bracket.
Power
supply
6. Pull the bracket out of the slot until
it hangs free.
Screw 5
6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-99
iU22 Service Manual
Page 410
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Preparing the Power Supply Rack for Removal
(B.0 or Later Systems)
Screws (2 plcs) 7
Steering lock cable
8
7. Remove the two screws securing the
power supply rack to the cart frame.
NOTE The rear caster steering lock
cable must be pushed upward
slightly, to allow the power
supply rack to be pulled outward from the power supply
housing.
8. Push upward on the rear caster
steering lock cable where shown
(green arrow) and simultaneously
pull the power supply rack forward.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-100
iU22 Service Manual
Page 411
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Sliding the Power Supply Rack Out of the
Housing (B.0 or Later Systems)
9. Release the steering lock cable and
slide the power supply rack out to
the edge of the power supply housing.
9
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-101
iU22 Service Manual
Page 412
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Platform Power Supply
Cables (B.0 or Later Systems)
10. Disconnect the last two cables from
the platform power supply.
11. Grasp the front edge of the power
supply bracket and remove the
power supply rack from the system.
The Power Supply Assembly is now
completely disconnected.
10
11
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-102
Page 413
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
HV Switcher (B.0 or Later Systems)
Front of system
12. To remove the HV Switcher, remove
the two screws securing it to the
cart frame, disconnect the two cable
connections and slide it out of the
retaining slots. The HV Switcher is
now completely disconnected.
Baffle retaining slot 13
13 Bracket tab
13. To reinstall the HV Switcher, slide
the tab on the HV Switcher bracket
into the retaining slot on top of the
air baffle and secure the HV Switcher
in place using the two screws.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
12 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 414
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Acquisition Power Supply and HV Switcher (A.x Systems)
Figure 10-103
Power Supply Cover Enclosure (A.x Systems)
Cover tabs 2
Right side panel
➤ To remove the Acquisition
Power Supply and HV Switcher
1. The power supply cover snaps into
place and no screws are required. To
remove the power supply cover,
grasp the bottom and gently pull outward until it releases.
2. Pull the cover downward to slide the
cover tabs out of the right side panel.
1
Right side of system
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-104
iU22 Service Manual
Page 415
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Acquisition Power Supply (A.x Systems)
3. Remove the nine screws securing the
Acquisition Power Supply to the cart
frame.
4 Power cable
Screws (9 plcs) 3
4. Slide the power supply out about half
way and disconnect the power cable.
The Acquisition Power Supply is now
completely disconnected.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-105
iU22 Service Manual
Page 416
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
HV Switcher (A.x Systems)
Front of system
5. To remove the HV Switcher, remove
the two screws securing it to the
cart frame, disconnect the two cable
connections and slide it out of the
retaining slots. The HV Switcher is
now completely disconnected.
Baffle retaining slot 6
6 Bracket tab
6. To reinstall the HV Switcher, slide
the tab on the HV Switcher bracket
into the retaining slot on top of the
air baffle and secure the HV Switcher
in place using the two screws.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
5 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 417
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Filter Tray, Platform Power Supply and Battery Tray
Figure 10-106
Filter Door Cover Enclosure
Cover tabs 2
Left side panel
➤ To remove the filter tray, Platform Power Supply, and battery
tray
1. The filter door cover snaps into
place and no screws are required. To
remove the filter door cover, grasp
the bottom and gently pull outward.
2. Pull the cover downward to slide the
cover tabs out of the left side panel.
1
Left side of system
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-107
iU22 Service Manual
Page 418
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Filter Tray
3. Remove the fan filter.
5 Power cable
NOTE The fan filter is tapered. When
replacing the fan filter, the light
gray surface faces outward.
4. Remove the 17 screws securing the
filter tray assembly to the cart frame.
3
Fan filter
Screws (15 plcs) 4
Flat head screws (2 plcs) 4
5. Slide the filter tray out and disconnect the power cable. The fan tray
assembly is now completely disconnected.
For A.x systems, proceed to step 6.
For B.0 or later systems, proceed to
step 8.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-108
iU22 Service Manual
Page 419
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Platform Power Supply (A.x Systems)
6
Breakout board
bracket screws
(5 plcs)
Breakout board
Handle 7
CAUTION Torque the five screws on the breakout
board bracket to 30 in lb. Improper torque
on these screws causes damage.
6
Screw
6. To remove the Platform Power Supply remove the five screws from the
Platform Power Supply breakout
board bracket and the screw securing the power supply to the cart
frame.
7. Grasp the Platform Power Supply
handle and partially pull the power
supply out and disconnect the power
cable. The power cable connector is
on the back of the breakout board.
The Platform Power Supply assembly
is now completely disconnected.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-109
iU22 Service Manual
Page 420
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Battery Tray
8. To remove the battery tray, slide it
to the left to clear the cart frame
corner upright.
8
8
9. Disconnect the two cable connections to the battery and the two
connections to the fuse holder. The
battery tray assembly is now completely disconnected.
NOTE Individual batteries are not to
be replaced in the field. Return
all assemblies containing batteries to Bothell.
Cable connections 9
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 421
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Filter Tray Cooling Fans
Figure 10-110
Filter Door Cover Enclosure
Cover tabs 2
Left side panel
➤ To remove the filter tray cooling
fans
1. The filter door cover snaps into
place and no screws are required. To
remove the filter door cover, grasp
the bottom and gently pull outward.
2. Pull the cover downward to slide the
cover tabs out of the left side panel.
1
Left side of system
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-111
iU22 Service Manual
Page 422
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Filter Tray
3. Remove the fan filter.
5 Power cable
NOTE The fan filter is tapered. When
replacing the fan filter, the light
gray surface faces outward.
4. Remove the 17 screws securing the
filter tray assembly to the cart frame.
5. Slide the filter tray out and disconnect the power cable.
3
Fan filter
Screws (15 plcs) 4
Flat head screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-112
iU22 Service Manual
Page 423
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Filter Tray Cooling Fans
6. Remove the four screws securing
each filter tray cooling fan to the filter tray bracket.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
Screws (4 plcs) 6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 424
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Cooling Fans
Figure 10-113
Rear Panel Enclosure Assembly
➤ To remove the rear cooling fans
1. Remove the six screws securing the
rear panel enclosure assembly. Set
the assembly aside.
1 Screws (6 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-114
iU22 Service Manual
Page 425
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Rear Cooling Fan Assemblies
2. Remove the two rear screws securing the rear side of the fan assembly.
Screws (2 plcs) 2
4. Support the fan assembly with your
free hand and remove the two side
screws.
3
5
4
Screws
(2 plcs)
3. Shift the system so that the casters
turn sideways, allowing access to the
two side screws.
Rear of system
5. Lower the fan assembly enough so
you can disconnect the fan cable, and
then disconnect the cable.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 426
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
System Brake Assembly
Figure 10-115
Upper Front Panel Enclosure
➤ To remove the system brake
assembly
1. Remove the two screws securing the
upper front panel enclosure.
2. Slide the upper front panel enclosure
up and remove it.
2
1 Screws (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-116
Page 427
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Lower Front Panel Enclosure
3 Screws (2 plcs)
3. Remove the two screws securing the
lower front panel enclosure.
4. Slide the lower front panel enclosure
up and remove it.
4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-117
iU22 Service Manual
Page 428
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Mud Plate Enclosure
5
7
5. Rotate and forward face both front
casters as shown in Figure 10-117.
This enables access to the two outside screws of the mud plate enclosure and allows room to remove the
enclosure after the screws are
removed.
6. Remove the four screws securing the
mud plate enclosure. A long-shaft
screwdriver is recommended. The
two inside screws are longer in
length than the two outside screws.
6 Short screws (2 plcs)
6 Long screws (2 plcs)
7. Lower the mud plate enclosure to
the floor and slide it out behind
either of the two front casters.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-118
iU22 Service Manual
Page 429
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Right/Left Brake Pedal Extension Covers
8. Remove the six screws securing the
left and right brake pedal extension
covers.
Extension
covers
8 Screws
(3 plcs each cover)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-119
iU22 Service Manual
Page 430
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Rear Brake Lock Cable
9. Loosen the retaining screw securing
the rear brake lock cable to the
brake lock pedal bracket.
10 Rear brake lock
cable
9
Retaining screw
10. Pull the cable out of the retainer.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-120
Page 431
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Disconnecting the Brake Arms
11. Remove the two screws securing
both brake arms to the caster brake
levers.
Right arm screw 11
Brake arms
Left arm screw 11
Right front caster not
shown for clarity.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-121
iU22 Service Manual
Page 432
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the System Brake Assembly
12. Remove the four screws securing the
brake assembly to the cart housing.
When installing the brake assembly, refer
to Figure 7-9 for system brake arm
adjustment.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
12 Screws (4 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 433
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Casters, Right Rear and Front
Figure 10-122
Securing the Monitor
1
Press down
Locked position
➤ To remove the right rear or
front casters
1. Secure the monitor by locking the
upper articulation arm to the lower
arm: Align the two arms and press
down on the upper arm until it locks
in place. You may have to reset the
locking levers if the locking mechanism is already in the locked position.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-123
iU22 Service Manual
Page 434
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Lower Power Supply Access
Panels
2. Remove the lower access panel from
the side of the system that requires
caster replacement. This prevents
panel damage.
2
Right side
Left side
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-124
Page 435
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Placing Blocks Under the System
3. Engage the wheel brakes (left pedal).
4 Push here
NOTE The following step requires
two people.
4. With your hand, tilt the system sideways, while someone else places a
wood block (approximately 4 in or
10 cm high) under the cart.
NOTE Block placement should allow
one front caster to touch the
floor during this procedure.
3 Brake (left) pedal
4 Wood block
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-125
iU22 Service Manual
Page 436
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Front Caster
5 11-mm bolts (4 plcs)
6, 7 Brake-lever
hardware
5. Remove the four 11-mm bolts securing the caster to the frame.
6. Lower the caster enough to enable
access to the brake-lever hardware.
7. Remove the brake-lever hardware
and remove the caster.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 437
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Caster, Left Rear (Free-Swivel)
Figure 10-126
Left Rear Caster Removal
Standoff pin
➤ To remove the left rear caster
Follow step 1 through step 5 of “To
remove the right rear or front casters”
on page 433.
For installation, see “To install the left
rear caster” on page 438.
Left caster
Linkage lever
5 11-mm bolt (4 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-127
iU22 Service Manual
Page 438
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Installing the Left Rear Caster
Front of system cart
1 Linkage lever (outboard side of pin)
Standoff pin
➤ To install the left rear caster
1. Ensure that the linkage lever is pointing toward the front of the system.
2. Orient the linkage lever on the outboard side of the standoff pin.
2
Bottom view of
system cart
3. Secure the caster to the cart rail
with the four bolts.
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
3
Left rear caster
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 439
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Third OEM Platform (C.0 Systems)
Figure 10-128
Removing the OEM Printer and Cover
(C.0 Systems)
3
2
1
➤ To remove the third OEM platform
1. Press in on the side of the printer
cover and then push upward to
release the printer cover from the
OEM platform.
2. Slide the cover off the printer.
Printer cover
Printer
4
3. Disconnect the two printer cables
from the rear of the printer and feed
the cables down through the holes of
the OEM platform.
4. Remove the printer from the third
OEM platform.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 10-129
Page 440
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Upper OEM Strap Cover
(C.0 Systems)
5. Remove the four screws securing the
OEM strap cover enclosure.
6. Gently pull the OEM strap cover
enclosure away from the OEM bay.
5 Screws (4 plcs)
6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 10-130
iU22 Service Manual
Page 441
Disassembly: Disassembly Procedures
Removing the Third OEM Platform
(C.0 Systems)
7. Remove the two flat head screws
securing the OEM platform to the
top of the disk bay housing.
8. Pull the third OEM platform to the
rear of the system and remove it
from the disk bay.
7 Screws (2 plcs)
8
Return to Disassembly Procedure List.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
11
iU22 Service Manual
Page 442
Cabling: Cable Part Numbers
Cabling
Cable Part
Numbers
Table 11-1 is a parts list of the signal interconnect cables. Table 11-2 is a parts list of the power
distribution cables. OEM signal cables and system test cables are listed in Table 11-3 and
Table 11-4. For additional information on peripherals and applicable cables, see Table 14-67.
Cable effectivity is indicated in the columns on the right side of Table 11-1 through Table 11-4.
An “x” in a particular column indicates the cable is used for that particular system hardware configuration. An empty cell indicates the cable is not compatible with that hardware version.
NOTE The signal cable illustrations and pinout tables are no longer in this manual. If you suspect a signal cable is faulty, order the cable by using the part number in Table 11-1.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 443
Cabling: Cable List
Cable List
iU22 System Signal Interconnect Cables
Part Number
Cable Description
3300-0355-01
2100-1919-01
Cable Assy, Foot Switch and Cable Assy
Cable Assy, Adapter USB 2.0 to IDE (Early A.x
systems)
Cable Assy, Adapter USB 2.0 to IDE without DC
Connector
Cable Assy, AGP to AVIO
Cable Assy, AGP to AVIO
x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
453561182561
Cable Assy, AVIO-CAD to AVIO-RIP
Cable Assy, AVIO to Modem USB (OEM cable)
Cable Assy, AVIO to System Monitor, 1st Segment
Cable Assy, AVIO to Speaker
Cable Assy, Beeper
Cable Assy, DVD
Cable Assy, Control Panel Connector Board to LCD
Display iU22
Cable Assy, CPM - CP Board
(3500-3587-01)
453561182581
Cable Assy, CPM to Connector PCB1 and PCB2
453561171931
453561182621
453561127401
(3500-3615-02)
453561182671
3500-3591-01
453561155362
453561159872
453561156632
453561153682
453561182501
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
Table 11-1
x
x
x
x x
x
x x
x x
x x
x
x x
Table 11-1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 444
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Signal Interconnect Cables (Continued)
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Number
Cable Description
453561221451
453561221371
453561219221
Cable Assy, DVI, AGP Graphics to AVIO-RIP
Cable Assy, DVI First Segment
Cable Assy, DVI, 20-inch Monitor Fore-arm
453561152752
453561153402
453561182701
3500-3643-01
453561153662
453561182631
453561153732
Cable Assy, ECG Connector
Cable Assy, Ethernet Filter
Part of accessory kit
Cable Assy, FEC to DSC and AVIO to FEC
Cable Assy, Host Audio to Bulkhead
Cable Assy, Host Motherboard to Bulkhead User USB
Cable Assy, Host to SIP FireWire
Cable Assy, Host USB-A to USB Bulkhead
x x
x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x x x
(453561153731)
453561182481
453561182711
2100-1868-01
453561211141
Cable Assy, Internal Ethernet
Cable Assy, IPL (Host Dolphin to SIP)
Cable Assy, AVIO to Cart Microphone
Cable Assy, Mic. Ext., 3.5MM Plug Jack M-F 6F
x x x
x x x
x x
Replace this cable with the
articulation arm assy
Replace this cable with the
articulation arm assy
x
x
x
x
Connects to the video monitor
and cable 453561221361
453561221361
Cable Assy, Microphone 1st Segment
x
Table 11-1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 445
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Signal Interconnect Cables (Continued)
Part Number
Cable Description
453561182681
453561182611
3500-3621-01
453561182401
453561153802
453561182661
453561153793
2275-0541-01
453561239601
453561153812
453561153692
453561186941
453561182633
453563470881
Cable Assy, On/Standby Switch Assy
Cable Assy, ON/STBY, Host
Cable Assy, PCI-CD/DVD Audio
Cable Assy, SIP Power ON/STBY to Bulkhead
Cable Assy, Stereo, Mic Out, Line In, Line Out
Cable Assy, Trackball Select Buttons, iU22
Cable Assy, Trackball to CPM USB,
Cable Assy, Ultra ATA EIDE
Cable Assy, EIDE, Ultra ATA, 18-inch
Cable Assy, USB, CPM to Keyboard
Cable Assy, USB, Host Bulkhead to User
Cable Assy, FEC to DSC and AVIO to FEC
Cable Assy, Firewire Host to SIP
USB, 10-Foot (for external printers)
(M2540-69110)
453561190231
Cable Assy, USB Hub to BlueTooth
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
x
Replaces 453561182701
Replaces 453561182631
OEM Cable Diagram:
Figure 11-16
x x
x x
x x x
Replaces 453561153692
x x
Table 11-1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 446
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Signal Interconnect Cables (Continued)
Part Number
Cable Description
453561153503
Cable Assy, On/Standby Switch
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
NOTE P2 LED connector is not keyed. If the LED is
lit with the system on, the cable is connected
properly.
453561203151
453561203191
453561091701
453561153483
453561203281
453561203311
453561156204
Cable Assy, On Standby Switch, Host/SIP
Cable Assy, On Standby Switch, DVD Bay
Cable Assy, Ultra ATA133 EIDE, 18-inch
Cable Assy, USB, CPM to Keyboard
Cable Assy, USB, Host Bulkhead to HUB PCB
Cable Assy, IDE, HUB Plus to DVD
Cable Assy, FireWire, Motherboard to Bulkhead
Replaces 453561153503
x x
x x
x
x
Replaces 453561153682
x x
x x
x x x
Table 11-2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 447
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Power Distribution Cables
Part Number
Cable Description
Notes/Reference
453561164201
Cable Assy, Flat Panel Video Power, 2nd Segment
Replace this cable with the
articulation arm assy
453561182351
453561153492
453561182591
453561182371
453561239441
453561182381
453561179301
453561158551
453561179281
453561156612
453561153673
Cable Assy, QWERTY LED
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply
Cable Assy, AC Tray LED
Cable Assy, AC Tray Primary
Cable Assy, AGP Power
Cable Assy, ATx Power Supply to LED Power Supply
Cable Assy, AVIO i-Button and Platform Power Supply Figure 11-20
Cable Assy, AVIO to Fans, Battery and Temp
Cable Assy, Backlight Inverter, iU22 (Req 2 cables)
Cable Assy, Backlight Pot
Figure 11-23
Cable Assy, DVD and Flat Panel Power
Replace this cable with the
articulation arm assy
Cable Assy, Control Panel Articulation, 1st Segment
Cable Assy, Control Panel Articulation, 2nd Segment
Cable Assy, Control Panel Articulation, 2nd Segment
Cable Assy, Cord, 3x1SQMM, 4.55ML, 10A, 250V,
System power cord, 230V
VIIG/C13
453561153712
453561153723
453561179872
453561162851
(2275-0388-01)
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x x
x x x
x
x x x
x
x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Page 448
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Power Distribution Cables (Continued)
Part Number
Cable Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
Table 11-2
iU22 Service Manual
453561107311
Cable Assy, Cord, 3x14AWG, 4.5ML, Unshld, UL/
CSA
System power cord, 100/120V
x x x
(2265-0274-01)
453561182601
453561185291
453561182571
453561221441
Cable Assy, Host Power
Hub, USB, 2.0, 2-Port, Bus Powered (USB printer
hub)
Cable Assy, Internal AC Tray Secondary
Cable Assy, OEM Bay Y
453561128131
453561179291
Cable Assy, OEM Isolation - OEM
Cable Assy, OEM Isolation - OEM
453561209442
453561182651
Cable Assy, OEM Secondary Power
Cable Assy, Platform Power Supply Sense Lines
453561238621
Cable Assy, Power, 1.5ML, 10A, SJT3x18, UL/CSA
453561235081
Cable Assy, Power, 1.5ML, 10A, SVT3x18AWG, UL/
CSA
OEM Cable Diagram:
Figure 11-16
x x x
x x x
x
(Third OEM cable)
This cable is also used for dual
OEM installationsFigure 11-15
OEM Cable Diagrams:
Figure 11-12, Figure 11-13, and
Figure 11-14
Figure 11-15
x
x x
x x x
x
x
Primary (Black),
Replace this cable with the
articulation arm assy
Figure 11-15
Alternate (Black)
x
x
Table 11-2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 449
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Power Distribution Cables (Continued)
Part Number
Cable Description
Notes/Reference
453561236111
453561157002
Cable Assy, Power, 1.5ML, 10A, 250V, UL, CSA, Gray
Cable Assy, Power, CPM - CP PCB, iU22 (Req 2
cables)
Cable Assy, SIP Power Supply
Cable Assy, Terminal Block to Acquisition and
Platform Power Supply
Cable Assy, AVIO-Acquisition Fans, Platform Fan
Battery
Cable Assy, AVIO - I-Button
Cable Assy, AC Power, Connector Board to Power
Supply
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply/Platform Power
Supply, AC Input
Cable Assy, AC Tray LED
Cable Assy, AC Tray Primary
Cable Assy, Platform to Acquisition Power Board
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply
Cable Assy, Power Supply Control
Cable Assy, 12VSB AC Input
Cable Assy, PS_ON LED
Cable Assy, PS_ON STBY
Alternate (Gray)
453561182431
453561182361
453561187291
453561187282
453561174922
453561174931
453561174842
453561174581
453561192502
453561180752
453561179322
453561174642
453561187312
453561176712
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x x x
x x x
x
Replaces 453561158551
x x
Replaces 453561179301
Replaces 453561182361
x x
x x
x x
Replaces 453561182591
Replaces 453561182371
Replaces 453561182651
Replaces 453561156492
Replaces 453561182381
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
iU22 System Power Distribution Cables (Continued)
Part Number
Cable Description
453561193202
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply to Acquisition
Distribution Board
Cable Assy, DVD and Flat Panel Power
Cable Assy, DVD Power
453561203251
453561203341
Table 11-3
Page 450
Cabling: Cable List
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
Table 11-2
iU22 Service Manual
x x
Replaces 453561153673
x x
x x
iU22 System OEM Signal Interconnect Cables
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Number
Cable Description
Notes/Reference
453561182641
Cable Assy, AVIO to VCR Audio Line In/Line Out
453561182511
Cable Assy, AVIO to VCR S-Video
453561153452
Cable Assy, USB, AVIO - OEM
OEM Cable Diagrams:
x x x
Figure 11-12, Figure 11-13,
Figure 11-14, and Figure 11-15
OEM Cable Diagrams:
x x x
Figure 11-12, Figure 11-13,
Figure 11-14, and Figure 11-15
OEM Cable Diagrams:
x x x
Figure 11-12, Figure 11-13,
Figure 11-14, Figure 11-15 and
Figure 11-16
Table 11-4
iU22 Service Manual
Page 451
Cabling: Cable List
iU22 System Test Cables
Part Number
Cable Description
453561170191
Cable Assy, Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial
Connector
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 452
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
System
Connector
Illustrations
Figure 11-1 through Figure 11-10 illustrate system connectors.
Figure 11-1
Front Panel Connector Locations (Frontplane Assembly)
J501, 0.25-in phono jack
J502, 0.25-in phono jack
J504, 0.25-in phono jack
J503, 0.25-in phono jack
ECG connector
Not used by field service
Debug serial port (phone jack)
J1, not used by field service
J2, not used by field service
Foot switch connector
(not currently used)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-2
iU22 Service Manual
Page 453
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
Scanhead Select (SHSEL) Connector Locations
Doppler probe connector, P4
Channel Board 3, P5/P10
Channel Board 2, P6/P11
P1, transducer ZIF connector A
P2, transducer ZIF connector B
P3, transducer ZIF connector C
P7/P12, Channel Board 1
P8/P13, Channel Board 0
P9/P14, Neo Analog Interface Module
(NAIM)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 454
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
Rear Interface Panel Connector Locations (AVIO-RIP), A.x Systems
AVIO-Rear Interface Panel
AVIO-RIP overlay
P21, E-NET
OEM 2 (1.1 USB)
P19, Bluetooth (1.1 USB)
OEM 1 (1.1 USB), P20
Modem (1.1 USB)
MIC, (Microphone) P18
VCR IN, P16
AUDIO
P17, VCR OUT
P15, Video monitor
AUX
COMP
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
DUAL SVID IN, P12
AUX
S-VIDEO
COMP
VIDEO
SVID OUT, P10
P13, C IN (composite in)
P11, C OUT (composite out)
S-VIDEO
BLK/WHT
VIDEO
Print STAT, P8
P14, EXT (external monitor)
REMOTE
P9, B/W OUT (B/W video out)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-4
iU22 Service Manual
Page 455
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
Rear Interface Panel Connector Locations (AVIO-RIP), B.0 Systems
AVIO-Rear Interface Panel
AVIO-RIP overlay
P21, E-NET
OEM 2 (2.0 USB)
P19, (2.0 USB)
OEM 1 (2.0 USB), P20
Modem (2.0 USB)
MIC, (Microphone) P18
VCR IN, P16
AUDIO
P17, VCR OUT
P15, Video monitor
AUX
COMP
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
DUAL SVID IN, P12
AUX
S-VIDEO
COMP
VIDEO
SVID OUT, P10
P13, C IN (composite in)
P11, C OUT (composite out)
S-VIDEO
BLK/WHT
VIDEO
Print STAT, P8
P14, EXT (external monitor)
REMOTE
P9, B/W OUT (B/W video out)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 456
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
Rear Interface Panel Connector Locations (AVIO-RIP), C.0 Systems
AVIO-Rear Interface Panel
AVIO-RIP overlay
P12, E-NET
OEM 2 (2.0 USB)
P10, (2.0 USB)
OEM 1 (2.0 USB), P11
Modem (2.0 USB)
MIC, (Microphone) P20
VCR IN, P18
AUDIO
P19, VCR OUT
P17, Video monitor (DVI connector)
AUX
S-VIDEO
AUX
S-VIDEO
DUAL SVID IN, P15
P16, EXT (external monitor)
(DVI connector)
COMP
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
J1, C OUT (composite out)
DUAL SVID OUT, P14
BLK/WHT
VIDEO
Print STAT, P13
REMOTE
P9, B/W OUT (B/W video out)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-6
iU22 Service Manual
Page 457
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
User USB Connector Location (Rear of Disk Bay Housing), A.x Systems
User USB connector port
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 458
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
User USB Connector Location (Rear of Disk Bay Housing), B.0 and C.0 Systems
User USB connector ports (two)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-8
iU22 Service Manual
Page 459
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
AC Power Receptacle (AC Tray) Side View (Typical for A.x, B.0, and C.0 Systems)
AC power receptacle
Circuit breaker switch
Ground stud
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Green
Brown
Blue
NC
NC
NC
White
Black
Black
Green
Terminal Block and Relay Wire Connection Diagram (AC Tray), A.x Systems
Brown
Figure 11-9
Page 460
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
Bottom
1
2
1
2
3
4
Relay
3
5
6
7
8
9
Terminal block
4
Rear of system
To system
power supplies
To LED platform
power supply
Green
Black
White
NC
Black
Red
Green
Blue
Brown
Black
Yellow
Top
To OEM power
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-10
iU22 Service Manual
Page 461
Cabling: System Connector Illustrations
J32 Feature Connector (Host/SIP Motherboard)
Reset
Speaker
IDE/SCSI LED
Keyboard lock (KL)
Power LED
ACPI
Power on
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 462
Cabling: Signal Cables
Signal Cables
Most signal cables are not field-repairable. Consequently, the signal cable illustrations and pinout
tables have been removed from this manual. The foot switch wiring is field-repairable and is
shown in Figure 11-11 and in Table 11-5.
Figure 11-11
Foot Switch Assembly and Cable Pinout, Triple Pedal (P/N 3300-0355-01)
Connects to front
panel foot switch
receptacle
6.5 ft.
SW1
See Table 11-5
P1
SW2
(Top View)
SW3
SW3
SW2
(Bottom View)
SW1
PIN 5
PIN 9
PIN 1
PIN 6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 11-5
Page 463
Cabling: Signal Cables
Foot Switch Assembly Cabling Details (P/N 3300-0355-01)
Cable Connector
(9-pin DSUB)
Switch End of Cable Comments
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Connector body
Switch 1, open contact
Switch 2, open contact
Switch 1, common
Switch 2, common
Switch 3, common
Switch 3, open contact
No connection
No connection
No connection
Pin 9
Pin 8
Ground stud
Red
Brown
Black
White
Provides the ability for firmware to
detect that the foot switch is plugged in
Braid
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 464
Cabling: OEM Cabling Diagrams
OEM Cabling
Diagrams
Figure 11-12 through Figure 11-16 provide OEM configuration cabling diagrams. The green lines
indicate a signal cable and the blue lines indicate a power cable.
Figure 11-12
HS-MD3000UA/EA Mitsubishi VCR Cabling Diagram (Single OEM Configuration)
See Figure 11-3 or Figure 11-4 for USB configuration
453561153452
iU22 rear panel
NOTE Do not disconnect the
453561153452 USB cable
from the system rear interface panel. If disconnected,
ensure that it gets reconnected to the same port.
VCR AUDIO IN
P16
HS-MD3000UA/EA VCR
Tied-off
453561179291
AC tray terminal block
453561179291
453561182511
453561182511
453561182641
453561182641
P12
SVID OUT
P10
DUAL SVID IN
VCR AUDIO OUT
P17
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-13
iU22 Service Manual
Page 465
Cabling: OEM Cabling Diagrams
UP-D895MD Sony Digital Black-and-White Printer Cabling Diagram (Dual OEM
Configuration)
See Figure 11-3 or Figure 11-4 for USB configuration
iU22 rear panel
453561153452
453561179291
AC tray terminal block
UP -D895MD B/W printer
VCR AUDIO IN
P16
453561179291
453561153452
HS-MD3000UA/EA VCR
NOTE Do not disconnect the
453561153452 USB cable from
the system rear interface panel.
If disconnected, ensure that it
gets reconnected to the same
port.
453561182511
453561182511
453561182641
453561182641
P12
P10
SVID OUT
DUAL SVID IN
VCR AUDIO OUT
P17
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-14
iU22 Service Manual
Page 466
Cabling: OEM Cabling Diagrams
UPD-23MD Sony Digital Color Printer Cabling Diagram (Dual OEM Configuration)
See Figure 11-3 or Figure 11-4 for USB configuration
iU22 rear panel
Rear of DVD housing
453561153452
USB hub
See Figure 11-16
453561179291
VCR AUDIO IN
453561179291
P16
AC tray terminal block
453561153452
HS-MD3000UA/EA VCR
NOTE Do not disconnect the
453561153452 USB cable from
the system rear interface panel.
If disconnected, ensure that it
gets reconnected to the same
port.
453561182511
453561182511
453561182641
453561182641
P12
P10
SVID OUT
DUAL SVID IN
VCR AUDIO OUT
P17
UPD-23MD color printer
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 11-15
Page 467
Cabling: OEM Cabling Diagrams
UP-D897 Sony Digital Graphic Printer Cabling Diagram (Third OEM Configuration)
See Figure 11-5 for USB configuration
iU22 rear panel
453561153452
453561221441
UP -D897 B/W graphic printer
P16
453561238621
UPD-23MD color printer
453561221441
To video
monitor
453561153452
453561209442
AC tray
terminal block
NOTE Do not disconnect the
453561153452 USB cable from
the system rear interface panel.
If disconnected, ensure that it
gets reconnected to the same
port.
HS-MD3000UA/EA VCR
453561182511
453561182641
VCR AUDIO IN
453561209442
P12
P10
SVID OUT
DUAL SVID IN
VCR AUDIO OUT
P17
453561153452
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 11-16
Page 468
Cabling: OEM Cabling Diagrams
USB Printer Hub Cabling Diagram
External printer
Rear view of system disk bay
453563470881
(without hub)
453563470881 (with hub)
453561185291
Hub
453561153452
Internal printer
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 469
Cabling: Test Cabling
Test Cabling
Test cabling and cabling connections are illustrated in Figure 11-17 and Figure 11-18. Pinout
information for the test cable is listed in Table 11-6.
Figure 11-17
Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial Port Cable Assembly (P/N 453561170191)
Connects to
Acquisition
Frontplane
Connects to
Laptop Serial Port
PIN 1
PIN 6
PIN 4
J1
PIN 1
PIN 9
PIN 5
See Table 11-6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Table 11-6
iU22 Service Manual
Page 470
Cabling: Test Cabling
Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial Port Cable Assembly (P/N 453561170191)
P1
P2
Wire Color (Function)
P1-1
P1-2
P1-3
P1-4
P1-5
P1-6
P1-7
P1-8
P1-9
P2-1
P2-2
P2-3
Yellow (GND)
Red (Tx)
Green (Rx)
Not used
Black (GND)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
P2-4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 11-18
iU22 Service Manual
Page 471
Cabling: Test Cabling
Acquisition Frontplane to Laptop Serial Port Connection Diagram
Acquisition
Frontplane
453561170191
Rear of laptop (serial
port connector)
Page 472
Cabling: Cabling Diagrams
iU22 Ultrasound System Signal Interconnect Diagram (A.x System)
1
CD/DVD Housing
453561153712
2100-1919-01 or
453561171931
Host Motherboard
(453561153731)
USB
Or
USB
3500-3643-01
453561182681
ON/STBY
switch
P1
(P501)
ON/STBY
P5
P3
LVDS XCVRS @ 40 MHZ
link clock, Doppler audio,
LVDS, i button, ACB
deconfig, battery enable
USB
453561153662
Dolphin
P2
P3
P4
Control panel
connector board
P4
453561153712
453561182711
453561156204
Promise
IDE
controller
AVIO - RIP
P1
E-NET
P3
SPKRS
P2
HOST
USB
AUDIO
453561127401
P6
P&A FANS,
BATTERY,
BATTERY
TEMP
VCR
Video
in
P11
P12
C
DUAL
OUT SVID IN
Video
out
P16
VCR
IN
Audio
line out
P17 P13 P14
VCR C EXT
OUT IN
P15
VID
MON
453561155362
453561164201
Audio
line in
Video
monitor
P19
DUAL
USB
P18
MIC
453561153723
MIC
Modem
P507
Unused
P501
Unused
P502
System rear panel
P510
P508
P509
2
P7
I BUTTON
+5v
SW-BATT
+12V SB,
-12V, +12V
P20
P21
DUAL E-NET
USB
453561153452
P10
SVID
OUT
USB
Control panel
module board
P505
P4
P5
AVIO- AGP
CAD VIDEO
3500-3591-01
P9
B/W
OUT
ISP (not used)
AGP
2100-1868-01
P8
Print
STAT
Cable 453561153712 is shown in three
places, but is only one cable assembly.
Cable 453561153723 is shown in three
places, but is only one cable assembly.
IDE hard
drive 1
453561182641
2
453561182671
453561091701
System rear panel
1
DSC
QWERTY
keyboard
P506
Trackball
453561153402
Bluetooth
adapter
453561091701
(Primary drive)
FEC
453561159872
IDE 1
(Secondary
drive)
Speakers
453561182641
IDE hard
drive 2
ON/STBY
453561182701
453561182701
453561182511
IDE hard
drive 3
D
o
l
p
h
i
n
453561182401
453561182511
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
Provisional i button
(not implemented)
453561153712
1
Refer to
Power Distribution
Diagram
QWERTY control panel LEDs
453561153723
453561153483
SIP Motherboard
Beeper
453561182351
2
1
453561091701
453561182481
453561153802
453561156632
P6
Video
P2 P1
P5
453561182631
Fire wire
Backlight
inverter
P7
453561153723
MIC
453561153692
Audio out
User USB
453561179281
453561182611
Audio in
453563470881
Backlight pot
USB
See Figure 11-16 for
USB printer hub
cabling diagram
453561156612
CD audio
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
453561153503
IDE 1
ON/
STBY
LED
Touch screen
Part of touch screen
(453561153731)
3500-3621-01
Audio
453561182501
AVIO - CAD
DVD drive
453561153682
453561153723
Part of touch screen
Video monitor (future)
2
453561153712
453561153793
Figure 11-19
iU22 Service Manual
453561182561
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
OEM
Ethernet filter
453561182661
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 11-20
Page 473
Cabling: Cabling Diagrams
iU22 Ultrasound System AC/DC Power Distribution Diagram (A.x System)
Platform Power Supply
AC Tray
15A Circuit breaker
Filter
100, 120,
230, 240
Vac input
from wall
outlet
Terminal block
3
Black
1
4
White
2
453561182361
453561182381
453561182371
1
5
6
453561128131
White
GND
LED
OEM AC input
voltage
+3.3Vdc
Bus bars
453561182571
3+
1
Acquisition
Power Supply
OEM relay
4-
9
4
Red
5
Black
BB1
+3.65Vdc,+5.35Vdc,
-5.35Vdc acquisition
sense lines
BB2
BB6
453561153492
Channel boards (X4),
AIM+, front-end
Acquisition front-plane
HV switcher
SIP Motherboard
BB3
BB4A
BB4B
ON/STBY
switch
453561153723
453561153712
453561157002
453561182501
P507
Host
Motherboard
453561182601
Host hard drive
Control
panel
module
Battery temp
BB7
P1
SIP hard drives
453561158551
BB5
453561182431
+/-15Vdc
+48Vdc
Acquisition card cage
fans
BB8
Power distribution board
+/- HV, CNTRL
Battery
+5Vdc
453561182651
453561182591
Platform card cage
fans
GND
7
8
Green
+12Vdc
PS on acquisition
AC_DC_OK
N.C.
2
Black
+5Vdc,+3.3Vdc
platform sense
lines
Power supply breakout board
OEM
XFMR
453561179301
453561162851
(2265-0274-01)
3
453561153673
Green
AVIO - RIP
Control
P8
panel
connector
board
2100-1919-01
Touch screen
P4
(IDE) Signal
1
DVD drive
Power
P1
E-NET
P2
HOST
USB
AUDIO
P3
SPKRS
P4
AVIOCAD
P5
AGP
VIDEO
P6
P&A FANS
BATTERY
BATTERY TEMP
P7
I BUTTON
+5v
SW-BATT
+12V SB, -12V, +12V
P2
P3
453561164201
Video monitor
453561179301
ID button
System rear panel
P8
Print
STAT
P9
B/W
OUT
P10
SVID
OUT
P11
C
OUT
P12
DUAL
SVID IN
P13
C
IN
P14
EXT
P15
VID
MON
P16
VCR
IN
P17
VCR
OUT
P18
MIC
P19
DUAL
USB
P20
DUAL
USB
P21 ENET
System rear panel
1
If 2100-1919-01 is replaced by
453561153682, P4 is not
connected and is tied-off.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
iU22 Ultrasound System Signal Interconnect Diagram (B.0 System)
453561153712
ON/
Standby
LED
Part of touch screen
453561153732
USB Hub
Plus PCB
453561156612
Backlight pot
ON/STBY
P3
453561203311
P10
453561203281
P2
Dual
USB
Rear of
DVD bay
Touch screen
453561182611
453561187312
P9
USB
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
453561179281
P1
(P501)
USB
453561156632
Control Panel
P6
Connector Board
MIC
Audio out
Audio in
USB
Dolphin
Backlight inverter
P7
P2
P2
P3
P4
453561182351
Speakers
P5
DSC
Provisional i Button
(not implemented)
453561186941
453561186941
FEC
453561152752
ECG
P509
P3
SPKRS
P6
P&A FANS,
BATTERY,
BATTERY
TEMP
P4
P5
AVIO- AGP
CAD VIDEO
453561182511
2275-0541-01
2275-0541-01
VCR
Video
in
P12
DUAL
SVID IN
Video
out
P16
VCR
IN
P17 P13
VCR C
OUT IN
Audio
line out
P14
EXT
P15
VID
MON
453561155362
453561164201
Audio
line in
Video
monitor
P18
MIC
MIC
P19
DUAL
USB
Modem
P20
DUAL
USB
453561153452
P10 P11
SVID C
OUT OUT
P502
453561179872
453561153452
IDE hard
drive 2
453561182581
AGP
USB 2.0
Promise
IDE
controller
IDE hard
drive 3
P2
HOST
USB
AUDIO
P501
453561182621
2100-1868-01
IDE 1
(Secondary (Primary drive)
drive)
P1
E-NET
453561182641
ON/STBY
P9
B/W
OUT
453561182641
453561182401
P8
Print
STAT
Unused
OEM
P7
I BUTTON
+5v
SW-BATT
+12V SB,
-12V, +12V
P510
USB
Control Panel
Module Board
453561179872
P507
P505
P508
ISP
(not used)
P506
P21
E-NET
453561153812
AVIO-RIP
D
o
l
p
h
i
n
453561182511
SIP Motherboard
Unused
System front
panel
453561153402
Fire wire
453561182671
453561159872
IDE
hard
drive 1
453561156204
QWERTY control
panel LEDs
Fire wire
453561182711
2275-0541-01
453561182481
453561153802
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
Beeper
P1
LVDS XCVRS at 40 MHZ
link clock, Doppler audio,
LVDS, i Button, ACB
deconfig, battery enable
IDE 1
453561190231
453561182633
P3 P4 P5
453561179872
P8 USB
Bluetooth
device
453561182501
AVIO - CAD
453561203151
P1
DVD
drive
Host Motherboard
USB
Part of touch screen
453561203191
453561182681
ON/
Standby
switch
453561179872
453561153712
DVD bay
453561153793
Figure 11-21
Page 474
Cabling: Cabling Diagrams
453561182661
Ethernet
filter
QWERTY
keyboard
Trackball
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
iU22 Ultrasound System AC/DC Power Distribution Diagram (B.0 System)
HV Switcher
P1
453561176712
AC relay
P8
BB5
P1
Blue
453561192502
5
BB4
BB2
P4
453561193202
P2
453561174931
453561174922
453561174642
+12 VSB
supply battery
charger
P2
453561179322
P5
Acquisition Power
Supply
453561174581
P10
LED
(Blue)
P6
P7 +12 VSB
+ 12V source
Green/
Yellow
+5 VSB, AC
OEM AC
input
BB6
Blue
6
Green/
Yellow
Channel Boards (x4) AIM+,
front-end
Violet
Transformer
Brown
P1
BB3
Black
453561128131
AC Tray Connector Board
Filter and
circuit
breaker
BB1
Black
100,120,
230,240
Vac input
from wall
outlet
453561180752
Acquisition Power
Distribution Board (APDB)
AC Tray
Acquisition Front Plane
Gray
453561107311
453561162851
White
Figure 11-22
Page 475
Cabling: Cabling Diagrams
P6E
P4
BB1
P2
P6
BB2
P7D
P3
P5
P12
P4
Orange
P3A
453561164201
USB Hub
Plus PCB
BB7
P10
P2
453561179322
453561203341
453561174931
DVD drive
P6
P4
P2
P3
Orange
P15
P2
Black
P3
453561193202
Green/
Yellow
P5
453561203251
BB3
Video
monitor
P14
Black
BB4a
GND
White
Host Motherboard
Red
Black
BB4b
Host hard drive
Black
P13
P4B
Platform
Power
Distribution
Board
Violet
Black
P5C
+12V
On/STBY
switch
Black
P8
Platform
Power
Supply
BB8
453561182431
P7
White
453561182431
SIP
Motherboard
P8
P11
453561174842
SIP hard drives
P9
453561182601
453561187291
453561179872
Control panel module
P507
453561153712
453561187282
BB6
BB5
iButton
453561157002
P7
I BUTTON
+5v SW-BATT +12V SB, -12V, +12V
AVIO-RIP
Control panel
connector board
453561182501
Touch screen
P8
Print
STAT
P9
B/W
OUT
P10
SVID
OUT
P11
C
OUT
P12
DUAL
SVID IN
P13
C
IN
P6
P&A FANS
BATTERY
BATTERY TEMP
P14
EXT
P15
VID
MON
P16
VCR
IN
P5
AGP
VIDEO
P4
AVIOCAD
P3
SPKRS
P2
HOST
USB
AUDIO
P1
E-NET
P17
VCR
OUT
P18
MIC
P19
DUAL
USB
P20
DUAL
USB
P21
E-NET
Battery temp
Acquisition
card cage
fans
Battery
Platform card
cage fans
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
iU22 Ultrasound System Signal Interconnect Diagram (C.0 System)
453561153712
Part of touch screen
USB Hub
Plus PCB
Host Motherboard
453561203151
453561156612
ON/STBY
P3
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
P10
453561203281
P9
USB
453561179281
453561179872
P1
(P501)
453561153662
USB
453561182633
Fire wire
453561182711
453561239601
Fire wire
IDE 1
(Secondary (Primary drive)
drive)
Promise
IDE
controller
P9
B/W
OUT
P1
E-NET
P2
HOST
USB
AUDIO
P10 P11
SVID C
OUT OUT
P18
MIC
P3
SPKRS
453561221371
Signal
Microphone
P12
DUAL
SVID IN
Unused
MIC
Audio out
AGP
board
453561182581
P6
P&A FANS,
BATTERY,
BATTERY
TEMP
P4
P5
AVIO- AGP
CAD VIDEO
P16
VCR
IN
P17 P13
VCR C
OUT IN
P14
EXT
P19
DUAL
USB
P20
DUAL
USB
P7
I BUTTON
+5v
SW-BATT
+12V SB,
-12V, +12V
Video
in
Video
out
Audio
line out
Audio
line in
Modem
P501
P502
OEM
453561179872
P21
E-NET
P510
USB
Control Panel
Module Board
453561179872
P507
P508
P505
ISP
(not used)
P506
453561182661
453561221361
VCR
Unused
P509
USB 2.0
P15
VID
MON
453561211141
P5
System front
panel
453561153452
Microphone
P8
Print
STAT
QWERTY control
panel LEDs
Provisional i Button
(not implemented)
453561221451
453561239601
453561219221
453561182351
453561152752
453561182641
Signal
AVIO-RIP
453561239601
Display articulation arm
P4
453561182671
453561182641
Video monitor
IDE
hard
drive 1
453561182511
IDE hard
drive 2
P1
ECG
453561182511
IDE hard
drive 3
FEC
453561159872
ON/STBY
P3
Beeper
453561186941
Speakers
D
o
l
p
h
i
n
P2
453561186941
SIP Motherboard
453561182401
453561156632
Control Panel
P6
Connector Board
DSC
453561182481
453561153802
453561156204
Audio in
Dolphin
USB
IDE 1
453561190231
Backlight inverter
P7
P2
LVDS XCVRS at 40 MHZ
link clock, Doppler audio,
LVDS, i Button, ACB
deconfig, battery enable
P8 USB
B
u
l
k
h
e
a
d
P3 P4 P5
453561153402
P2
Dual
USB
Rear of
DVD bay
Backlight pot
453561153452
453561187312
453561203311
DVD
drive
Touch screen
453561182611
P1
Bluetooth
device
453561182501
AVIO - CAD
USB
Part of touch screen
453561153732
453561153793
453561203191
ON/
Standby
LED
453561153712
DVD bay
453561182681
ON/
Standby
switch
453561179872
453561153812
Figure 11-23
Page 476
Cabling: Cabling Diagrams
Ethernet
filter
QWERTY
keyboard
Trackball
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
iU22 Ultrasound System AC/DC Power Distribution Diagram (C.0 System)
HV Switcher
AC Tray Connector Board
453561176712
AC relay
P8
453561192502
5
BB4
BB2
P4
453561193202
P2
Green/
Yellow
453561174922
453561174642
453561174931
P2
453561179322
P5
Acquisition Power
Supply
P7 +12 VSB
+ 12V source
P10
LED
(Blue)
P6
Green/
Yellow
453561174581
Black
+5 VSB, AC
OEM AC
input
BB6
SIP
Motherboard
P6
P4
BB1
P7D
P3
P4
Display articulation arm
453561238621
BB4a
Host
Motherboard
P4B
Black
Orange
GND
P3A
P5
BB7
P10
P2
453561203341
USB Hub
Plus PCB
453561203251
BB3
Red
P13
BB4b
Host hard drive
Black
Black
P5C
+12V
Platform
Power
Distribution
Board
Violet
DVD drive
453561179322
453561174931
P6
P4
P2
P14
P3
P15
P2
P3
Orange
Black
453561193202
Green/
Yellow
453561221441
P5
P12
BB2
On/STBY
switch
Black
P8
Platform
Power
Supply
BB8
453561182431
P2
Black
453561239441
Splitter
union
P7
P11
White
SIP hard
drives
P8
White
453561182431
AGP
board
P9
P6E
453561174842
453561221441
Blue
6
+12 VSB
supply battery
charger
OEM #1
BB5
P1
Blue
Channel Boards (x4) AIM+,
front-end
Violet
Transformer
453561209442
P1
BB3
P1
Brown
BB1
Black
Filter and
circuit
breaker
100,120, 230, 240
Vac input from
wall outlet
453561180752
Acquisition Power
Distribution Board (APDB)
AC Tray
Acquisition Front Plane
Gray
453561107311
453561162851
White
Figure 11-24
Page 477
Cabling: Cabling Diagrams
453561182601
453561179872
Control panel module
P507
453561187291
453561153712
453561187282
BB6
BB5
iButton
OEM #2
453561157002
P7
I BUTTON
+5v SW-BATT +12V SB, -12V, +12V
AVIO-RIP
Control panel
connector board
OEM #3
453561182501
Video
monitor
Touch screen
P8
Print
STAT
P9
B/W
OUT
P10
SVID
OUT
P11
C
OUT
P12
DUAL
SVID IN
P13
C
IN
P6
P&A FANS
BATTERY
BATTERY TEMP
P14
EXT
P15
VID
MON
P16
VCR
IN
P5
AGP
VIDEO
P4
AVIOCAD
P3
SPKRS
P2
HOST
USB
AUDIO
P1
E-NET
P17
VCR
OUT
P18
MIC
P19
DUAL
USB
P20
DUAL
USB
P21
E-NET
Battery temp
Acquisition
card cage
fans
Battery
Platform card
cage fans
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
12
iU22 Service Manual
Page 478
Change History: 1.0.0.95
Change History
This section lists the software and hardware changes associated with a specific software release
number. Unless noted, the hardware changes are not required for that particular software
release.
1.0.0.95
Released on March 19, 2004
453561163821
8000-2630-01
453561162541
453561191281
Software collection
Software BOM part number
System part number
Programmed Host Drive, 1.0.0.95
New Features
•
Broadband Sector (Phased) Array Transducers
-
•
•
S4-1
Broadband Linear Array Transducers
-
L8-4
-
L12-5 50 mm
-
L17-5 High Frequency Linear Array
Broadband Curved Array Transducers
-
C5-2
-
C8-4v
-
C8-5
-
C9-4
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1.0.1.3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 479
Change History: 1.0.1.3
-
C9-5ec
-
3D9-3v
-
3D6-2 Trans-Abdominal Broadband Curved Array
•
Voice commands
•
iSCAN Intelligent Optimization
•
SonoCT Real-Time Compound Imaging
•
XRES Visualization Technology
•
Freehand 3D imaging and 4D imaging
•
Contrast imaging
•
Panoramic Imaging
•
Connectivity
Released on June 15, 2004
This software is a corrective build. It is available on new-build systems and for upgrades on an
as-needed basis. There is no upgrade program associated with this release. Fixes associated with
this release will be incorporated into a subsequent baseline software version.
453561178561
453561191291
Software collection
Programmed Host Drive, 1.0.1.3
New Features
There are no new features associated with this release.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1.1.0.138
iU22 Service Manual
Page 480
Change History: 1.1.0.138
Released on June 22, 2004
Upgrade name: System Update 2.0
453561181411
453561191301
Software collection
Programmed Host Drive, 1.1.0.138
New Features
•
S3-1 Broadband Phased Array (Sector) Transducers
•
Adult Cardiology clinical option
•
Cardiology (Adult Echo) Calculations
•
Support for DICOM color printers
-
Agfa DryStar 4500
-
Agfa DryStar 5500
-
Fuji DryPix 7000
-
Fuji DryPix FM-DP L
-
Kodak DryView 8900
-
Kodak Keli 160
-
Konica DryPro 722
-
Konica DryPro 752
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1.1.1.147
iU22 Service Manual
Page 481
Change History: 1.1.1.147
Released on August 24, 2004
Software version 1.1.1.147 is a maintenance build to allow replacement of the ASUS video card
with the MSI video card when the ASUS is end-of-life. There is no upgrade associated with this
release. Fixes associated with this release will be incorporated into a subsequent baseline software version.
453561186421
453561191311
Software collection
Programmed Host Drive 1.1.1.147
New Features
There are no new features associated with this release.
1.1.2.197
Released on October 8, 2004
Software version 1.1.2.197 is a baseline upgrade that supports several feature enhancements and
the corrections to system operation. There are no new hardware requirements for the software.
Included with the upgrade kit is a Certificate of Authenticity label. The label represents the Philips purchase of Microsoft-licensed software. Install the label as indicated in the upgrade instructions.
453561192621
453561193441
Software 1.1.2.197
Programmed Host Drive, 1.1.2.197
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 482
Change History: 1.1.2.197
New Features
•
Allows use of retired ultrasound and retired ultrasound mainframe SOP classes for improved
interoperability with older PACS.
•
Adds the Advanced control to the Archive area of the Device Selection tab in the
Print/Network setups to select between ILE and ELE transfer syntaxes to archive servers.
The iU22 system supports both syntaxes. Some PACS crash when attempting to use a transfer syntax that they do not support. For 1.1.2 software, the setting Use implicit transfer
syntax only is disabled after it has been selected.
•
Adds the ability to optimize image quality on exported images by allowing the user to apply
one of four lookup tables to the exported images.
•
Adds the ability for the user to modify these printer settings: image display format, minimum
density, maximum density, film destination, and configuration information.
•
Adds the ability for the user to configure whether the system automatically selects the
appropriate DICOM printer for color or black-and-white images.
•
Adds a Study Description field to the Patient Data display.
NOTE There are no image quality changes to the C5-2 Abdomen, S4-1 Abdomen, L8-4 Vascular, or 3D6-2 OB presets. Changes were made for the C5-2 OB and L12-5 OB
Tissue Specific presets for Harmonic SonoCT imaging.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1.1.3.283
iU22 Service Manual
Page 483
Change History: 1.1.3.283
Released on February 2, 2005
Software version 1.1.3.283 is a baseline upgrade that supports the release of the Hewlett Packard LaserJet 1320 (HP LJ1320) and corrects various operational issues. There are no changes or
enhancements to image quality associated with this release.
453561203711
453561209821
Software 1.1.3.283
Programmed Host Drive, 1.1.3.283
New Features
There are no new features associated with this release.
1.1.4.327
Released May 31, 2005
Software version 1.1.4.327 is a corrective build only. There are no changes or enhancements to
image quality associated with this release.
453561215231
Software 1.1.4.327
New Features
There are no new features associated with this release.
2.0.0.320
Released September 26, 2005
Upgrade name System Update 3.0
This software supports the new features listed and makes several corrections to system software.
453561238121
Software 2.0.0.320
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 484
Change History: 2.0.1.420
New Features
2.0.1.420
•
L9-3 Linear Array Transducer
•
X3-1 matrix Transducer
•
S7-2omni Transducer
•
S5-1 Sector Array Transducer
•
D2cwc CW Transducer (Pedoff)
•
D5cwc CW Transducer (Pedoff)
Released February 8, 2006
This software is a mandatory field baseline to incorporate G2A software fixes on initially
released systems with A.X hardware. There are no new features associated with this release.
453561253991
Software 2.0.1.420
New Features
None.
2.0.2.428
Released March 30, 2006
The software is a corrective build that resolves defects that impact the customer’s perception of
system quality and functionality.
453561264381
New Features
None.
Software 2.0.2.428
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
2.1.0.480
iU22 Service Manual
Page 485
Change History: 2.1.0.480
Released May XX, 2006
This software supports various hardware changes required due to obsolescence issues. The software supports the new features listed. There are no changes to system operation.
453561269441
Software 2.1.0.480
New Features
•
Third OEM capability (optional)
•
Microphone in the monitor (moved from front of DVD bay)
•
Gel bottle holder
•
Transducer cable holder hooks
•
User-accessible test patterns complying with American Association of Physicists in Medicine
Task Group 18 (AAPM TG-18) standards
•
Sony UP-D897 black-and-white printer
•
Sony UP-D55 large-image multi-format color printer
•
HP Color DeskJet DJ-5940
•
HP Color OfficeJet printer HP-K-550
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
13
iU22 Service Manual
Page 486
Configuration: About Compatibility and Part Numbers
Configuration
About
Compatibility
and Part
Numbers
The system software contains a hardware and software configuration file that lists the hardware
and software devices of installed PCBs. If a different dash level PCB is installed, and Save as
Installed is then selected, this file is updated. This should only be done if the replacement has
been determined to be compatible with the system configuration.
NOTE The original configuration information cannot be retrieved after this file is modified.
Refer to Section 9, “Troubleshooting”, for more information.
There are no PCB PROMs or jumpers required to configure the system.
Primary PCB
Locations
Acquisition Card Cage PCB locations are shown in Figure 13-1.
NOTES
• Call your Philips representative for the part number and compatible software version of system PCBs.
•
Individual batteries are not to be replaced in the field. Return assemblies containing batteries
to Bothell.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 13-1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 487
Configuration: Primary PCB Locations
Primary PCB Names and Locations (Acquisition Card Cage)
Frontplane
assembly removed
Scanhead Select
Assembly
(SHSEL)
Front End Controller
(FEC)
Analog Interface
Module (AIM)
About Compatibility and Part Numbers
Channel Board (CB3 - CB0)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Supported
Media
iU22 Service Manual
Page 488
Configuration: Supported Media
Refer to Table 13-1 and Table 13-2 for the types of media supported in the DVD drives.
•
If you want to read files stored on the DVD on a PC, a UDF reader must be installed on the
PC if the PC does not use Windows XP. The UDF reader may be downloaded free from the
Internet.
•
On initially released systems, Philips recommends the use of Verbatim or Sony DVDs. Other
DVD brands have not performed as well on the system. On systems with 2.0 software, compatibility issues when using certain brands of DVDs in the system DVD drive can result in
DVD write errors and system lockups. Philips recommends using only TDK DVD +RW and
Maxell DVD + RW media in the system DVD drive.
Table 13-1
Types of Media Supported in the DVD Drive (S/W Below 2.0)
Media
File System Notes
DVD+R
DVD-R
DVD+RW
DVD-RW
CD-RW
CD-R
UDF
UDF
UDF
UDF
UDF
ISO
Use Verbatim or Sony DVDs (not Imation)
Use Verbatim or Sony DVDs (not Imation)
Use Verbatim or Sony DVDs (not Imation)
Use Verbatim or Sony DVDs (not Imation)
Requires 20 minutes to format, only supports to 10X
No need for UDF reader, can be read anywhere. ISO
can be formatted on the CD using the DVD format
procedure in “Formatting a Blank DVD (Software
Versions Below 2.0)” on page 687
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 13-2
Media1
Page 489
Configuration: Supported Media
Types of Media Supported in the DVD Drive (2.0 S/W and
Above)
File
System Notes
DVD+R
UDF
DVD+RW UDF
CD-R
ISO
Files require UDF reader to be read on a PC.
Files require UDF reader to be read on a PC.
Files can be read on PCs without using UDF reader. ISO can be
formatted on the CD using the DVD format procedure in “Formatting
a Blank DVD (Software Versions Below 2.0)” on page 687
1. Only the preferred types of media supported in the DVD drive are listed. Drives are also compatible
with CD-RW, DVD-RW, and DVD-RW. However, CD-RW and DVD-RW drives have slow write
speeds.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
14
iU22 Service Manual
Page 490
Parts: Parts Ordering Information
Parts
This section contains parts information for the iU22 Ultrasound System. For replacement parts
that are dependent upon system features and software versions (PCBs and certain hardware
assemblies), call your Philips representative for the part number and compatible software version
of system PCBs.
Use the figures and parts tables in this section to locate and identify system parts. Index numbers
on the figures are linked to individual parts located in the parts table. Use the part number and
description provided as needed to order a part. Verify the level of replacement for a given part is
in accordance with current service philosophy before ordering the part.
Parts
Ordering
Information
NOTES
• CCFLs (cold cathode fluorescent lamps) in the touch screen and video monitor contain mercury and must be recycled or disposed of according to local, state, or federal laws.
•
Individual batteries are not to be replaced in the field. Return assemblies containing batteries
to Philips.
Field Service
Engineers
For parts ordering procedures, FSEs should refer to their standard operating procedures.
Customers
Customers can order parts through an FSE or directly from the Customer Service Order Processing Department. Customers ordering parts through an FSE will need to provide the following information:
•
Shipping address
•
Purchase order number of equipment
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
How to Find a
Part Number
iU22 Service Manual
•
Part numbers or sales order numbers
•
Part descriptions and quantity needed
Page 491
Parts: Parts Ordering Information
To begin your parts search, go to the “Configuration Locator” (Figure 14-1) and click the appropriate link button for the configuration you need. The “Configuration Locator” will take you to
the “System Parts Locator Map” (A.x Configuration Figure 14-2, B.0 Configuration Figure 14-4,
C.0 Configuration Figure 14-6), which refer to the exploded-view system illustrations. Index
numbers in the exploded-view illustrations (figures) point to the system parts. The index numbers in these figures link to individual parts tables containing descriptive information about the
part.
Using the Figures and Tables
➤ To use the figures and tables in this section
• Start your parts search by navigating to the “Configuration Locator” (Figure 14-1).
•
Click one of the configuration buttons to go to the “System Parts Locator Map” for that configuration.
•
If you need a part number, find the drawing of the part in the appropriate figure. The index
number, or reference to a detail figure where the index number appears, points to the drawing. If you need the part description, clicking the blue index number takes you to the corresponding item in the parts table where the description is provided.
•
If you have the part number and want to look up the description in the table, use the Acrobat Reader Find function to locate the part number, either in the table or in the figure, from
which you can click the part number to go to the corresponding item in the parts table.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 492
Parts: Parts Ordering Information
Figure Definitions
7
See Figure 14-X
Index Number The index number for each part or subassembly shown in an illustration is a
hypertext cross-reference linking to the parts/cable tables containing parts descriptions and additional information.
See Figure “See Figure” is a hypertext cross-reference link to a detail (subassembly) figure. In
the subassembly figure you will find either the part number, a reference to another detail figure,
or a reference to the table containing parts descriptions and additional information.
SYSTEM VIEW System View Illustration Label The “SYSTEM VIEW” (Configuration Locator), contains
configuration links to the “System Parts Locator Map” illustrations. The “System Parts Locator
Map” provides links to major parts assemblies, indicated with a “Figure” reference.
PARENT VIEW Parent View Illustration Label “PARENT VIEW” indicates an illustration that provides links
to additional parts breakdown, indicated with a “See Figure” reference.
System View
System View Button The “System View” button is a hypertext cross-reference link to the
“SYSTEM VIEW” (Configuration Locator). You can return to the “System Parts Locator Map” by
clicking the “System View” button in the lower left corner of any figure in this section and it will
return you to the “Configuration Locator” illustration.
Parent View
Parent View Button The “Parent View” button is a hypertext link to the parent-part or
“PARENT VIEW” illustration.
Green Arrow The green arrows found throughout the parts illustrations are used to indicate
movement (direction, rotation), or to point to a specific area (details, breakdowns).
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Effectivity Box The effectivity box located in the upper right corner of each figure, denotes
the compatible configuration for that figure. An “x” is shown below the effective configuration
heading.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 493
Parts: Parts Ordering Information
Parts Table Definitions
Index No. This column lists the index numbers that correspond to the numbers in the parts
illustrations.
Part Number This column lists the 12NC and Legacy part number (if any), for an item. Use
this column if you are ordering from an APEC, EMEA, or LATAM country. 12NC numbers can be
used for parts orders worldwide. These numbers correspond to the MIP SAP system used by SLI
(Service Logistics International) and Miami.
The Legacy part numbers, if there are any, are shown in parentheses below the 12NC part numbers. Use the Legacy part numbers to order parts only if you are in North America or Canada,
or if you order directly from Bothell. These numbers correspond to the PRI SAP system. If a
table is referenced in this column, the part number is on that table. Cable part numbers are in
Section 11, “Cabling”.
Part Description The name or common description of the item is listed here. Where appropriate, the description column also includes size, tolerance, type or model, and material data for
the part.
Attaching parts must be ordered separately. They are not provided with the assembly, the subassembly, or the component being attached.
Notes/Reference Manufacturer's part numbers, sometimes alternate part numbers, special
applications, and other information pertaining to a specific part are listed in the Notes/Reference
column. For top assemblies containing many replaceable parts, the applicable figure or table for
further breakdown of parts is listed here.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 494
Parts: Parts Ordering Information
Effectivity (A.x, B.0, C.0) The effectivity columns indicate which parts are used for the different system configurations. A blue “x” is located in the configuration column where that part is
used. The blue “x” is a hypertext cross-reference link back to the figure where the part (item
number) is located.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 495
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Figures and
Parts Lists
Figure 14-1
Configuration Locator
SYSTEM VIEW
A.x Config.
B.0 Config.
C.0 Config.
Click on any blue link configuration button to link to parts for that configuration
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 496
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
A.x
Configuration
Figure 14-2
iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Front and Rear Views)
System labeling
Side, Figure 14-83
Front, Figure 14-84
Rear, Figure 14-88
Video monitor
(Figure 14-8)
DVD drive housing
(Figure 14-22)
Power switch
(Figure 14-26)
Control panel
(Figure 14-32)
Speaker boxes
(Figure 14-74)
System enclosures
(Figure 14-71)
Acquisition card cage
(Figure 14-36)
System View
System enclosures
(Figure 14-70)
- Front -
System brake
(Figure 14-45)
Platform card cage
(Figure 14-40)
- Rear -
Side Views
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-3
iU22 Service Manual
Page 497
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Right Side)
System labeling
Side, Figure 14-83
Front, Figure 14-84
Rear, Figure 14-88
A.x
Video monitor articulation arm
(Figure 14-15)
OEM deck
(Figure 14-77)
System enclosures
(Right front, Figure 14-70)
(Left rear, Figure 14-71)
Casters
(Figure 14-67)
System View
Power supply enclosure
(Figure 14-43)
- Right side -
End Views
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 498
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
B.0
Configuration
Figure 14-4
iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Front and Rear Views)
System labeling
Side, Figure 14-83
Front, Figure 14-84
Rear, Figure 14-88
Video monitor
(Figure 14-8)
Power switch
(Figure 14-27)
DVD drive housing
(Figure 14-22)
Control panel
(Figure 14-32)
Speaker boxes
(Figure 14-74)
System enclosures
(Figure 14-71)
Acquisition card cage
(Figure 14-36)
System View
System enclosures
(Figure 14-70)
- Front -
System brake
(Figure 14-45)
Platform card cage
(Figure 14-40)
- Rear -
Side Views
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-5
iU22 Service Manual
Page 499
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Right Side)
System labeling
Side, Figure 14-83
Front, Figure 14-84
Rear, Figure 14-88
B.0
Video monitor articulation arm
(Figure 14-15)
OEM deck
(Figure 14-77)
System enclosures
(Right front, Figure 14-70)
(Left rear, Figure 14-71)
Casters
(Figure 14-67)
System View
Power supply enclosure
(Figure 14-44)
- Right side -
End Views
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 500
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
C.0
Configuration
Figure 14-6
iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Front and Rear Views)
System labeling
Side, Figure 14-83
Front, Figure 14-84
Rear, Figure 14-88
Video monitor
(Figure 14-12)
Power switch
(Figure 14-27)
DVD drive housing
(Figure 14-22)
Control panel
(Figure 14-32)
Speaker boxes
(Figure 14-74)
Acquisition card cage
(Figure 14-36)
System enclosures
(Figure 14-71)
System enclosures
(Figure 14-70)
Platform card cage
(Figure 14-40)
System brake
(Figure 14-45)
System View
- Front -
- Rear -
Side Views
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-7
iU22 Service Manual
Page 501
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Parts Locator Map (Right Side)
System labeling
Side, Figure 14-83
Front, Figure 14-84
Rear, Figure 14-88
C.0
Video monitor articulation arm
(Figure 14-15)
Third OEM platform
See (Figure 14-81)
OEM deck
(Figure 14-77)
System enclosures
(Right front, Figure 14-70)
(Left rear, Figure 14-71)
Casters
(Figure 14-67)
Power supply enclosure
(Figure 14-44)
System View
- Left side -
End Views
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-8
PARENT VIEW
Page 502
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel Assembly
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
Front enclosure
See Figure 14-9
Rear enclosure
See Figure 14-10
System View
1 Video monitor assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-1
Index
No.
Part Number
1
453561168371
Page 503
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel Assembly
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Monitor Assy, Flat-Panel
Video monitor
See notes on page 490 for
CCFL info
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-9
iU22 Service Manual
Page 504
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
1 (4 plcs)
5 (8 plcs)
3
2 (2 plcs)
5 (6 plcs)
Parent View
System View
4
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-2
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
1065-6513-01
1065-6511-01
453561128191
(3000-0858-01)
453561128201
(2100-1906-01)
1630-0128-01
Page 505
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Bracket, Mount, Monitor, Horiz
Bracket, Mount, Monitor, Right
Enclosure Assy, Front
Monitor, 17-in, Color, LCD Display
Screw, M4.5x16, Phd, Td, Tf, St, Zn
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x
x x
See notes on page 490 for
CCFL info
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-10
Page 506
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
Video monitor
articulation arm
See Figure 14-15
2
3
4
Cables
See Figure 14-11
Parent View
System View
(2 plcs) 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-3
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
453561014701
(2950-0586-01)
453561129871
(1065-6510-01)
453561129881
(1065-6520-01)
453561129891
(1065-6521-01)
Page 507
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Bumper, 0.5-in x 0.14-in H, Clear Vinyl, Adhesive
Back
Enclosure, Rear
x x
Enclosure, Shroud, Monitor, Upper
x x
Enclosure, Shroud, Monitor, Lower
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-11
iU22 Service Manual
Page 508
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Cables)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
2
1
Video cable
Parent View
System View
Power cable
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-4
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
1065-6516-01
1065-6566-01
Page 509
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 17-Inch, Flat-Panel (Cables)
Part Description
Bracket, Mount, Vesa, Eizo, L500, Monitor
Clamp, Cable, Single
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-12
PARENT VIEW
Page 510
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel Assembly
Effectivity
A.1 B.0 C.0
x
Microphone location
1 Video monitor assembly
Front enclosure
See Figure 14-13
Rear enclosure
See Figure 14-14
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-5
Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel Assembly
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561228291
Page 511
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Monitor Assy, LCD, Gemeo
Notes/Reference
Entire monitor assembly
See note on CCFLs on
page 490
A.1
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-13
iU22 Service Manual
Page 512
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure)
Effectivity
A.1 B.0 C.0
x
3
2
1
Parent View
System View
3
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-6
Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Front Enclosure)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
453561235111
453561235121
453561235171
Page 513
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Bezel, Front, Widescreen
Bezel, Inner, Widescreen
Bracket, LCD Side, Widescreen
Notes/Reference
A.1
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-14
iU22 Service Manual
Page 514
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure)
Effectivity
A.1 B.0 C.0
x
Video monitor
articulation arm
See Figure 14-15
6 (4 plcs)
5
2
3
1
4
Parent View
System View
(2 plcs)
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-7
Video Monitor, 20-inch Wide-screen Flat-Panel (Rear Enclosure)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561235131
453561235141
453561235151
453561235161
453561238041
1630-0128-01
Page 515
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Back, LCD, Widescreen
Cover, Rear, Top
Cover, Rear, Bottom
Cover Filler, LCD Widescreen
Bracket, Mounting, LCD Universal
Screw, M4.5x16, Phd, Td, Tf, St, Zn
Notes/Reference
A.1
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-15
Page 516
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm Assembly
PARENT VIEW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Upper arm
See Figure 14-16 (A.x, B.0)
See Figure 14-17 (C.0)
Latch mechanism
See Figure 14-20
Lower arm
See Figure 14-18 (A.x, B.0)
See Figure 14-19 (C.0)
System View
Items 4 through 7 are not
shown in the illustration.
See Table 14-8 for all part
numbers.
Elbow assembly
See Figure 14-21
NOTE Individual replacement
parts are listed, but the
parent part monitor articulation arm assembly (1, 2,
or 3) is the preferred
replacement assembly.
1, 2, 3 Monitor articulation arm assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-8
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
453561155472
453561155473
453561239981
453561164201
453561211141
Page 517
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm Assembly
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Articulation Arm Assy, Flat Screen Display
Articulation Arm Assy, Flat Screen Display
Articulation Arm Assy, Display, G2.1
Preferred replacement part x
Preferred replacement part
x
Preferred replacement part
x
Cable Assy, Flat Panel Video Power, 2nd Segment
Cable Assy, Mic. Ext., 3.5MM Plug Jack, M-F 6F
Arm assembly includes
items 5 through 7 listed
below
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
Cable is secured to upper
arm assembly
Cabling Diagram:
Figure 11-23
x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-8
Index
No.
Part Number
6
453561238621
7
453561219221
Page 518
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm Assembly (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Cable Assy, Power, 1.5ML, 10A, SJT3X18, UL/CSA Not shown in illustration
Cable is secured to upper
arm assembly
Cabling Diagram:
Figure 11-24
Cable Assy, DVI, M-M 4Arm
Not shown in illustration
Cable is secured to upper
arm assembly
Cabling Diagram:
Figure 11-23
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-16
iU22 Service Manual
Page 519
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper) (1 of 2)
9
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
5
14
See Table 14-9 for all part
numbers.
19
4
3
16
17
18
1
8
11
6 (2 plcs)
12
10
7
Parent View
System View
2
8
15
13
See NOTE on Figure 14-15
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-17
iU22 Service Manual
Page 520
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper) (2 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
5
23
See Table 14-9 for all part
numbers.
14
4
19
22 (4 plcs)
21
16
17
18
1
8
11
24
10
20
7
Parent View
8
System View
15
13
2
See NOTE on Figure 14-15
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-9
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
453561152171
453561155131
453561150072
453561155161
453561129821
(1065-6445-01)
3600-0047
453561129011
(1065-6655-01)
453561115921
(1555-0036-01)
453561128821
(1065-6530-01)
453561129081
(1065-6696-01)
453561129101
(1065-6699-01)
453561129691
(2950-1636-01)
Page 521
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Ball Stud, Gas Spring, 10 mm
Bar, Lower, Display Articulation
Bar, Upper, Display Articulation
Bracket, Tilt, Monitor
Cover, Arm, Display Articulation
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Grommet, 0.375ID, 0.660D, 0.06PNL, RBR
Knuckle, Display Articulation
x x
x x x
Nut, 5/16-18, Hex, Nylon Insert, St, Zn
x x x
Pin, Hinge, Display Articulation
x x
Pin, Knurl
x x x
Ring Brg, Yoke, Display Articulation
x x x
Spring, Gas, 650N
x x
x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-9
Index
No.
Part Number
13
14
15
Page 522
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Upper) (Continued)
Part Description
16
1565-0091-01
453561155151
453561115911
(1565-0087-01)
453561129091
17
18
19
(1065-6698-01)
453561155731
453561155741
453561128831
Spring, Torsion, Left Hand
Spring, Torsion, Right Hand
Cap, End, Yoke, Display Articulation
20
21
22
(1065-6531-01)
453561150073
453561226361
453561194691
Bar, Upper, Display Articulation
Bracket, LCD Arm Cover
Tape, Velcro, Black, Type 400
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Washer, Flat, 5/16, 0.875OD, 0.064Thk, St, Zn
Yoke, Mounting, Display Articulation
Washer, Thrust, 0.375ID, 0.75OD, 0.0625T, Brz
x x x
x x x
x x x
Bearing, Sleeve, Yoke, Articulation Display
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
Head-lock type fastener
x
x
x
Four pieces required for
installation of the
articulation arm cover
23
24
453561171591
453561156421
Pin, Hinge, Display Articulation
Spring, Gas, 800N
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-18
iU22 Service Manual
Page 523
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower) (1 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
1
2
See Table 14-10 for all part
numbers.
Latch mechanism
See Figure 14-20
11
4
6
13
9
14
3
10
12 (2 plcs)
Parent View
7
System View
8
See NOTE in Figure 14-15
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-19
iU22 Service Manual
Page 524
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower) (2 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
2
Latch mechanism
See Figure 14-20
See Table 14-10 for all part
numbers.
15
11
5
13
14
3
10
12 (2 plcs)
Parent View
7
System View
8
See NOTE on Figure 14-15
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-10
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
453561155191
453561155192
453561128621
(1065-6430-02)
453561168953
453561155701
453561129051
(1065-6693-01)
1530-0428-01
453561129131
(1065-6707-01)
453561128631
(1065-6431-01)
453561128791
(1065-6525-01)
1565-0092-01
453561009071
(1516-0074)
453561194791
Page 525
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Arm, Lower, Display Articulation
Arm, Lower, Display Articulation
Cover, Access, Cable, Display Articulation
x
Retainer, Cable, Arm, Lower, Articulation Display
Retainer, Cable, Arm, Lower, Articulation Display
Ring Brg, Lower Arm, Display Articulation
x x
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Skh, Cap, Nlk, Nyltip, S
Shield, Cable, Video, Display Articulation
x x x
x x x
Sleeve, Mounting, Display Articulation
x
Stop, Pivot, Display Articulation
x x x
Washer, Flat, 2.5ID, 3.2OD, 0.04Thk, St, Zn
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
x x x
Ring Brg, Lower Arm, Display Articulation
x x
x x x
x
x
x x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-10
Index
No.
Part Number
14
15
453561161693
453561155352
Page 526
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Lower) (Continued)
Part Description
Sleeve, Mounting, Display Articulation
Clip, Retainer, Latch, Articulation Display
Notes/Reference
Secures the latch assembly
to the lower arm housing
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-20
Page 527
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Latch Mechanism)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
2
1
5
2
Parent View
System View
6 (2 plcs)
See NOTE in Figure 14-15
3, 4 Latch mechanism assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-11
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561128991
(1065-6652-01)
453561128641
(1065-6435-01)
453561160341
453561160342
453561128841
(1065-6574-01)
453561009181
(1518-0041)
Page 528
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Latch Mechanism)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Insert, Arm, Lower, Display Articulation
x x x
Knob, Locking, Display Articulation
x x x
Latch Assy, Display Articulation
Latch Assy, Display Articulation
Retainer, Insert, Display Articulation
x x
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Pnd, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-21
Page 529
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Elbow Assembly)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
1
2
9
13
(2 plcs) 11
(2 plcs) 15
5
8
4
(2 plcs) 12
10
14
(A.x, B.0) 3
Parent View
System View
7
(C.0) 16
6
See NOTE in Figure 14-15
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-12
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
453561129001
(1065-6653-01)
453561220221
453561128661
(1065-6439-01)
453561128811
(1065-6529-01)
453561129061
(1065-6694-01)
453561155141
453561129071
(1065-6695-01)
453561155171
453561128651
(1065-6438-01)
453561128801
(1065-6528-01)
2950-1630-01
1530-0344-01
Page 530
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Elbow Assembly)
Part Description
Elbow, Swivel, Articulation Display
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
Elbow, Swivel, Articulation Display
Link, Tension Adjust, Articulation Display
x
x x
Retainer, Jack Screw, Display Articulation
x x x
Ring Brg, Elbow, Swivel, Display Articulation
x x x
Ring, Retainer, Elbow, Display Articulation
Ring, Slip, Elbow, Display Articulation
x x x
x x x
Pin, 0.1875, Diameter
Screw, Jack, Display Articulation
x x x
x x
Sleeve, Elbow, Display Articulation
x x
Spring, Disc, 5/16ROD, 0.49OD, 0.0075T, Ss
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Flh, Pd, 100D, St, Zn
x x
x x x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-12
Index
No.
Part Number
13
14
15
16
453561184251
453561194801
453561171651
453561183942
Page 531
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Video Monitor Articulation Arm (Elbow Assembly) (Continued)
Part Description
Screw, Jack, Display Articulation
Sleeve, Elbow, Display Articulation
Spring, Disc, 5/16ROD, 0.49OD, 0.0075T, Ss
Link, Tension Adjust, Articulation Display
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-22
DVD Drive Housing
PARENT VIEW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Covers and cables
See Figure 14-23 (A.x)
See Figure 14-24 (B.0)
See Figure 14-25 (C.0)
USB printer hub
See Figure 14-30
Power On/Standby
switch
See Figure 14-26 (A.x)
See Figure 14-27 (B.0, C.0)
DVD drive assembly
See Figure 14-29
System View
Page 532
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Microphone mount
See Figure 14-28
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-23
Page 533
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (1 of 3)
7 (8 plcs)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
(8 plcs) 7
3
1
DVD drive assembly
See Figure 14-29
5
Parent View
System View
11
10
or
9
On older systems, the Bluetooth
adapter is located inside the disk bay
compartment.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-24
Page 534
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (2 of 3)
(2 plcs) 8
7 (8 plcs)
(8 plcs) 7
Effectivity
A.1 B.0 C.0
x
3
See Table 14-13 for all part
numbers.
Bluetooth assembly
See Figure 14-31
1
DVD drive assembly
See Figure 14-29
Parent View
6
System View
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-25
Page 535
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (3 of 3)
(2 plcs) 8
(8 plcs) 7
7 (10 plcs)
Effectivity
A.1 B.0 C.0
x
See Table 14-13 for all part
numbers.
3
Bluetooth assembly
See Figure 14-31
4
2
DVD drive assembly
See Figure 14-29
Parent View
6
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-13
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
453561151573
453561151575
1065-6567-02
453561262051
Page 536
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables)
Part Description
Base, Pivot, Display Articulation
Base, Pivot, Display Articulation
Cover, Disk Bay, Rear
Grommet, Edge
5
6
453561174311
453561189583
Spreader, Disk Drive Assembly
Spreader, Disk Bay
7
Screw, 10-32x.5, Flh, Pd, 82D, Nylok, S, Z
8
453561120301
(1530-0410-01)
453561009071
9
10
(1516-0074)
2100-1919-01
453561171931
11
453561153682
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
Nylon cable protector
x
x x x
x
Clips onto disk bay rear
cover, item 3
Can only be used with Pivot
Base 453561151575, item 2
Housing for DVD drive,
x
power On/Standby switch
x x
and system microphone
x x x
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Cable Assy, Adapter USB 2.0 to IDE (early A.x)
Cable Assy, Adapter USB 2.0 to IDE without DC
Connector
Cable Assy, CD/DVD
x x
x
x x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-13
Index
No.
Part Number
12
13
14
15
16
453561203311
453561203191
453561203281
453561203251
453561203341
Page 537
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Covers and Cables) (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Cable Assy, IDE, HUB Plus to DVD
Cable Assy, On Standby Switch, DVD Bay
Cable Assy, USB, Host Bulkhead to HUB PCB
Cable Assy, DVD and Flat Panel Power
Cable Assy, DVD Power
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-26
iU22 Service Manual
Page 538
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Power On/Standby Switch, LED) (1 of 2)
Nut (part of 453561182681)
Washer (part of 453561182681)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
See Table 14-14 for all part
numbers.
1
3
9
2
Parent View
System View
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-27
iU22 Service Manual
Page 539
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Power On/Standby Switch, LED) (2 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
8 (2 plcs)
10
2
See Table 14-14 for all part
numbers.
5
6
USB Hub Plus PCB
9
7
Parent View
System View
4 Power switch - LED bracket assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-14
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 540
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Power On/Standby Switch, LED)
Part Description
1
453561119201
Bezel, LED, 5 mm, 0.25 Panel Hole, 2PC
2
(2950-1619-01)
1065-6356-01
Button, Stand-by, Disk Bay
3
4
5
6
7
8
1065-6391-01
453561195082
453561189632
453561204111
453561204101
453561009071
Spring, Stand-by, Disk Bay
Bracket Assembly - LED, Switch FRU
Bracket, LED, ON/STNDBY
Bracket, Rear Cover, Left
Bracket, Rear Cover, Right
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
9
10
(1516-0074)
453561182681
453561187312
Cable Assy, On/Standby Switch Assy
Cable Assy, PS_ON LED
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
Power On/Standby switch
button, part of front disk
bay enclosure
x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-28
Page 541
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Microphone Mount)
NOTE For C.0 systems, the microphone
is located in the 20-inch monitor
See Figure 14-12
4
Microphone mounting
bracket (part of spreader)
2 (2 plcs)
(2 plcs) 3
Parent View
1
System View
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-15
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 542
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (Microphone Mount)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
For C.0 systems, the
microphone is in the
monitor
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
453561120491
(2950-1155-01)
Holder, Microphone, Rubber
2
3
1560-0065
453561009011
(1514-0060)
453561094761
Washer, Flat, #4, 0.122ID, 0.280OD, 0.03T, St, Zn
Screw, 4-40x3/8, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x
x x
Cable Assy, AVIO to Cart Microphone
x x
4
(2100-1868-01)
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-29
Page 543
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (DVD Drive Assembly)
(8 plcs) 11
(8 plcs) 16
1, 3
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
15 (4 plcs)
14 (4 plcs)
6, 7 or 8
2, 4
Parent View
System View
9, 10 (3 plcs)
5
12, 13
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-16
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 544
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (DVD Drive Assembly)
Part Description
1
2
3
1065-6249-01
1065-6248-01
453561189571
Bracket, Disk Drive, Left
Bracket, Disk Drive, Right
Disk Drive Bracket, Left
4
(1065-6249-02)
453561189561
Disk Drive Bracket, Right
5
(1065-6248-02)
453561204361
Bracket, EMI, DVD
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x x
x x
x x x
1065-6675-01
6
7
Disk Drive, DVD/CD, Rewritable, ATAPI INTFC
Disk Drive, CD/DVD, Rewritable, ATAPI
8
Disk Drive, DVD Burner, Dual Layer, 16x, Beige
Call your Philips
x x
representative for the part
x
number and compatible
software version of system
PCBs.
Sony DW-Q28A-10
x
Call your Philips
representative for the part
number and compatible
software version of system
PCBs.
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-16
Index
No.
Part Number
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
453561150771
3600-0246-01
1630-0113-01
453561127611
(3500-3739-01)
453561204961
1560-0046
453561009071
(1516-0074)
1560-0061
Page 545
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
DVD Drive Housing (DVD Drive Assembly) (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Gasket, Finger Stock
Gasket, RFI, Finger, Clip, BE-CU, 2.5
Screw, M3x6, Pnh, Pd, Int Sems, St, Bz
Shield, EMI, DVD
x
Shield, EMI, DVD
Washer, Flat, #6, 0.156ID, 0.375OD, 0.049T, St, Zn
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x
x x x
x x x
Washer, Flat, #6, 0.312OD, 0.032T, St, Zn
x x x
x x
x x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-30
Page 546
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
USB Hub (Printer)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
USB plug
2 or 4
2 or 3
USB receptacle 1
1
USB receptacle 2
Parent View
System View
1
2
5
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-17
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 547
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
USB Hub (Printer)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Used on USB printer hub
cable
1
453561185151
Ferrite Sleeve, Cable, Snap-On, Broadband
2
3
453561164741
453561012671
Velcro, Loop, Black, .75W, .375L
Tape, Velcro, 1W, Black, Type 170
4
(2210-0126)
453561012661
(2210-0125)
Tape, Velcro, 1W, Black, Type 400
5
453561185291
Hub, USB, 2.0, 2-Port, Bus Powered
For mounting the modem
to the AVIO rear interface
panel or used for mounting
the USB printer hub to the
underside of the disk bay
housing
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-31
iU22 Service Manual
Page 548
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Bluetooth Assembly
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
5
Item 6 is not shown in the
illustration. See Table 14-18
for all part numbers.
4
2
3 (2 plcs)
1
Parent View
System View
1 Bluetooth receiver bracket assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-18
Bluetooth Assembly
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561195092
453561189592
453561189612
453561189602
453561222441
453561190231
Page 549
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Bracket Assembly, Bluetooth Receiver
Bracket, Bluetooth Base
Pad, Bluetooth, Bottom
Pad, Bluetooth, Top
Cable Tie, 1.5 Bundle Dia, Nat
Cable Assy, USB Hub to BlueTooth
Notes/Reference
Reusable
Not shown in illustration
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-32
Page 550
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel Assembly
PARENT VIEW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Control knobs and
transducer holder
See Figure 14-33
Lower housing
See Figure 14-34
System View
Keyboard
See Figure 14-35
1, 2, 3 Control panel assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-19
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 551
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel Assembly
Part Description
Notes/Reference
1
453561188743
Control Panel Assy, Shared Services
Includes entire control
panel assembly
2
453561261501
Control Panel Assy, Service, iU22, B.0
Supports SAMI
configurations
3
453561231481
Control Panel Assy, Shared Services
4
453561160061
Bearing, Swivel
Includes entire control
panel assembly
Includes entire control
panel assembly
Not shown in illustration
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-33
Page 552
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel (Control Knobs and Transducer Holder)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
5 (3 plcs)
(6 plcs) 7
6 (2 plcs)
(8 plcs) 4
(6 plcs) 3
2 (2 plcs)
1
Parent View
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-20
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Page 553
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel (Control Knobs and Transducer Holder)
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Description
Notes/Reference
453561129241
(1065-6454-01)
453561129721
(1065-6458-01)
Cup, Reservoir, Transducer Holder
453561129191
(1065-6460-01)
453561129171
(1065-6459-01)
453561129211
(1065-6462-01)
453561129221
(065-6463-01)
453561129201
(1065-6461-01)
Knob, Large, Push Rotate
One removable gel drip cup x x x
per system
Part of system control
x x x
panel, holds transducer or
gel bottle
x x x
Holder, Transducer, Enclosure
Knob,TGC
x x x
Knob, Small, Push Rotate
x x x
Knob, Small, Rotate
x x x
Knob, Touch Screen, Rotate
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-34
iU22 Service Manual
Page 554
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel (Lower Housing)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
2
5 (10 plcs)
Parent View
1 (10 plcs)
4 (2 plcs)
System View
3
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-21
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
453561009181
(1518-0041)
453561181471
453561181461
1530-0335-01
1565-0064-01
Page 555
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel (Lower Housing)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Pnd, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Enclosure, Control Panel Housing, Bottom Left
Enclosure, Control Panel Housing, Bottom Right
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Flh, Hd, 100D, ST, ZN
Washer, Flat, #10, 0.440OD, 0.20ID, 0.03T, St, Zn
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-35
iU22 Service Manual
Page 556
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel (Keyboard)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
5
453561153483
2
Item 4 is not shown in the
illustration. See Table 14-22
for all part numbers.
3
(2 plcs) 7
Parent View
(2 plcs) 1
System View
6 (4 plcs)
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-22
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Page 557
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Control Panel (Keyboard)
Part Description
453561129811
(2950-1497-01)
1065-6464-02
453561110371
(2950-1603-01)
453561163593
453561129651
(1065-6465-01)
453561009091
(1516-0112)
Slide Rail, Keyboard
453561009071
(1516-0074)
Enclosure, Keyboard, Housing
Plunger, Spring, 1/4-20, 2-4 Lbs, Ss
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
QWERTY
x x x
x x x
Keyboard, QWERTY, USB, English
Wrist Rest, Keyboard, Enclosure
x x x
x x x
Screw, 6-32x1/4, Pnh, Sems, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-36
Page 558
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Card Cage
PARENT VIEW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Shields and panels
See Figure 14-37
Frontplane assembly
See Figure 14-38
Card cage detail
See Figure 14-39
System View
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-37
iU22 Service Manual
Page 559
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Card Cage (Shields and Panels)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
5, 6
Card cage detail
See Figure 14-39
3
(4 plcs) 3
Frontplane assembly
See Figure 14-38
4 (6 plcs)
(10 plcs) 4
Parent View
System View
1
2
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-23
Page 560
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Card Cage (Shields and Panels)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
4
-453561220121
1065-6546-03
453561009071
Card Cage, Acquisition
Acquisition Module, CR PS, iU22
Bracket, L, Grounding
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
5
6
(1516-0074)
1065-6155-04
Plenum, Top, Acquisition Card Cage
453561193131 Plenum, Top, Acquisition Card Cage
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
x
x x x
x x x
x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-38
iU22 Service Manual
Page 561
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Card Cage (Frontplane Assembly)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
(8 plcs) 6
3
5
4
1 Acquisition Frontplane PCB Assembly
Parent View
System View
Call your Philips representative for the
part number and compatible software
version of system PCBs.
2 Frontplane assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-24
Acquisition Card Cage (Frontplane Assembly)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
Page 562
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Frontplane Assembly
PCA, Acquisition Frontplane
Insulator, Frontplane
4
453561127041
(1065-5752-02)
453561180601
5
453561152952
Shield, Acquisition Frontplane
6
453561009071
(1516-0074)
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Cover, Acquisition Frontplane
Notes/Reference
Call your Philips
representative for the part
number and compatible
software version of system
PCBs.
Part of Acquisition
Frontplane PCB Assembly
Part of Acquisition
Frontplane PCB Assembly
Part of Acquisition
Frontplane PCB Assembly
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-39
iU22 Service Manual
Page 563
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Card Cage (Card Cage Detail)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
8
4
9
4
5
10
2
1
Parent View
System View
6
3
7
3
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-25
Acquisition Card Cage (Card Cage Detail)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
453561103941
(2950-1594-01)
453561093481
(2950-1570-01)
1065-6708-01
1065-6709-01
453561158151
1065-6153-05
1065-6272-04
1065-6152-04
1065-6271-04
10
453561157281
2
Page 564
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Card Guide, 4.5-in Length, Snap-in, Deep, Nylon
x x x
Card Guide, 6-in Length, 0.062 PCB, Snap-in
x x x
Gasket, Retainer, Bottom
Gasket, Retainer, Top
Partition, Acquisition Card Cage
Retainer, PCB, Bottom, Left
Retainer, PCB, Bottom, Right
Retainer, PCB, Top, Left
Retainer, PCB, Top, Right
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Shield, Strip, Clip-On, Perp, 16-in Length
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-40
Page 565
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Card Cage
PARENT VIEW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Rear cover
See Figure 14-41
Modem USB
See Figure 14-42
System View
1, 2 Platform card cage assembly
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-41
iU22 Service Manual
Page 566
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Card Cage (Rear Cover)
4
Host card cage drawer
10 (17 plcs)
3
8, 9
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Drawer slide
direction
SIP card cage drawer
Parent View
System View
5, 6, 7
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-26
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
453561153461
453561153463
1065-6500-02
1065-6501-02
453561129541
453561188243
453561188244
1065-6499-01
453561188272
453561009071
(1516-0074)
Page 567
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Card Cage (Rear Cover)
Part Description
Card Cage Assy
Card Cage Assy
Chimney, EMI, Left, Platform Card Cage
Chimney, EMI, Right, Platform Card Cage
Cover, Rear, Platform Card Cage
Cover, Rear, Platform Card Cage
Cover, Rear, Platform Card Cage
Plenum, Platform Card Cage
Air Plenum, Platform Card Cage
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x x
x x x
x x x
x
x
x
x
x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-42
iU22 Service Manual
Page 568
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Modem (V.90, Portable USB)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
1, 2, or 3
USB connection
4
Parent View
System View
RJ-45 connection
5 Modem assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-27
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
Page 569
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Modem (V.90, Portable USB)
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Description
Notes/Reference
453561012671
(2210-0126)
453561012661
(2210-0125)
453561164741
Tape, Velcro, 1W, Black, Type 170
453561121831
(2604-0145-01)
453561116601
(2100-1926-01)
Ferrite Sleeve
For mounting the modem x
to the AVIO rear interface
panel or used for mounting x x x
the USB printer hub to the
underside of the disk bay
x x
housing
Used on V.90 USB modem x x x
cable
x x x
Tape, Velcro, 1W, Black, Type 400
Velcro, Loop, Black, .75W, .375L
Modem, V.90, Portable, USB
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-43
Page 570
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Power Supply Enclosure (1 of 2)
PARENT VIEW
Platform Power Supply
See Figure 14-55
Filter tray (cooling fans)
See Figure 14-52
AC tray
See Figure 14-60
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
Shipping brackets
See Figure 14-66
Battery tray
and HV switcher
See Figure 14-57
Rear cooling fans
See Figure 14-66
System brake/steering lock assy
See Figure 14-45
System View
Acquisition Power Supply
See Figure 14-47
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-44
Page 571
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Power Supply Enclosure (2 of 2)
PARENT VIEW
Acquisition/Platform power supply
See Figure 14-50
Filter tray (cooling fans)
See Figure 14-53
AC tray
See Figure 14-63
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
Shipping brackets
See Figure 14-66
Battery tray
and HV switcher
See Figure 14-57
Rear cooling fans
See Figure 14-66
System brake/steering lock assy
See Figure 14-45
System View
Acquisition/Platform power supply access
See Figure 14-49
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-45
Page 572
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Brake and Steering Lock
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
System brake/
steering lock detail
See Figure 14-46
Item 3 is not shown in the
illustration. See Table 14-28
for part numbers.
Brake
Parent View
Steering lock
2 (4 plcs)
System View
1 System brake and steering lock assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-28
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
453561159931
453561009211
(1518-0051)
453561157271
Page 573
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Brake and Steering Lock
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Brake Assembly, Core Cart
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Grease, Molygraph, SL3144, 14-oz Can
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
x x x
Not shown in illustration
For brake pedal linkage,
includes a 3-pack of 3-oz
cartridges (see Section 8,
“Preventive Maintenance”)
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-46
(2 plcs) 19
iU22 Service Manual
Page 574
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Brake and Steering Lock Detail
4
6
15, 16
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
18
12
11
7
2
9 (2 plcs)
13
14
5
1
Parent View
System View
3
8
(2 plcs) 17
(4 plcs) 10
4
6
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-29
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
453561157702
453561129901
(1065-6649-01)
453561129911
(1065-6648-01)
453561127571
(3500-3684-01)
1065-6553-01
1065-6552-01
1065-6523-01
1065-6522-01
453561009391
(1544-0012)
453561121231
(1555-0037-01)
453561161401
1065-6551-01
1065-6549-01
Page 575
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Brake and Steering Lock Detail
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Bracket, Swivel, Brake Assy
Brake Assembly, Left Pedal
x x x
x x x
Brake Assembly, Right Pedal
x x x
Caster Linkage, Brake Assy
Caster linkage includes 6
(2 each) and 5
x x x
Caster Link, Center, Brake Assy
Caster Link, Lever, Brake Assy
Extension, Brake Pedal, Left
Extension, Brake Pedal, Right
Nut, 1/4-20, Keps, St, Zn
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Nut, 1/4-28, Keps, Ext, St, Zn
x x x
Plate, Mount, Brake Assy
Plate, Plunger, Brake Assy
Rod, Pivot, Brake Assy
x x x
x x x
x x x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-29
Index
No.
Part Number
14
15
16
17
18
19
453561153071
3500-3689-01
453561161171
1565-0090-01
1530-0088-01
1065-6555-01
Page 576
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Brake and Steering Lock Detail (Continued)
Part Description
Screw, 3/8-16, Shoulder 1.0L, Skh, Hd, Nylok, S, Z
Toggle Block, Brake Assy
Toggle Block, Brake Assy
Washer, Equalize Pressure, 0.28ID, 0.63OD, 0.19T,
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Set, Flt Pt, Hd, Ss, Pas
Screw, Brake Lever, Brake Assy
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x
x
x x
x x
x x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-47
iU22 Service Manual
Page 577
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Power Supply
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
Acquisition Power Supply detail
See Figure 14-48
1 (9 plcs)
Parent View
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-30
Index
No.
Part Number
1
453561009211
(1518-0051)
Page 578
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Power Supply
Part Description
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-48
iU22 Service Manual
Page 579
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Power Supply Detail
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
3
4
(4 plcs) 5
Parent View
System View
1, 2 Acquisition Power Supply assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-31
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
453561201642
3500-3699-01
453561151173
1065-6233-03
1065-6398-01
Page 580
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition Power Supply Detail
Part Description
Power Supply Assy, Acquisition
Power Supply Assembly, Acquisition
Power Supply, Acquisition
Tray, Acquisition Power Supply
Grommet, Enclosure, Removable Door
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Power supply only
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-49
iU22 Service Manual
Page 581
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition/Platform Power Supply (Service Door)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
(2 plcs) 6
1
5 (9 plcs)
Parent View
2
System View
3
4
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-32
Page 582
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition/Platform Power Supply (Service Door)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
4
5
453561180422
453561196901
453561206241
453561207111
453561009211
Cover, Right, Frame, Dual Power Supply
Door, Service, Acq PCBA
Gasket, EMI, Fabric/Foam, .120x.355x19L
Gasket, EMI, Fabric/Foam, .216Hx.394Wx8.1L
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
6
(1518-0051)
1065-6606-01
Bracket, Front Bail
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-50
iU22 Service Manual
Page 583
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition/Platform Power Supply
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
2
Item 3 is not shown in the
illustration. See Table 14-33
for part numbers.
1
Acquisition/Platform
power supply detail
See Figure 14-51
Parent View
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-33
Acquisition/Platform Power Supply
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
453561180382
453561180402
453561205101
Page 584
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Bracket, Dual Power Supply, Side
Bracket, Dual Power Supply, Swivel Lock
Air Dam, Dual Power Supply
Notes/Reference
Not shown in illustration
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-51
iU22 Service Manual
Page 585
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Acquisition/Platform Power Supply Detail
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
5
3
Items 8 through 13 are not
shown in the illustration.
See Table 14-34 for part
numbers.
4
6
Parent View
7
System View
1, 2 CR power supply assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-34
Acquisition/Platform Power Supply Detail
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561204871
CR Power Supply Assy
2
453561195282
Power Supply Assy
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
453561194491
453561194501
453561180281
453561180274
Power Supply, Acquisition, Astec
Power Supply, Platform, Astec
Bracket, Dual Power Supply, Top
Mounting Plate, Dual Power Supply
PCB Assy, Acquisition Power Distribution Board
Cable Tie, 3 7/8L, Nylon
Cable Anchor, 3/4 Sqr, 70C Adhesive Back
10
453561174931
11
12
453561179322
453561193202
13
453561180752
2208-0003
2208-0070
Page 586
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply/Platform
Power Supply, AC Input
Cable Assy, Power Supply Control
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply to
Acquisition Distribution Board
Cable Assy, Acquisition Power Supply
Notes/Reference
Dual power supply
assembly
Dual power supply
assembly
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Not shown in illustration
x x
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
x x
x x
Not shown in illustration
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-52
iU22 Service Manual
Page 587
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Filter Tray (Cooling Fans) (1 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
3 (10 plcs)
Parent View
System View
Filter tray detail
See Figure 14-54
1 (5 plcs)
2 (2 plcs)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-53
Page 588
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Filter Tray (Cooling Fans) (2 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
5
3 (10 plcs)
2 (2 plcs)
4
Parent View
System View
Filter tray detail
See Figure 14-54
1 (5 plcs)
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-35
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
453561009181
(1518-0041)
453561120301
(1530-0410-01)
453561009211
(1518-0051)
453561180391
453561195012
Page 589
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Filter Tray (Cooling Fans)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Pnd, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Screw, 10-32x.5, Flh, Pd, 82D, Nylok, S, Z
x x x
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Bracket, Dual Power Supply, Rear
Busbar, PPS to Platform Dist. Board
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-54
iU22 Service Manual
Page 590
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Filter Tray Detail
3
- Outside view -
11
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
7
8
- Inside view 9
4
2
1 (4 plcs)
(8 plcs) 10
Parent View
System View
Screw (8 plcs)
5, 6 Filter tray/fan assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-36
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1065-6398-01
1065-6623-01
1065-6622-01
453561150251
453561127581
(3500-3700-01)
453561195102
453561186602
1065-6228-03
453561111431
(2100-1910-01)
453561116531
(2950-1611-01)
453561204641
Page 591
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Filter Tray Detail
Part Description
Grommet, Enclosure, Removable Door
Bracket Assembly, Filter Tray, Aft
Bracket Assembly, Filter Tray, Forward
Filter, Acquisition Card Cage
Filter Tray/Fan Assy
Filter Tray/Fan Assy
Filter Tray Assy
Tray, Filter
Fan, 12 V, 360 MA, 105 CFM, 119 mm, with
Connector
Isolator, Vibration, Fan
Gasket, EMI, Finger, Clip On Symm, 16.5L
Notes/Reference
Acquisition Card Cage
cooling fans
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
x x
Two fans located on the
filter tray and one on each
side of the AC tray
x
x x x
Used on filter tray fans and x x x
AC tray fans
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-55
iU22 Service Manual
Page 592
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Power Supply
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
Screws (5 plcs)
1
Parent View
System View
Platform power supply detail
See Figure 14-56
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-37
Index
No.
Part Number
1
453561009191
(1518-0042)
Page 593
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Power Supply
Part Description
Screw, 10-32x1/4, Pnd, Sems, Pd, St, Zn
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-56
Page 594
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Power Supply Detail
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
Handle
1
3
Call your Philips
representative for the
part number and
compatible software
version of system
PCBs.
2 (5 plcs)
Parent View
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-38
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
453561151071
453561009211
(1518-0051)
453561127591
(3500-3701-01)
Page 595
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Platform Power Supply Detail
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Power Supply, Platform
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Mounting Plate Assy, Fan
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
x
Rear cooling fans
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-57
Page 596
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Battery Tray and HV Switcher
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Battery tray detail
See Figure 14-58
2
3
HV switcher detail
See Figure 14-59
Bus bar
4
Parent View
1 (2 plcs)
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-39
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
453561009211
(1518-0051)
1065-6239-02
453561219991
1065-6242-02
Page 597
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Battery Tray and HV Switcher
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Bracket, Catch, Acquisition, Rear
Bracket, Catch, Acquisition, Rear
Cover, Coffin, Rat Hole
x
x x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-58
Page 598
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Battery Tray Detail
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
(3 plcs) 2
6
(4 plcs) 1
4
Parent View
System View
5
1
3 Battery tray assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-40
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561009091
(1516-0112)
453561107971
(1700-0138-01)
453561127621
(3500-3744-01)
453561107041
(2700-0151)
2700-0240-01
1065-6560-01
Page 599
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Battery Tray Detail
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Screw, 6-32x1/4, Pnh, Sems, Pd, St, Zn
Battery, 6 V, 8.0 AH, Sealed, Lead Acid
Battery Tray Assy
x x x
See notes on page 490 for
battery replacement info
See notes on page 490 for
battery replacement info
Fuse, 4 A, 250 V, Fast, 1/4x1-1/4, UL/CSA
Holder, Fuse
Tray, Battery
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
x x x
x x x
Part of battery assembly
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-59
iU22 Service Manual
Page 600
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
HV Switcher Detail
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
2
(6 plcs) 6
4
3
Parent View
System View
(6 plcs) 5
1 (6 plcs)
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-41
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561009091
(1516-0112)
453561126491
(1065-6227-02)
453561126481
(1065-6226-02)
453561118891
(7500-1800-03)
453561121391
(4600-0312-01)
Page 601
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
HV Switcher Detail
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Screw, 6-32x1/4, Pnh, Sems, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Cover, HV Assy, Left
x x x
Cover, HV, Right
x x x
PCB Assy, HV Switcher
Standoff, 6-32, 1.25L, 1/4 Hex, M/F, AL, IR
x x x
x x x
Standoff, 6-32, 0.375L, 1/4 Hex, M/F, AL, IR
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-60
iU22 Service Manual
Page 602
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
AC tray detail
See Figure 14-61
2
(2 plcs) 1
2
Parent View
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-42
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
453561009211
(1518-0051)
453561127591
(3500-3701-01)
Page 603
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Mounting Plate Assy, Fan
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x
Rear cooling fans
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-61
iU22 Service Manual
Page 604
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Detail
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
AC tray power receptacle/switch
See Figure 14-62
3
6
453561182591
4
5
Parent View
7
System View
1, 2 AC tray assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-43
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
453561128161
(3500-3391-01)
453561128081
(3500-3745-01)
453561110441
(3800-0082-01)
453561103971
(3100-3161-01)
453561094621
(3100-3162-01)
453561128171
(2601-0100-01)
1065-6545-02
Page 605
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Detail
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
AC Tray Assy
120V/230V
x
AC Tray Assy
100V
x
Relay, Ss, 12 Vdc, 5 A at 100 to 240 Vac
x
Terminal Block, 9 Position
x
Terminal, Tab, 0.187, #6 Stud MT, BRS, Tin
x
Transformer, Power, 360 Vac, 5 Tap Input, 50-60
Hz
Tray, AC
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-62
Page 606
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
6
453561162851
(2 plcs) 3
8
7
2
3
Or
4
Parent View
System View
5
(2 plcs) 1
453561107311
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-44
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
453561009011
(1514-0060)
453561009431
(1560-0051)
453561009211
(1518-0051)
1065-6595-01
453561116481
(2700-0270-01)
453561166521
453561015111
(2950-1179-01)
1655-0020-01
453561121401
(1630-0025-01)
Page 607
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Screw, 4-40x3/8, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x
Washer, Flat, #10, 0.203ID, 0.500D, 0.04T, St, Zn
x
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x
Bracket, Power Cord
Circuit Breaker, 15 A, 250 V, with Line Filter, UL
Circuit Breaker, 10 A, 250 V, with Line Filter, UL
Clamp, CA, 3/8 D, 1/2W, 1/4 Screw, Ins, Al
Nut, M6, Hex, Keps, St, Zn
Screw, M6x15, Din 42801, Hex, Spcl, Br, Ni
Provides retention for the
power cord to AC tray
receptacle
For 100-120 V systems
x
For 220 V systems
Used on AC Tray to retain
power cord
Used on AC tray ground
stud
AC tray ground stud
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-63
iU22 Service Manual
Page 608
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
AC tray detail
See Figure 14-64
1
2 (2 plcs)
1
Parent View
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-45
AC Tray
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561127591
Mounting Plate Assy, Fan
2
(3500-3701-01)
453561009211
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
(1518-0051)
Page 609
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Notes/Reference
Rear cooling fans
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-64
iU22 Service Manual
Page 610
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Detail
4, 5
9
AC tray power receptacle/switch
See Figure 14-65
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
Items 11 through 14 are
not shown in the
illustration. See
Table 14-46 for part
numbers.
6
10 (4 plcs)
3
Parent View
System View
7
8
1, 2 AC tray assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-46
AC Tray Detail
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561185602
453561185593
453561180155
453561238841
453561175341
453561207292
7
8
Page 611
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
AC Tray Assy, 220V
AC Tray Assy, 90-127V
AC Tray, CRPS
Power Supply, 12V, 3.5A, 40W
For 220V AC Tray Assy.
Power Supply, 12V, 3.5A, 40W
For 90-127V AC Tray Assy.
Transformer, Power, 250Vac, Dual Primary, 50-60
Hz
PCB Assy, AC Tray Connector Board, 220V Config 220 Vac
x
x
x
x
x
x
PCB Assy, AC Tray Connector Board, Parallel
Config
x x
90–127 Vac
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
9
453561207301
Cover, Kit, Power Supply
x x
10
11
12
13
14
1630-0102-01
453561174581
453561174842
453561174642
453561176552
Screw, M3x6, Flh, Pd, 90D, St, Zn
Cable Assy, AC Tray Primary
Cable Assy, AC Tray LED
Cable Assy, 12VSB AC Input
Cable Assy, 12VSB DC Output
x
x
x
x
x
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
Not shown in illustration
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-65
Page 612
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
4
10
(2 plcs) 7
8
5
Or
9
7
Parent View
System View
2
3
(2 plcs) 6
11
1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-47
Page 613
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561163681
Bracket, Power Cord
2
3
453561166521
453561116481
Circuit Breaker, 10A, 250V, w/Line Filter, UL
Circuit Breaker, 15A, 250V, w/Line Filter, UL
4
(2700-0270-01)
453561015111
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Provides retention for the
power cord to AC tray
receptacle
220 Vac
90-127 Vac
x x
Clamp, CA, 3/8 D, 1/2W, 1/4 Screw, Ins, Al
x x
5
(2950-1179-01)
1655-0020-01
Used on AC Tray to retain
power cord
Nut, M6, Hex, Keps, St, Zn
Used on AC tray ground
stud
x x
6
453561009011
Screw, 4-40x3/8, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x
x x
x x
x x
(1514-0060)
7
453561009211
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
8
(1518-0051)
453561121401
Screw, M6x15, Din 42801, Hex, Spcl, Br, Ni
9
(1630-0025-01)
453561009431
Washer, Flat, #10, 0.203ID, 0.500D, 0.04T, St, Zn
(1560-0051)
AC tray ground stud
x x
x x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-47
AC Tray Power Receptacle and Switch (Continued)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
10
453561013211
11
(2275-0388-01)
453561107311
(2265-0274-01)
Page 614
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Cable Assy, Cord, 3x1SQMM, 15-ft L, Harm,
CEE-22 and 7
Notes/Reference
System power cord, 230 V
Cable Assy, Cord, 3x14 AWG, 4.5ML, Unshielded, System power cord, 100/
UL/CSA
120 V
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-66
iU22 Service Manual
Page 615
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Rear Cooling Fans and Shipping Brackets
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
(4 plcs each fan) 1
(2 plcs) 3
8 (2 plcs)
Parent View
System View
(4 plcs each fan) 4
6 (2 plcs)
2 (2 plcs each fan)
7 (2 plcs each fan)
5 Rear cooling fan assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-48
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Rear Cooling Fans and Shipping Brackets
Part Description
453561009181
(1518-0041)
1530-0088-01
453561111431
(2100-1910-01)
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Pnd, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
453561116531
(2950-1611-01)
453561127591
(3500-3701-01)
1065-6559-02
453561009301
(1530-0157-01)
Isolator, Vibration, Fan
453561160051
Page 616
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Set, Flt Pt, Hd, Ss, Pas
Fan, 12 V, 360 MA, 105 CFM, 119 mm, with
Connector
Mounting Plate Assy, Fan
Bracket, Platform, Card Cage Fan
Screw, 10-32x5/8, Skh, Cap, Hd, Nylok, Zn
Bracket, Shipping Strap
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
System brake assembly
x x x
Two fans located on the
x x x
filter tray and one on each
side of the AC tray
Used on filter tray fans and x x x
AC tray fans
x x x
x x x
x x x
For shipping purposes only x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-67
Page 617
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Casters
PARENT VIEW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Rear caster (swivel-lock)
See Figure 14-69
Front of system
Front casters (brake)
See Figure 14-68
System View
Rear caster (free-swivel)
See Figure 14-69
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-68
iU22 Service Manual
Page 618
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Front Caster (Brake)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
1
Items 5 and 6 are not
shown in the illustration.
See Table 14-49 for all
part numbers.
Brake linkage lever
See Figure 14-45
Parent View
System View
3 (4 plcs each caster)
4 (4 plcs each caster)
2 Front caster assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-49
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 619
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Front Caster (Brake)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
System brake assembly
Front caster (both front
casters are connected to
the brake pedal)
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
2
1065-6555-01
453561160311
Screw, Brake Lever, Brake Assy
Caster, 5-in, Swivel without Lock, with Brake
3
453561009251
(1519-0022)
453561167571
453561165761
Bolt, 1/4 20x3/4, Hex, St/G5, Zn
x x x
Washer, Ext Lk, 5/16,.610OD, .034T, St, Zn
Grease, Molygraph, SL3144, 3-oz Cartridge
Not shown in illustration
x x x
x x x
Grease, Molygraph, SL3141, MP, 14-oz Can
For brake pedal linkage,
includes a three-pack of
3-oz cartridges (see
Section 8, “Preventive
Maintenance”)
Not shown in illustration
x x
4
5
6
453561157271
(See Section 8, “Preventive
Maintenance”)
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-69
iU22 Service Manual
Page 620
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Rear Caster (Swivel)
(A.x) 3
Swivel-lock linkage lever
(Right rear, swivel-lock)
(Left rear, free-swivel)
5
11 (1 plc)
8
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
8
5
7
(B.0, C.0) 10
(2 plcs) 4
1 (4 plcs each caster)
2 (4 plcs each caster)
Parent View
System View
9 (3 plcs)
6 Rear caster assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-50
Index
No.
Part Number
1
Page 621
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Rear Caster (Swivel)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Bolt, 1/4 20x3/4, Hex, St/G5, Zn
x x x
2
3
453561009251
(1519-0022)
453561167571
1065-6607-01
Washer, Ext Lk, 5/16,.610OD, .034T, St, Zn
Bracket, Cable Hang, Front
x x x
x
4
453561009181
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
5
(1518-0041)
453561157712
Cable, Brake Assembly, Swivel
6
453561163761
Caster, 5-in, SH ABS, Swivel Lock, without Brake
7
453561159941
Link, Swivel Lock
Mounts inside the caster
well with two screws
Cable hang bracket screw
(2 plcs)
x
Mechanical cable for right x x x
rear caster lock
x x x
Rear caster (right rear
caster is connected to the
swivel-lock pedal; left rear
caster is designed to
free-swivel)
Connects to linkage on
x x x
right rear caster. Brake
cable attaches to other end
of link
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-50
Rear Caster (Swivel) (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 622
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Nut, 8-32, Hex, St, Zn
Right rear caster link nut
x x x
9
10
453561129561
(1542-0001)
453561160281
453561180402
Screw, 8-32x3/16, Shoulder,.625L, Hd, Ss, Pas
Bracket, Dual Power Supply, Swivel Lock
11
453561009211
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
Right rear caster link screw x x x
Mounts inside the power
x x
supply housing with one
screw
Swivel lock bracket screw
x x
(1 plc)
8
(1518-0051)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-70
Page 623
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Enclosures (Right Front View)
PARENT VIEW
16
13
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
14
Transducer holder assy, left
See Figure 14-73
15
22
25
20
Transducer holder assy, right
See Figure 14-73
24
19
26
17
23
12
System View
21
18
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-51
Page 624
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Enclosures (Right Front View)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
12
453561127771
Enclosure, Cover, Power Supply
13
(3500-3657-01)
453561128091 Enclosure, Disk Bay, Column Front Assy
(3500-3628-01)
x x x
Also encloses the Scanhead x x x
Select connectors. Includes
ON/Standby switch button,
item 2 in A.x Configuration
or item 2 in B.0
Configuration and C.0
Configuration.
x x x
14
453561129501
15
(1065-6185-01)
453561127821 Enclosure, Disk Bay, Column Side, Right
x x x
16
(3500-3652-01)
453561129491 Enclosure, Disk Bay, Rear Display
x x x
17
(1065-6184-01)
453561127851 Enclosure, Front Bumper, Left
x x x
18
(3500-3546-01)
453561127861 Enclosure, Front Bumper, Right
x x x
(3500-3545-01)
Enclosure, Disk Bay, Column Insert
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-51
Page 625
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Enclosures (Right Front View) (Continued)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
19
453561127781
Enclosure, Front Panel, Lower
x x x
20
(3500-3656-01)
453561127871 Enclosure, Front Panel, Upper
x x x
21
22
(3500-3544-01)
1065-6192-01
Enclosure, Mud Plate
453561129521 Enclosure, Transducer Holder Base, Right
x x x
x x x
23
(1065-6190-01)
453561127751 Enclosure, Side Cover, Rear, Right
x x x
24
(3500-3659-01)
453561127841 Enclosure, Side Cover, Right
x x x
25
(3500-3547-01)
453561129481 Enclosure, Top, Control Panel Articulation
x x x
26
(1065-6180-01)
453561129801 Speaker Grill, Right
x x x
(1065-6354-01)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-71
Page 626
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Enclosures (Left Rear View)
PARENT VIEW
3
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
4
5
2
9
Rear enclosure assembly
See Figure 14-72
8
7
1
System View
6
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-52
Page 627
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Enclosures (Left Rear View)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
453561127761
Enclosure, Cover, Filter Door
x x x
2
(3500-3658-01)
453561127711 Enclosure, Cover, OEM Deck
x x x
3
(3500-3675-01)
453561129511 Enclosure, Disk Bay, Column Rear
x x x
4
(1065-6186-01)
453561127811 Enclosure, Disk Bay, Column Side, Left
x x x
5
(3500-3653-01)
453561129531 Enclosure, Transducer Holder Base, Left
x x x
6
(1065-6191-01)
453561127741 Enclosure, Side Cover, Rear, Left
x x x
(3500-3660-01)
7
453561127831
Enclosure, Side Cover, Left
x x x
8
(3500-3548-01)
453561129791 Speaker Grill, Left
x x x
9
(1065-6355-02)
1065-6377-01
Enclosure, Cover, OEM Cable Drop
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-72
Page 628
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Rear Enclosure Assembly
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
5
6
3
Filter slot
4
2 (2 plcs)
Parent View
System View
1 (6 plcs)
7 (6 plcs)
5 Rear enclosure assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-53
Rear Enclosure Assembly
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561009211
Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
2
3
(1518-0051)
1563-0179
453561129551
Ball Stud, 5/8 Length, 6.32x.25 Stud
Bracket, Access Door
4
(1065-6589-01)
453561127921 Enclosure, Access Door, Rear
5
(3000-0860-01)
453561129141 Enclosure, Main Cover, Rear
6
7
(1065-6188-01)
453561150191 Filter, Platform Card Cage
453561116521 Washer, Flat, #10, 0.406OD, 0.04Thk, St, Zn
(1565-0088-01)
Page 629
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
Rear enclosure access door x x x
Rear enclosure door latch x x x
Rear main system card cage x x x
enclosure
Rear main system card cage x x x
enclosure
Rear enclosure access door x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-73
iU22 Service Manual
Page 630
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Transducer Holder Assemblies
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Left transducer holder
Right transducer holder
4
5
Parent View
System View
1 (4 plcs)
6 (4 plcs)
2 Left transducer holder assembly
3 Right transducer holder assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-54
Page 631
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Transducer Holder Assemblies
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
Catch, Transducer Holder
Holder, Transducer, Assy, Left
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
2
1065-6674-01
453561127691
x x x
Located on system, left side x x x
column
3
(3500-3738-01)
453561127701 Holder, Transducer, Assy, Right
4
(3500-3737-01)
453561127891 Insert, Transducer Holder, Left
5
(3000-0879-01)
453561127901 Insert, Transducer Holder, Right
x x x
6
(3000-0878-01)
1517-0060
Screw, 8-32x3/4, Pnd, Sems, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
Located on system, right
side column
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-74
Page 632
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Speaker Boxes
PARENT VIEW
3
(4 plcs) 1
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
6 (12 plcs)
2 (6 plcs)
5
4
Speaker box assembly, left
See Figure 14-76
System View
Speaker box assembly, right
See Figure 14-75
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-55
Page 633
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Speaker Boxes
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561120301
2
(1530-0410-01)
453561009211 Screw, 10-32x1/2, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
3
4
5
6
(1518-0051)
1065-6556-02
1065-6557-02
1065-6468-02
453561009071
x
x
x
x
(1516-0074)
Screw, 10-32x.5, Flh, Pd, 82D, Nylok, S, Z
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Cover, Cable Access Tower, Left
Cover, Cable Access Tower, Right
Platform, OEM Deck
Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-75
iU22 Service Manual
Page 634
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Speaker Box Assembly, Right
Speaker (4 plcs)
(6 plcs) 7
5
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
4
1
2
Parent View
System View
6 Speaker module assembly
3 Right speaker box assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-56
Page 635
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Speaker Box Assembly, Right
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
Speaker boxes
Speaker box assemblies
x x x
x x x
x x x
1
2
3
1065-6663-01
1065-6389-01
453561127531
4
5
6
(3500-3626-01)
1065-6359-01
Speaker Box, Lid, Right
1065-6358-01
Speaker Box, Right
453561127601 Speaker Module Assy
x x x
x x x
x x x
7
(3500-3731-01)
453561009071 Screw, 6-32x3/8, Pnh, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x x x
(1516-0074)
Bracket, Speaker Mounting
Gasket, Foam Enclosure Seal
Speaker Box Assy, Right
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-76
iU22 Service Manual
Page 636
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Speaker Box Assembly, Left
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Speaker box detail
See Figure 14-75
2
3
Parent View
System View
1 Left speaker box assembly
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-57
Page 637
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Speaker Box Assembly, Left
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561127541
Speaker Box Assy, Left
2
3
(3500-3627-01)
1065-6361-01
Speaker Box, Left
1065-6362-01
Speaker Box, Lid, Left
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Speaker box assemblies
x x x
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-77
PARENT VIEW
Dual OEM
configuration
See Figure 14-80
Single OEM
configuration
See Figure 14-79
No OEM
configuration
See Figure 14-78
System View
Page 638
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
OEM Deck
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Sony UPD-23MD
2100-1941-01
8500-1604-01 Config. kit
Sony UPD-895MD
453561157291 (Not shown)
Mitsubishi HS-MD3000U/E
453561166202
453561166212
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-78
iU22 Service Manual
Page 639
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
No OEM Configuration (OEM Deck)
(4 plcs) 2
3
(2 plcs) 1
Parent View
OEM deck platform
System View
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-58
Page 640
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
No OEM Configuration (OEM Deck)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
2
1065-6377-01
453561009201
Enclosure, Cover, OEM Cable Drop
Screw, 10-32x3/4, Pnh, Sem, Pd, St, Zn
3
(1518-0043)
1065-5966-01
Tray, OEM
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
x x x
Used on systems with one
or no OEMs installed.
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-79
iU22 Service Manual
Page 641
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Single OEM Configuration (OEM Deck)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
1
6
2
4
7 (2 plcs)
5
Lower
3 (4 plcs)
Parent View
System View
OEM deck platform
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-59
Single OEM Configuration (OEM Deck)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
1065-5966-01
Tray, OEM
2
453561127661
Cable Cover Assy, OEM
3
(3000-0877-01)
453561129631 Clip, OEM Strap
(1065-6205-01)
4
453561129471
Enclosure, Cover, OEM Cable
(1065-6204-01)
5
453561129751
6
7
(1065-6376-01)
453561155221 Enclosure, OEM Shelf, Upper
453561003641 Strap, Universal OEM
(1065-2386-01)
Page 642
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Enclosure, OEM Shelf, Lower
Notes/Reference
Used on systems with one
or no OEMs installed.
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
x x x
Used with strap 7, only for x x x
OEMs positioned on the
lower OEM deck shelf
Used on systems with one x x x
and two OEMs installed, see
2.
x x x
x x x
Used with strap clips 3, only x x x
for OEMs positioned on the
lower OEM deck shelf
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-80
iU22 Service Manual
Page 643
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Dual OEM Configuration (OEM Deck)
7
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
6 (2 plcs)
3
Upper
5
1
3
Lower
4
6 (2 plcs)
2 (4 plcs)
Parent View
System View
OEM deck platform
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-60
Dual OEM Configuration (OEM Deck)
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
1
453561127661
2
(3000-0877-01)
453561129631 Clip, OEM Strap
Cable Cover Assy, OEM
(1065-6205-01)
3
453561129471
Enclosure, Cover, OEM Cable
(1065-6204-01)
4
5
6
1065-6376-02
453561155221
453561003641
Enclosure, OEM Shelf, Lower
Enclosure, OEM Shelf, Upper
Strap, Universal OEM
(1065-2386-01)
7
1065-6203-02
Page 644
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Enclosure, Cover, OEM Strap
Notes/Reference
Includes 3 enclosure with
attached screw plates
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
Used with strap 6, only for x x
OEMs positioned on the
lower OEM deck shelf
Used on systems with one x x
or two OEMs installed, see
1.
x x
x x
Used with strap clips 2, only x x
for OEMs positioned on the
lower OEM deck shelf
x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-81
iU22 Service Manual
Page 645
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
OEM Platform
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
Third OEM platform
See Figure 14-82
System View
Sony UP-D897
453561243911
453561243921
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-82
iU22 Service Manual
Page 646
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Third OEM Platform
(2 plcs) 2
3
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
UP-D897
Printer
5 (4 plcs)
1
6
(4 plcs) 7
(4 plcs) 8
Parent View
System View
4 (2 plcs)
Disk bay
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-61
Page 647
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Third OEM Platform
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.1
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561232493
1530-0156-01
453561232503
453561232471
453561260831
453561194451
Platform, OEM, Printer
Screw, 10-32x1, Flh, Pd, 82D, St, Fog White
Cover, Cable, Printer
Foam Strip, OEM Cover
Foam Pad, OEM Cover
Bracket, TEE Tray
7
453561009181
Screw, 10-32x3/8, Pnd, Int Sem, Pd, St, Zn
x
8
(1518-0041)
453561009431
Washer, Flat, #10, 0.203ID, 0.500D, 0.04T, St, Zn
x
(1560-0051)
7.5-inches long, 2 places
3/4-inch long, 4 places
Same bracket that is used
for mounting the TEE Probe
Tray assembly
x
x
x
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-83
Page 648
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Side of System
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
1 (Left)
2 (Right)
3 (2 plcs)
System View
Each label appears on
both sides of the system
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-62
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
453561161311
453561161301
3
453561156501
Page 649
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Side of System
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Label, Lock/Unlock, Display Articulation Arm, Left Lock/Unlock symbols
Label, Lock/Unlock, Display Articulation Arm,
Lock/Unlock symbols
Right
Label, System Badge
iU22, ultrasound product
name
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x x
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-84
iU22 Service Manual
Page 650
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Front of System (1 of 4)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
Control panel
System View
Part of the CPUI assembly
(universal for all languages)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-85
iU22 Service Manual
Page 651
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Front of System (2 of 4)
HIDE-SHOW
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
ANNOTATE
1 through 8
System View
Keyboard
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-86
iU22 Service Manual
Page 652
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Front of System (3 of 4)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
9
System View
Touch screen adapter plate
Located inside of
touch screen housing
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-87
System Labeling, Front of System (4 of 4)
10
System View
Page 653
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
11
Brake pedals
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-63
Page 654
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Front of System
Index
No.
Part Number Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
453561157811
453561157821
453561157841
453561157831
453561157851
453561157811
453561157811
453561157811
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, English
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, French
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, Italian
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, Ger.
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, Spanish
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, Danish
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, Nor.
Label, Function Keys, QWERTY, Swe/Fin
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
HIDE/SHOW, ANNOTATE
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
9
453561157471
Label, High Voltage Safety
x x x
10
11
453561161261
453561161151
Label, Pedal, Brake Lock
Label, Pedal, Swivel Lock
Backlight inverter 600 Vac
warning
Brake lock symbol
Swivel lock symbol
x x x
x x x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-88
Page 655
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear of System (1 of 3)
4
Model No.:
Diagnostic Ultrasound System
Part No.: 8500-0064
100-120/220-240V152˜
50/60Hz, 1000VA
THIS ISM DEVICE COMPLIES WITH CANADIAN ICES-001.
CET APPAREIL ISM EST CONFORME A LA NORME NMB-001 DU CANADA.
WARNING: ATTACH ONLY TO EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED BY PHILIPS ULTRASOUND.
CONSULT OPERATORS MANUAL. GROUNDING RELIABILITY CAN ONLY BE ACHEIVED WHEN
THE EQUIPMENT IS CONNECTED TO AN EQUIVALENT RECEPTACLE MARKED “HOSPITAL
GRADE ONLY” OR “HOSPITAL GRADE”.
SYSTEM DISPLAY CONTAINS MERCURY; DISPOSE PROPERLY.
SYSTEM CONTAINS LEAD ACID BATTERY; DISPOSE PROPERLY.
S
Philips Ultrasound
Bothell WA, 98021-3003
Made in USA
1
System View
2
3
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
x
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Figure 14-89
Page 656
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear of System (2 of 3)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
Monitor
6
PCB CONTROLS
NOT FIELD
ADJUSTABLE
System View
5
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-90
iU22 Service Manual
Page 657
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear of System (3 of 3)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
6
Monitor
5
System View
Serial number label cannot
be ordered from the field.
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-64
Index
No.
Part Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
453561163221
453561156511
453561156521
453561161321
453561174341
453561161791
Page 658
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear of System
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Label, 3x1, Met Poly, Sil, Therm Xfr
Label, Main System
Label, Power Switch
Label, USB Symbol
Label, COA
Label, Warning, Monitor
Serial number
x x x
Model number, CE
x x x
Power switch location label x x x
x x x
Microsoft label
x x x
PCB controls not field
x x x
adjustable
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-91
iU22 Service Manual
Page 659
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear Card Cage (1 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
x
1
B.0
Service Hardware Revision:
3
Platform card cage
System View
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 14-92
iU22 Service Manual
Page 660
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear Card Cage (2 of 2)
Effectivity
A.x B.0 C.0
x
2
C.0
Service Hardware Revision:
4
Platform Card Cage
System View
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-65
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 661
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
System Labeling, Rear Card Cage
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Connector designation
symbols
Connector designation
symbols
1
453561154171
Label, Panel, AVIO-RIP, PCB
2
453561154172
Label, Panel, AVIO-RIP, PCB
3
4
453561225341
To be
determined
Label, Hardware Revision, Service
Label, Hardware Revision, Service
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
x x
x
x x
x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-66
Index
No.
Part Number
1
453561165301
Page 662
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Accessories Parts List (Not Illustrated)
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part Description
Notes/Reference
Adapter, USB Bluetooth Assembly, with 1.20
Software (Bluetooth receiver)
System option, plugs into a x
USB port located on the
AVIO-Rear Interface Panel.
NOTE On newer systems, the Bluetooth adapter is
located inside the
disk bay compartment.
2
3
989605356581
453561227251
ECG Kit, Cable and Leads, Adult, USA
ECG Cable
4
M1603A
Adult Leads
5
6
989605356591
453561233921
ECG Kit, Cable and Leads, Adult, Non-USA
Cable Assy, ECG 3-Lead, 6P, AA, Conn, IEC
x x x
USA color code label. Part x x x
of item 2
Part of item 2
x x x
International color code
label. Part of item 5
x x x
x x x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-66
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 663
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Accessories Parts List (Not Illustrated) (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Part of item 5
x x x
7
M1613A
Shielded 3-Lead Set, Grabbers, Safety, IEC, Adult
Lead
8
9
989605355511
M1609A
10
453561210001
11
453561227251
ECG Kit, Pediatric ECG Leads, USA
Pediatric Leads, Unshielded 3-Lead Set with Safety Part of item 8
Connector
Lead Wire, Electrodes, Pediatric, AAMI,
Part of item 8. Systems
Disposable Leads, Box of 100 sets
ships with 10 sets.
Disposable leads are
interchangeable.
ECG Cable
Not part of item 8. Cable is
from the adult kit, but
works for pediatric.
Required for use.
12
13
14
989605355521
M1619A
453561210121
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
ECG Kit, Pediatric, Non-USA
x x x
Pediatric Leads, Unshielded 3-lead Set, Safety, IEC Part of item 12
x x x
Disposable Leads, Lead Wire, Electrode, Pediatric, Part of item 12. Disposable x x x
IEC
leads are interchangeable
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-66
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 664
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Accessories Parts List (Not Illustrated) (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
15
453561227251
ECG Cable
Not part of item 12. Cable x x x
is from the adult kit, but
works for pediatric.
Required for use.
16
8500-1601-01
ECG Lead Kit, USA
17
18
2275-0276-01
989605301911
ECG Leads, 25L, 42363
ECG Leads, 10 foot, LL2320
Sent with initially released x x x
systems (prior to 11/2005).
Not compatible with newer
ECG kits.
Part of item 15
x x x
Part of item 15
x x x
(2275-0275-01)
19
20
21
453561153402
453561204951
453561151461
Cable Assy, Ethernet Filter
Headset, Bluetooth, Jabra BT250
Headset, Bluetooth, Sony HBH-35
22
23
453561189471
453561190341
Kit, Dependency, Small Cable
Lube, Dry Mica, 1/8-oz
Part of accessory kit
System option
System option
Part of accessory kit
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
iU22 Service Manual
Table 14-66
Index
No.
Part Number
Page 665
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
iU22 Ultrasound System Accessories Parts List (Not Illustrated) (Continued)
Part Description
Notes/Reference
A.x
B.0
C.0
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
24
453561121281
Threadlock, Locktite 248
x x x
25
26
(2301-1271-01)
3300-0355-01
77921-62480
Foot Switch, Triple Pedal
Physio Cable Kit
x x x
x x x
Table 14-67
Peripherals and Applicable Cables
OEM Description (Figure 14-77 and
Figure 14-81)
Part Numbers
See OEM Cabling Diagrams
OEM
Report Printer, Hewlett-Packard, Desk Jet 5650
Not sold by Philips,
but S/W drivers for
Report Printer, Hewlett-Packard, Laser Jet 1300
Report Printer, Hewlett-Packard, Color Laserjet 2550L these printers are
installed in system
software
Printer, Color, Sony, UPD-23MD, Digital, USB
2100-1941-01
Configuration kit:
8500-1604-01
Power Cable
Signal Cable
Supplied with
printer
453561153452 (USB)
453561179291
or
453561221441
453561182511 (RCA)
453561182641 (RCA)
453561153452 (USB)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Table 14-67
iU22 Service Manual
Page 666
Parts: Figures and Parts Lists
Peripherals and Applicable Cables (Continued)
Part Numbers
See OEM Cabling Diagrams
OEM Description (Figure 14-77 and
Figure 14-81)
OEM
Printer, B&W, Sony, UP-D895MD, Digital, USB
453561157291
Printer, B&W, Sony, UP-D897/SYN, Digital
Printer, B&W, Sony, UP-D897/SYN, Video (Analog)
VCR, Mitsubishi, HSMD3000UA, with RS-232
I/F, 120V (NTSC)
VCR, Mitsubishi, HSMD3000EA, with RS-232
I/F, 240V (PAL)
Power Cable
453561179291
2100-1892-XX (Alt) or
453561221441
Signal Cable
453561182511 (RCA)
453561182641 (RCA)
453561221441
453561153452 (USB)
453561182511 (RCA)
453561209442
453561182641 (RCA)
453561238621
453561221441
453561153452 (USB)
453561182511 (RCA)
453561209442
453561182641 (RCA)
453561238621
453561166202
453561179291
2100-1883-XX (Alt) or
453561221441
453561153452 (USB)
453561182511 (RCA)
453561243911
453561243921
453561166212
453561179291
2100-1882-XX (Alt) or
453561221441
453561182641 (RCA)
453561153452 (USB)
453561182511 (RCA)
453561182641 (RCA)
453561153452 (USB)
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
15
iU22 Service Manual
Page 667
Transducers: Compatibility
Transducers
Compatibility
Table 15-1 contains a list of the transducers compatible with the iU22 system, the advantages of
each type, and references to tables with the transducer specifications (Table 15-2 to
Table 15-19).
Table 15-1
Transducer Information
Transducer
Table
Reference
Advantages
Broadband (Sector) Phased Array
- X3-1 matrix
Table 15-2
•
Multiple transmit focal zones
- S3-1
Table 15-3
•
Dynamic receive focus
- S4-1
Table 15-4
•
Contrast Specific Imaging capability
- S5-1
Table 15-5
- S7-2omni
Table 15-6
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Table 15-1
Transducer
iU22 Service Manual
Page 668
Transducers: Compatibility
Transducer Information (Continued)
Table
Reference
Advantages
Broadband Curved Array
- C5-2
Table 15-7
•
Combines the advantages of sector phased array and linear arrays
- C8-4v
Table 15-8
•
Multiple transmit focal zones
- C8-5
Table 15-9
•
Sector format with wide field of view at skin surface
- C9-4
Table 15-10
•
- C9-5ec
Table 15-11
Aperture size consistent across sector results in good axial resolution
•
Dynamic receive focus
•
Excellent resolution and detail
•
Design is lightweight and easy to use
•
Contrast Specific Imaging capability on C5-2
3D Broadband Curved Array
- 3D9-3v
Table 15-12
•
4D imaging
- 3D6-2
Table 15-13
•
High resolution, single sweep 3D imaging
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Table 15-1
Transducer
iU22 Service Manual
Page 669
Transducers: Compatibility
Transducer Information (Continued)
Table
Reference
Advantages
Broadband Linear Array
- L8-4
Table 15-14
•
Dynamic receive focus for optimal axial resolution
- L9-3
Table 15-15
•
Multiple transmit focal zones
- L12-5 50 mm Table 15-16
•
Wide field of view
- L17-5
•
High frame rate
•
Excellent tissue definition and contrast resolution
•
Excellent small parts imaging
•
Good continuous-wave Doppler sensitivity
•
Accurate high-velocity determination
Table 15-17
Pencil Probes
D2cwc
D5cwc
Table 15-18
Table 15-19
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-2
Page 670
Transducers: Compatibility
X3-1 Matrix Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
Intended application
Imaging modes
Elements
Clinical options
Frequency range
Penetration
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at
depth
Axial resolution, -20 dB at
depth
Biopsy guide capability
S/W version released on
21715A
Adult cardiology
2D, Color, Harmonics, and XRES image processing
2400
Adult cardiology, Contrast Cardiology (LVO)
1.3-4.0 MHz
9.7 cm (minimum)
4.5 mm max at 8 cm
2.2 mm max at 8 cm
None
2.0.0.320
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-3
Page 671
Transducers: Compatibility
S3-1 Abdominal Phased Array Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
Intended application
Imaging modes
21711A (453561176631)
Adult cardiology
2D, M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, High PRF Doppler, Color
Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, and XRES
imaging
Elements
80
Clinical options
Adult Cardiology
Frequency range
1.1-3.1 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
1.6-2.0 MHz
CW Doppler frequency
1.667 MHz
Penetration
12 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 4.4 mm max at 4 cm
depth
4.4 mm max at 8 cm
6.3 mm max at 12 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at
depth
Biopsy guide capability
Released on S/W version
2.1 mm max at 4 cm
2.2 mm max at 8 cm
2.2 mm max at 12 cm
None
1.1.0.138
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-4
Parameter
Part number
Intended application
Imaging modes
Page 672
Transducers: Compatibility
S4-1 Abdominal Phased Array Transducer
Specification
4000-0966-02 (453561260471)
Deep Abdominal, Obstetrical, and Gynecological
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, High PRF
Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics,
and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Abdomen, Contrast, OB, Gynecology, Vascular
Frequency range
1.5-3.8 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
1.75-2.25 MHz
Penetration
15 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 3.1 mm max at 4 cm
depth
2.9 mm max at 8 cm
4.0 mm max at 12 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 2.1 mm max at 4 cm
depth
2.2 mm max at 8 cm
2.2 mm max at 12 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional dual angle reusable plastic biopsy guide (16-25 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-5
Page 673
Transducers: Compatibility
S5-1 Abdominal Phased Array Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
Intended application
Imaging modes
21314A (453561176741)
Adult cardiology
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, High PRF
Doppler, Color Doppler, Tissue Doppler Imaging, Harmonics, and
XRES image processing
80
Adult Cardiology, Contrast Cardiology (LVO)
1.3-3.2 MHz
1.6-3.5 MHz
1.647-1.667 MHz
14 cm (minimum)
5.3 mm max at 12 cm
Elements
Clinical options
Frequency range
PW Doppler frequency
CW Doppler frequency
Penetration
Lateral resolution, -20 dB
at depth
Axial resolution, -20 dB
at depth
Biopsy guide capability
Released on S/W version
1.9 mm max at 12 cm
None
2.0.0.320
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-6
Parameter
Part number
Intended application
Imaging modes
Page 674
Transducers: Compatibility
S7-2omni Phased Array Transducer
Specification
21778A
Adult transesophageal cardiology
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, High PRF
Doppler, Color Doppler, Tissue Doppler Imaging (TDI),
Harmonics, and XRES imaging
Elements
64
Clinical options
Adult Cardiology, Contrast Cardiology (LVO)
Frequency range
2.2-6.5 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
2.9-5.5 MHz
CW Doppler frequency
4.000-4.017 MHz
Penetration
5.1 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 4.9 mm max at 8 cm
depth
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 1.2 mm max at 8 cm
depth
Biopsy guide capability
None
S/W version released on
2.0.0.320
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-7
Page 675
Transducers: Compatibility
C5-2 Curved Linear Array Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0918-01
Intended application
Imaging modes
Abdominal, Fetal, Pediatric, Peripheral Vessel
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, High PRF
Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics,
SonoCT imaging, and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Abdomen, Contrast, Gynecology, OB, Pediatric, Urology, Vascular
Curvature
40 R
Frequency range
1.6-4.2 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
2.25-2.75 MHz
Penetration
11.5 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.8 mm max at 4 cm
depth
2.7 mm max at 8 cm
3.5 mm max at 12 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 1.4 mm max at 4 cm
depth
1.4 mm max at 8 cm
1.5 mm max at 12 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional reusable plastic biopsy guide (14-25 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-8
Page 676
Transducers: Compatibility
C8-4v Curved Linear Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0965-02
Intended application
Imaging modes
Abdominal, Fetal, Transvaginal, Urology
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Contrast, Gynecology, OB, Urology
Curvature
11 R
Field-of-view
135°
Frequency range
3.2-7.6 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
4.5-6.0 MHz
Penetration
5.5 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.4 mm max at 2 cm
depth
2.2 mm max at 4 cm
2.7 mm max at 6 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 1.0 mm max at 2 cm
depth
1.0 mm max at 4 cm
1.1 mm max at 6 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional disposable biopsy guide (15-22 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-9
Page 677
Transducers: Compatibility
C8-5 Curved Linear Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
453561190821
Intended application
Abdominal, Fetal, Intraoperative (neurology), Neonatal Cephalic,
Pediatric, Peripheral Vessel, Cerebral Vascular
Imaging modes
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Pediatric, Vascular
Curvature
14 R
Frequency range
3.5-7.8 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
4.5-6.0 MHz
Penetration
5.2 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.1 mm max at 2 cm
depth
1.7 mm max at 4 cm
2.2 mm max at 6 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.9 mm max at 2 cm
depth
0.9 mm max at 4 cm
1.0 mm max at 6 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional reusable plastic biopsy guide (14-25 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-10
Page 678
Transducers: Compatibility
C9-4 Curved Linear Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0936-01
Intended application
Imaging modes
Abdominal, Fetal, Pediatric
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Abdomen, Gynecology, OB, Pediatric
Curvature
40 R
Frequency range
2.5-6.2 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
3.5-4.5 MHz
Penetration
6.3 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.5 mm max at 2 cm
depth
2.0 mm max at 4 cm
2.8 mm max at 8 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 1.0 mm max at 2 cm
depth
1.0 mm max at 4 cm
1.1 mm max at 8 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional dual angle, reusable plastic biopsy guide (16-25 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-11
Page 679
Transducers: Compatibility
C9-5ec Curved Linear Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0967-02 (453561232031)
Intended application
Imaging modes
Fetal, Transvaginal, Transrectal
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Gynecology, OB, Urology, Contrast
Curvature/field-of-view
8R
Field-of-view
150°
Frequency range
3.3-7.3 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
4.5-6.0 MHz
Penetration
4.2 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.5 mm max at 2 cm
depth
2.5 mm max at 4 cm
3.3 mm max at 6 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.8 mm max at 2 cm
depth
0.8 mm max at 4 cm
0.9 mm max at 6 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional disposable biopsy guide (16-22 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-12
Page 680
Transducers: Compatibility
3D9-3v Curved Linear Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0932-02 (453561222111)
Intended application
Imaging modes
Endovaginal
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Gynecology, OB
Curvature
11.5 R
Field-of-view
130°
Frequency range
3-9 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
3.5-5.0 MHz
Penetration
6 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.5 mm max at 2 cm
depth
2.3 mm max at 4 cm
3.0 mm max at 8 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.9 mm max at 2 cm
depth
0.9 mm max at 4 cm
1.1 mm max at 8 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional disposable biopsy guide (16-22 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-13
Page 681
Transducers: Compatibility
3D6-2 Curved Linear Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0937-01 (453561166061)
Intended application
Imaging modes
Abdominal, Obstetrical, Gynecological
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
192
Clinical options
Abdomen, Gynecology, OB
Curvature
55 R
Frequency range
6-2 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
3.0 MHz
Penetration
11 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.4 mm max at 4 cm
depth
2.1 mm max at 8 cm
3.1 mm max at 12 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 1.4 mm max at 4 cm
depth
1.4 mm max at 8 cm
1.5 mm max at 12 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional, dual angle, reusable guide (14-23 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-14
Page 682
Transducers: Compatibility
L8-4 Linear Array Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
4000-0944-02
Intended application
Abdominal, Pediatric, Small Organ (breast), Musculoskeletal
(conventional and superficial), Peripheral Vessel, Cerebral Vascular
Imaging modes
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
XRES imaging and MicroVascular Imaging
Elements
128
Clinical options
Musculoskeletal, Pediatric Small Parts, Vascular, Contrast
Frequency range
2.7-6.8 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
4.0-5.0 MHz
Penetration
6.3 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.0 mm max at 2 cm
depth
1.1 mm max at 4 cm
1.3 mm max at 6 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.8 mm max at 2 cm
depth
0.9 mm max at 4 cm
0.9 mm max at 6 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional dual angle, reusable plastic biopsy guide (14-25 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-15
Page 683
Transducers: Compatibility
L9-3 Linear Array Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
453561177101
Intended application
Imaging modes
Vascular
2D, M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color
Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging, XRES image
processing and Panoramic Imaging
Elements
160
Clinical options
Contrast, Small Parts, and Vascular
Frequency range
3.1-7.2 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
3.5, 4.0, 4.5 MHz
Penetration
6.0 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 1.0 mm max at 2 cm
depth
1.5 mm max at 4 cm
2.0 mm max at 6 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.8 mm max at 2 cm
depth
0.8 mm max at 4 cm
0.9 mm max at 6 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional dual angle, reusable plastic biopsy guide (14-22 gauge)
Released on S/W version
2.0.0.320
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-16
Parameter
Part number
Intended application
Page 684
Transducers: Compatibility
L12-5 50 mm Linear Array Transducer
Specification
453561189752
Abdominal, Fetal, Pediatric, Small Organ (breast, thyroid, testicle),
Musculoskeletal (conventional and superficial), Peripheral Vessel,
Cerebral Vascular
Imaging modes
2D, M-mode, Color M-mode, Steerable PW Doppler, Color Doppler, Color Power Angio imaging, Harmonics, SonoCT imaging,
and XRES imaging
Elements
256
Clinical options
Musculoskeletal, OB, Pediatric Small Parts, Vascular
Frequency range
4.75-10.0 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
5.75-7.0 MHz
Penetration
3.5 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 0.9 mm max at 2 cm
depth
1.0 mm max at 4 cm
1.3 mm max at 6 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.7 mm max at 2 cm
depth
0.8 mm max at 4 cm
0.8 mm max at 6 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional stainless steel, reusable biopsy guide (up to 14 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-17
Page 685
Transducers: Compatibility
L17-5 High Frequency Linear Array Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
453561211631
Intended application
Abdominal, Fetal, Intraoperative (abdominal, vascular),
Ophthalmic, Pediatric, Small Organ (breast, thyroid, testicle),
Musculoskeletal (conventional and superficial), Peripheral Vessel,
Cerebral Vascular
Elements
128
Clinical options
Musculoskeletal, Pediatric Small Parts, Vascular
Frequency range
5.0-12.5 MHz
PW Doppler frequency
7.0-9.25 MHz
Penetration
3.0 cm (minimum)
Lateral resolution, -20 dB at 0.5 mm max at 1 cm
depth
0.5 mm max at 2 cm
0.7 mm max at 3 cm
Axial resolution, -20 dB at 0.4 mm max at 1 cm
depth
0.4 mm max at 2 cm
0.5 mm max at 3 cm
Biopsy guide capability
Optional reusable plastic biopsy guide (up to 14 gauge)
Released on S/W version
1.0.0.95
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Table 15-18
Page 686
Transducers: Compatibility
D2cwc Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
Intended application
Elements
Clinical option
Frequency
S/W version released on
453561172792
Cardiology
2 (one transmit, one receive)
Adult Cardiology
2.0 MHz
2.0.0.320
Table 15-19
D5cwc Transducer
Parameter
Specification
Part number
Intended application
Elements
Clinical option
Frequency
S/W version released on
4000-0990-01
Vascular
2 (one transmit, one receive)
Vascular
5.0 MHz
2.0.0.320
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
16
iU22 Service Manual
Page 687
System Administration: Introduction
System Administration
Introduction
This section covers basic system administration functions necessary to service the system in the
field. If further support is needed, call your regional support center or field service engineer.
System
Admin
Procedures
Displaying the
System
Software Level
➤ To display the system software level
1. Power up the system. The system software level and part number are briefly displayed on the
application loader splash screen as the system is booting up. If you miss it, continue with the
following step.
2. Press the Setup key.
3. Select About. The software level and the serial number are displayed.
Formatting a
Blank DVD
(Software
Versions Below
2.0)
DVD and CD media are available in a number of types. The system is compatible with most
media types. However, only the following are recommended.
•
DVD+RW (re-writable, 4.7-GB capacity)
•
DVD+R (write once, 4.7-GB capacity)
•
CD-R (write once, 650-MB capacity)
The system supports multi-session writing to both DVD+RW and CD-R media. This means that
you can record information onto these discs in multiple sessions, provided each session is closed
before a new session begins. The system automatically closes an open session when you end an
exam and when you click Eject in the Patient Directory.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 688
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
If you always use Eject in the Patient Directory when ejecting discs, a CD-R recorded on the
system will be compatible with most CD-ROM drives found on PCs. Likewise, a DVD+R
recorded on the system will be compatible with most DVD drives.
NOTE On systems with software version 2.0 and above, it is not necessary (or possible) to
manually format blank disks. This software version has a new DVD driver that formats
disks automatically. Also, on systems with software version 2.0 and above, there is no
soft Eject. Eject all media using the physical button on the drive.
➤ To format a DVD (on systems with software versions below 2.0)
1. Insert a DVD into the drive.
2. In the Review Exam display or the Patient Directory, click Format. If the DVD is unformatted, an icon is displayed to indicate this.
3. In the Format DVD dialog box, click OK.
NOTE In some situations, (for example, if an unformatted disk is in the DVD drive and the
user elects to “Send a copy to DVD” in the Network Setup menu), the DVD LED
continues to flash after a disk is formatted and a study has been copied to it. This operating scenario, although seemingly not normal, results in no harmful effect. You may still
store new exams to the disk.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Copying
Settings to a CD
or DVD
Page 689
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
If you want to back up or load only certain settings, select and copy only those settings to a CD
or DVD. When you import settings, all of the settings on the CD or DVD will be loaded into the
system.
This procedure saves all Tissue Specific presets, system settings, analysis settings, annotation settings, body markers, printer and network settings, audio/video settings, and voice profiles. The
settings must be saved and restored prior to and after re-imaging or upgrading.
NOTE Although it is possible to save information to a CD or DVD, saving to a CD is thought
to be the more reliable of the two media.
➤ To copy settings to CD/DVD
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Config/Test.
3. Click the Manage Setups tab (Figure 16-1).
4. Insert a CD/DVD into the DVD drive.
5. If you want to copy all settings in all categories, click Select All and continue with step 9.
6. Select the categories of settings you want to copy.
7. To select Quick Save presets, do one of the following:
-
To select all Quick Save presets, select All for Transducer and click Select Displayed.
-
To select specific Quick Save presets, select a transducer and then select the Quick Save
presets you want to copy. Repeat this step with other transducers.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 690
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
8. To select voice profiles, do one of the following:
-
To select all voice profiles, click Select All.
-
To select specific voice profiles, select the ones you want to copy.
9. Click Copy to DVD.
NOTE If the system has 2.0 software or higher, the CD or DVD will be automatically formatted and the following step will not apply.
10. If a dialog box indicates that the CD or DVD needs to be formatted, click OK in the dialog
box, and then click Format and follow the prompts.
11. When a prompt indicates that the transfer is complete, eject the CD or DVD:
a. On systems below software version 2.0, press Review and click Eject to eject the CD
or DVD. If you use the DVD drive eject button on systems with software below 2.0, you
will not close the session.
b. On systems with 2.0 software and higher, press the eject button on the drive, remove the
CD or DVD, and click Done.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Figure 16-1
iU22 Service Manual
Manage Setups Screen
Page 691
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Importing
Settings from a
CD or DVD
Page 692
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
The system allows you to import all of the settings on a DVD into your system.
➤ To import settings from a CD or DVD
1. Press the Setup key.
2. Click Config/Test.
3. Click the Manage Setups tab (Figure 16-1).
4. Insert a CD or DVD containing settings into the drive.
5. Click Import from DVD.
6. To select settings to import in the Import Setups dialog box, do one of the following:
-
If you want to import all settings in all categories, click Voice Profiles, Quick Saves,
and each of the setups categories, and then continue with step 9.
-
To select specific Quick Save presets or voice profiles, click the + icon next to the category to expand the list and then select the settings you want to import.
7. To import the selected settings, click OK.
8. To import the settings on the DVD, click OK.
9. When a prompt indicates that the transfer is complete, press the eject button on the drive,
remove the disc, and click Done.
Exporting
Images to DVD
Single-frame patient images are stored on the Host drive. Image loops are stored on the SIP
drives. The Review Exam display allows you to export images in different formats so they can
be viewed on a personal computer. Single-frame images are exported in JPEG format, and
Cineloop sequences are exported in AVI format.
When images are exported in a compressed format, the system adds a label to each image to
indicate that the image has been compressed. The label “JPEG” is added to the left of the image
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 693
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
number on all images exported from the current exam. The compression factor for exported
images is selected in the setups.
➤ To export images to DVD
1. Press Review. The patient directory is displayed.
2. Select the images you want to export.
3. Click To DVD as JPG/AVI in the Review Exam display.
4. If the Format DVD dialog box is displayed, click OK, click Format in the Review Exam
display, and follow the prompts. Then click To DVD as JPG/AVI again.
5. In the Copy to DVD dialog box, select or create a directory in which to store the images
on the DVD.
6. Click OK to start copying. A message indicates when the images have been copied.
➤ To export images in DICOM format to DVD
1. Press Review. The patient directory is displayed.
2. Click Select All. The images are highlighted with reverse video.
3. Click Send To. The Send To dialog box is displayed.
4. Select DVD.
5. Insert a DVD into the drive.
6. Click OK.
7. Remove the DVD when copying has completed.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
Restoring User
Settings
iU22 Service Manual
Page 694
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
➤ To restore user settings
1. Power up the system.
2. Press the Setup key.
3. Click Config/Test.
4. Click the Manage Setups tab.
5. Click the appropriate user settings check boxes.
6. Insert the DVD with the saved user settings into the drive.
7. Click Import from DVD. An Import Setups dialog box is displayed.
8. Click OK.
9. Remove the DVD from the drive.
Resetting the
Patient
Database
Resetting the patient database deletes all patient data from the hard drives. Perform this procedure only after backing up the desirable patient data or after giving up hope of backing up the
desirable patient data. Perform the procedure during each PM inspection.
➤ To reset the patient database on systems with software version 2.0 or later
1. Power up the system.
2. Press the Setup key.
3. Click Print/Network.
4. Click the Global Config tab.
5. Click HD Maint.
6. Click Reset Patient Database. The following message is displayed:
This will automatically delete ALL images and patient data, reset the patient database, and
reboot the system. Make sure this data is archived or printed. Do you want to proceed?
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Page 695
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
7. Click Yes to reset the database or click No to exit the procedure. If you click yes, the user
interface is locked out for several minutes and the system reboots automatically when completed.
➤ To reset the database on systems with software earlier than 2.0 or non-booting
systems with any software
NOTE If the system does not boot. access MTE and perform step 5 through step 12 to reset
the database.
1. Power up the system.
2. Save all images that the customer wants to retain to the DVD.
3. Power down the system and press Ctrl+Alt+R as the system splash screen is displayed.
4. Using the key generator in UpLink software, obtain a password and log onto the MTE.
5. Log on to the command shell.
6. Type f and press Enter.
7. Type cd host and press Enter.
8. Type cd bin and press Enter.
9. Type dmmScript and press Enter. It takes several minutes to run the script.
10. Type cleanLsr.bat and press Enter.
11. Power down the system by using the circuit breaker and wait several seconds.
12. Reboot the system.
4535 611 65643
CSIP Level 1
iU22 Service Manual
Exporting Error
Logs to CD or
DVD
Page 696
System Administration: System Admin Procedures
Encrypted error logs can be exported to a CD or DVD.
➤ To export encrypted error logs to a CD or DVD
1. Power up the system.
2. Press the Setup key.
3. Click Config/Test.
4. Click the Service Export tab.
5. Insert a blank CD or DVD into the drive.
6. Click Save.
7. Remove the disk.
Download
Random flashcards
Radioactivity

30 Cards

Nomads

17 Cards

African nomads

18 Cards

Ethnology

14 Cards

History of Europe

27 Cards

Create flashcards